Blog

Bulu perindu is – There are many ways that a person can get a life partner or soul mate. Apart from continuing to try and pray, some Indonesian people are still using supernatural methods just to get a mate.

One of the talismans or objects that are often used to be able to attract the opposite sex is the longing feather. Bulu perindu is a magical object that looks like a feather with a length of about 7 cm and a thickness of less than 1 mm.

This object, which is believed to be the ancestral heritage of the people of Central Kalimantan, is then often used to captivate women. Not only that, this object is also often used as a business seller and support for anyone’s work. The many benefits of this object make this heirloom much sought after by many people.

In fact, it is not uncommon for someone who wants to occupy a certain position to use this amulet to make them look dignified. In addition, there are many other benefits that are still rarely known. To find out more about bulu perindu, then see the review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

The definition of longing feathers

A study on the practice of buying and selling Bulu Perindu in the Perspective of Islamic Law (Case Study at Kendangsari Surabaya) says that bulu perindu is a homonym because it has the same spelling and pronunciation meaning but the meaning is different.

Bulu perindu Plus is a small feather like palm fiber which then comes from the heart of a bamboo grove or from the nest of an eagle or eagle which has male and female sexes.

The characteristics are as follows:

• Shaped like a thick base and thin tip
• It has a length of 5-7 cm and a thickness of up to 1 ml, with a blackish brown color
• The shape is a pair, one has male genitals, and the other is female

Bulu perindu is efficacious in compassion if the two ends are then joined or linked to one another. Apart from that, this object also has special features when it is dripped or moistened with water and placed on the floor or on a piece of paper.

It is said that this object can also move like a living creature and squirm like a worm, and when this pair of longing feathers is brought closer or brought together, the ends of the longing feathers will slowly approach each other or wrap around each other.

Getting to Know the Origins of Bulu Perindu

As is well known, some Indonesian people then still believe in mystical objects that are considered capable of bringing good luck. One thing that is believed to captivate a woman’s heart is longing feathers.

Based on the beliefs of the Javanese and Sumatran people, this object is also commonly found in the empty space between two bamboo segments. Getting this thing is not as easy as imagined. Because then, longing feathers can only be found in people who were given a revelation (pulung) by accident.

Therefore, even though someone has cut and split dozens of bamboo, but if you don’t get a revelation, you can’t have this thing. In addition, there is also a belief that longing feathers can be found in eagle nests.

The benefits of longing feathers

This item can be found in several areas. Usually, longing feathers can also be found on bamboo roofs, black eagle nests, and grass roots. This is what then causes this object to be easily obtained when compared to other pellet media.

Objects that are believed to be the ancestral heritage of the people of Central Kalimantan are then often used to attract those they like. That said, this object is also capable of making the person become infatuated with the owner.

The process of using this benefit is very easy, that is, you just blow the tip of a longing feather while imagining the figure you love. It is said that after being blown, a loved one will fall in love instantly.

It is this benefit that makes these heirlooms much sought after by many people. In fact, it is not uncommon for someone who wants to occupy a certain position to use this amulet to make them look dignified. In addition, there are many other benefits of longing feathers that are rarely known. Anything? Here’s the full explanation.

1. Maintain Authority

One of the benefits of longing feathers is that they can maintain one’s authority. Therefore, those who wish to have authority can use this amulet. Apart from that, bulu perindu is also believed to be able to make a person look charismatic, so that other people will respect him.

2. Attract the Sympathy of Others

Some people who are difficult to get along with also then use this feather so that other people are happy to be close to them. However, this feather is also sometimes used on a person to make others feel sorry for him. However, in some cases, many people are suspected of using the benefits of this longing feather to beg or deceive other people.

3. Business Salesperson

Some people also assume that this type of fur can then be used for trading and reject reinforcements. People believe that the benefits of this longing feather can also bring many customers to their business.

The benefits can also be felt by soaking the feather in a dipper filled with water for 1 minute. Then, sprinkle this water on the office or shop yard every morning. However, once again, this is just a myth that has yet to be proven true.

4. Enchanting Women’s Hearts

The most famous benefit of longing feathers is to captivate women’s hearts. Since ancient times, longing feathers have been considered capable of attracting and captivating women’s hearts. Not surprisingly, longing feathers are also sought after by men.

Apart from that, bulu perindu is also believed to be able to make the couple then separate and reunite. Therefore, for those who want to make their relationship last longer, longing feathers can also be used. Meanwhile, women who use longing feathers will also exude charm or attract the attention of the opposite sex.

5. Soften the Heart of a Partner

Many people also use this female charm feather to get along with their partner. Usually, this feather is also used by people who are having a big fight with their partner. The trick is to dip this feather in a glass of water, then give this water to your partner.

Mystery Around Bulu Perindu

Besides being believed to be able to attract the attention of the opposite sex, these objects are also often used as sellers, such as entrepreneurs and others. After knowing the benefits, here are mysteries that may be rarely known.

1. Bulu perindu comes from grass

The first fact is that many people believe that this object comes from the island of Borneo. According to them, Dayak women then always have a special allure for any man they want to conquer. The bachelor grass itself is then just an ordinary grass which when exposed to water or cigarette smoke can move on its own.

2. Located Between Bamboo Roofs

The Javanese and Sumatran people believe that this object comes from the empty space between 2 bamboo segments. They also believe that only people who receive revelations will get feathers with this supernatural power.

Getting longing feathers is also not as easy as one might imagine. Because, this object can only be found for people who are given revelation (pulung) by accident. Therefore, even if someone has cut down and split dozens of bamboo, it is not certain that he will be able to find this object because he has not received a revelation.

3. It is in the Black Eagle’s Nest

Many people believe that this plant with invisible abilities came from the black eagle’s nest. This in itself cannot be separated from the story of ancient Javanese mythology which states that the mother of the black eagle is the embodiment of the goddess of compassion.

Therefore, many people take this object from the black eagle’s nest in the forest so that they can then marry their idol. That said, longing feathers can also be obtained by someone who gets a revelation in a cage when the eggs have hatched.

As a Result of Using Bulu Perindu Without Directions

This thing can be found in several origins. Usually longing feathers are then found on bamboo roofs, black eagle nests, and on the roots of bachelor grass. This will then cause this object to be easily obtained compared to other pellet media.

Some of the benefits that can be felt by the owner of this object are to help open the facial aura, so that the owner’s face then looks brighter and more attractive. Then, the owner will easily get affection from other people.

In addition, longing feathers can increase self-confidence, making it easier to get along with anyone. Someone who decides to use bulu perindu is usually motivated by several things. For example, attracting the opposite sex, then making it easier to socialize, and much more. However, when someone wants to use this object, it requires guidance or direction from someone who understands the spiritual world.

Without direction, of course the use of this object as a medium of compassion will not produce maximum results. Yearning feathers can also be found on bamboo roofs. The instructions from that person are of course solely so that you don’t abuse the Bulu perindu media.

In addition, so that the luck that comes from this object can be used optimally in accordance with the intentions that have been fulfilled. Often a person does not feel the results of the luck emitted by longing’s feathers. This itself can be caused by several factors, one of which is not following directions from someone who understands the use of this object.

Closing

Basically, longing feathers are believed by many to be objects that can be used to captivate a woman’s heart. This myth has been circulating even though there is no evidence to suggest that it is true. Believe it or not the ability of this object is returned to the reader.

Thus the discussion about longing feathers . Hopefully all the discussion above can add to your insight about longing feathers.

If you want to find books about ornamental plants, you can get them at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products for Sinaumed’s. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Recommended Books Related to Bulu Perindu

Benefits of Types of Yard Decorating Flower Plants

In this book, the author presents material to get to know flowers and flowering plant groups, types of flower plants to decorate the yard, types of flower plants as edging plants in the yard, how to plant flower plants to decorate the yard, and the benefits of maintaining flowering plants in the yard or home garden.

Bromelia – Unspoiled Ornamental Plant

Bromelia is an ornamental plant from Latin America that has beautiful leaf colors and patterns. The flowers are beautiful, especially when they bloom. This plant is a tropical plant of the pineapple type. However, plants from the Bromeliaceae family, which has dozens of genera, are better known by one name, namely bromeliads. Bromelia has attracted the attention of lovers of ornamental plants to beautify homes and gardens.

In addition, bromeliads also have various types of species, easy to care for, and easy to cultivate. That is why this plant is called “unspoiled plants”. Another plus, especially for women who don’t like earthworms, bromeliads are the right ornamental plants because the planting medium is not soil. So you are worm free. Get all the information just in this book. This book thoroughly reviews the types, how to maintain, care for, and cultivate bromeliads.

The Enchantment of Ancient Plants

Ancient, rare, and exotic, these three advantages make Cycas, Dioon, Encephalartos, and Zamia plants much sought after by ornamental plant hobbyists and collectors.

The scarcity of these plants makes the price exceed the tens or even hundreds of millions of rupiah. Unfortunately, the literature that examines these plants that have existed since 230 million years ago is still very rare. This book is presented as a practical guide for lovers of these four ancient plants that are much older than these dinosaurs. It explains how to plant, care for, propagate, and how to deal with pests and diseases so that the ancient plants you have can look their best.

Hockey Carrier’s Favorite Ornamental Plant

On the basis of its beauty, we know ornamental leaf plants and flower ornamental plants. This FAVORITE HOKI Carrier Ornamental Plant book presents 16 types of well-known ornamental plants. Includes adenium, aglaonema, sanseviera, fortune bamboo, etc. Plus photos of beautiful, unique, and exotic plants. Equipped with living conditions, maintenance methods, and various flowering tips.

This book also provides knowledge about hockey-carrying plants. Who knows your ornamental plants can also bring good luck and fortune.

Herbs and Ornamental Plants Against Mosquitoes and Air Pollution

In big cities, public and residential areas are increasingly polluted. Various pollutants hover in the air and are easily inhaled by the nose. The community is also threatened with respiratory problems, which they only realized after it spread to inflammation of the throat and lungs.

In addition, some residential areas are not healthy. Poor sanitation, piled up garbage, clogged drains, incessant flooding, allows mosquitoes to breed, giving rise to diseases such as malaria, dengue fever, etc. This book on Herbs and Ornamental Plants to Prevent Mosquitoes and Air Pollution equips you with the use of natural ingredients to deal with pollution and mosquito disturbances.

Source: from various sources

Also read:

5 Battles in Post-Independence Indonesia – The implementation of the Proclamation of Independence of the Republic of Indonesia was not the end of the struggle of the Indonesian people against the colonialists. Even though it has proclaimed itself as an independent and sovereign country, there are many tests that must be faced by the Indonesian state.

This is because Indonesia proclaimed its independence when it was in a vacuum of power after Japan admitted defeat to its allies. Because of this recognition of defeat, the allied forces will take over the territory that was formerly a Japanese colony, including Indonesia.

This is the reason why Indonesia’s security and defense conditions were not completely stable in the early post-independence days. Various battles to maintain independence took place in various regions. Of the various wars that took place, here are 5 of the most memorable battles for independence in history.

1. Battle Terrain Area

The Battle of Mefan Area was the first conflict that occurred after the proclamation of independence on August 17, 1945. The Battle of Medan Area was an event of resistance by the Indonesian people against the emergence of the Allies which took place in Medan, North Sumatra.

On October 9, 1945, under the leadership of TED Kelly. The landing of the allied troops from England was followed by allied forces and NICA which had been prepared to take over the Indonesian government. The arrival of the allied troops and NICA provoked various incidents, one of which occurred at the hotel located on Jalan Bali, Medan City, North Sumatra on October 13, 1945.

At that time, an occupant stole and trampled on the red and white badge worn by Indonesian youths. This angered the Indonesian youth. On October 13, 1945, the youth ranks along with TKR fought against the Allies and NICA in an attempt to seize and take over government buildings from Japanese hands.

The Allies issued an ultimatum to the Indonesian people to hand over all weapons to the Allies. This ultimatum was never heeded until December 1, 1945, the Allies put up a lot of boards that read ” Fixed Boundaries Medan Area ” (the official boundaries of the Medan area) in various suburbs of Medan. The Allied action was seen as a challenge to the youths.

On December 10, 1945, the Allies together with NICA launched a massive attack on the city of Medan. This attack caused a lot of damage as well as heavy casualties on both sides. In April 1946, the Allies together with NICA succeeded in taking control of Medan City. For a time, the center of the struggle of the Medan people moved to the Siantar area, besides that the resistance of the youth paramilitary was moved outside the city of Medan. The resistance against the allies became increasingly fierce, especially on August 10, 1946 in the City of Tebing Tinggi.

Then, a meeting was held between the Commanders of the troops fighting in the Medan Area and decided to form a command called the People’s Troops Regiment Command in order to strengthen resistance to the Allies and NICA in Medan City. After the meeting of the commandos, on August 19, 1946 in Kabanjahe there was an Indonesian Youth Front (BPI) which changed its name to the Tanah Karo branch of the People’s Troops Regiment Command.

In this People’s Troop Front, all potential youth leadership along with the lines of their struggle are embraced and integrated into the Indonesian Youth Front, including members of other ex-organizations that still exist.

1. From Gyugun or Heiho such as Djamin Ginting, Bomb Ginting, and Nelang Sembiring.
2. From Talapeta, namely Payung Bangun, Gandil Bangun, Meriam Ginting, and Tampe Malem Sinulingga.
3. From NV Mas Persada: Karo-karo Newspaper.
4. From Pusera Medan: Congratulations Ginting, Rakutta Sembiring and Sebayang.
5. From other youth potentials such as: Tama Ginting, Matang Sitepu.

In the process, the People’s Laskar Command later changed to the Tanah Karo People’s Security Agency (BKR) which is the official Indonesian government army, where Djamin Ginting who was a former Gyugun platoon commander was appointed as the Teras Troop Commander. In general, those who became members of the BKR were former members of Gyugun or Heiho as well as other groups that had been formed by the Japanese.

To continue the struggle, in August 1946 the Medan Area People’s Army Regiment Command was formed. This regimental command continuously carried out attacks on the Allies in the Medan area. In almost all parts of Sumatra there was resistance between the people against the Japanese, the Allies and the Dutch. The battle took place in other areas as well, including Berastagi, Bukit Tinggi, Padang, and also Aceh.

2. Battle of 10 November 1945 in Surabaya

Allied troops in the Allied Forces Netherland East Indies (AFNEI) together with the Dutch army (NICA) came to Surabaya on October 25 1945 under the command of a British general, AWS Mallaby.

The arrival of the soldiers was aimed at freeing allied prisoners held in Indonesia, occupying important places such as the Internatio Building and Tanjung Perak Air Base, and distributing pamphlets containing appeals for the Indonesian people to surrender their weapons to the Allies.

This of course sparked the anger of the Surabaya youths . As an independent society, they ignored the pamphlets and were reluctant to surrender their weapons. Bung Tomo’s impassioned speech calling on all the people of Surabaya to defend Indonesia’s sovereignty was echoed over the radio.

The Surabaya youths became even more eager to expel the allied forces. They resisted and caused an armed battle which eventually killed Brigadier General AWS Mallaby near the red bridge.

The death of Brigadier General AWS Mallaby made the allies furious. They warned the people of Surabaya to surrender no later than November 10, 1945 if they did not want to be destroyed. However. this is completely ignored.

The climax, on November 10, 1945, allied forces attacked the city of Surabaya. Approximately 16,000 Surabaya fighters died in comparison to about 2,000 allied soldiers who died. To commemorate the fighting spirit of Surabaya youths in defending Indonesia’s independence, November 10th is finally commemorated as National Hero’s Day.

3. Battle of Ambarawa

The Battle of Ambarawa in Central Java Province involved the Indonesian People’s Security Army (TKR) with British troops. This battle lasted for about three weeks, starting on 20 November 1945 to 15 December 1945.

British troops landed in Central Java with the aim of rescuing prisoners and internees held by Japanese troops. Disputes arose due to the unpleasant attitude of the Dutch people when they were handling the prisoners.

Finally there was a clash between the allied forces and TKR. The Indonesian fighters blockaded a number of roads and fired at the British troops, and responded with machine guns and mortars. Commander Sudirman immediately took over command of the troops in the Ambarawa battle.

The battle for Ambarawa was fierce. The allied forces really seriously wanted to finish off the troops of the Republic of Indonesia. They brought in several fighter planes and the British cruiser HMS Sussex, and also fired their artillery cannon into the Ungaran mountain area. No matter how serious the Ambarawa war was, up to 75 people who at that time were former prisoners of war had to fight against TKR.

However, entering mid-December, the position of British troops was getting squeezed in the battle. In addition, they also have a duty to protect the captives who have been released. The British troops finally decided to surrender and withdrew from Ambarawa.

4. Bandung Ocean of Fire

The Bandung Sea of ​​Fire incident was a major fire incident that occurred in the city of Bandung, West Java province on March 23, 1946. Within approximately seven hours, around 200,000 Bandung residents burned their homes and left the city for the mountains in the south of Bandung. This was done in order to prevent the Allied troops along with the Dutch NICA troops from making the city of Bandung a strategic military headquarters in the war effort to undermine Indonesian independence.

British troops led by the MacDonald Brigade arrived in Bandung on October 12, 1945. At first, their relationship with the government of the Republic of Indonesia was not good. They demanded that all the firearms in the hands of the people, except for the People’s Security Army (TKR), be handed over to the allies. Besides that, the Dutch people who had just been released from the prison camp began to take various actions that disturbed the security of the surroundings. As a result, armed clashes between British troops and TKR could not be avoided.

At night, November 21, 1945, TKR, assisted by combat agencies, launched an attack on the place that was used as the headquarters by the British army in the north, including the Preanger Hotel and the Homann Hotel. Three days later, the leader of the British troops, MacDonald, delivered an ultimatum to the Governor of West Java to vacate North Bandung from Indonesian residents including armed troops.

Colonel Abdoel Haris Nasoetion, who at that time served as Commander of the TRI Division III, announced the results of the deliberations and ordered an immediate evacuation outside the city of Bandung. On the same day, a large group of Bandung residents flowed long to leave the city of Bandung and that same night the burning of the city took place.

The city of Bandung was deliberately burned by TRI and the local people with the intention that the Allies could not use Bandung as a strategic military base. British troops were angry and began to attack, resulting in a fierce battle. The biggest battle took place in the village of Dayeuhkolot, namely the area south of Bandung, where there was a large ammunition depot owned by the Allied Forces.

In this battle, two members of the BRI (Barisan Rakjat Indonesia) militia, namely Muhammad Toha and Muhammad Ramdan, went on a mission to destroy the ammunition depot. Muhammad Toha managed to blow up the warehouse using dynamite. The large warehouse exploded and burned along with the two militias inside.

Bandung city administration staff initially planned to stay in the city, but for the sake of safety, at 21.00 WIB, they joined the group that evacuated the city of Bandung. Since then, around 00.00 WIB, South Bandung was empty of residents and TRI. Even so, the fire still soared burning the city, so that Bandung seemed to become a sea of ​​​​fire.

The total burning of the city of Bandung was considered the right strategy in the Indonesian War of Independence because at that time, the strength of the TRI together with the people’s militias was not comparable to the strength of the Allies and NICA which were in large numbers. After the incident, TRI together with the people’s militia carried out guerrilla resistance outside Bandung.

5. Puputan Margarana

One of the most memorable battles to defend independence was the Puputan Margarana war in Bali on November 20, 1946. This battle was led by Colonel I Gusti Ngurah Rai.

After the Proclamation of Independence, I Gusti Ngurah Rai received the task of forming the People’s Security Army (TKR) in his area to block aggression from the Dutch who wanted to return to control Bali. He also formed an army called the Ciung Wanara troop.

In the Linggajati agreement on 10 November 1946, the Dutch only recognized Sumatra, Java and Madura as the territory of the Republic of Indonesia. Meanwhile, the Netherlands wanted to make Bali into the territory of the State of East Indonesia (NIT). I Gusti Ngurah Rai was persuaded by the Dutch troops to join. However, his love for the Republic of Indonesia made him reluctant.

I Gusti Ngurah Rai ordered Ciung Wanara’s troops to seize all the weapons owned by the NICA police who were currently occupying Tabanan City. The attitude of Ngurah Rai made the Dutch furious and wanted revenge.

When Ciung Wanara’s troops and their leader were on a long march to Mount Agung, they were attacked by Dutch troops. In a state of urgency, Ngurah Rai issued the order Puputan or an all-out battle that expended all his strength. In the view of the Balinese warriors, it is better to fight as a knight than to surrender and fall into the hands of the enemy.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Also read:

1. History of the Battle of Surabaya (10 November 1945)
2. Background of the Battle of Surabaya 10 November 1945
3. History of Bandung Sea of ​​Fire: Events, Figures, and 10 Points of Stylization
4. Chronology and Causes of the 2nd World War
5. History of World War 2: Causes, Countries Involved, and Impacts for Indonesia

Animals Undergoing Incomplete Metamorphosis – Every living thing will grow to be large and mature. When humans were babies, they were small in size and could barely do anything on their own. As time goes on, this baby grows up through childhood, adolescence, until finally adulthood and then turns old.

Well, in fact this process does not only occur in humans, but also in animals. Just like humans, the majority of animals just grow bigger than before. However, not all animals go through a normal growth process. Certain animals experience a special growth process.

This special process is known as metamorphosis. So what is metamorphosis? Let’s find out the answer together!

Definition of Metamorphosis

Unlike most other animals, animals that undergo metamorphosis not only grow bigger, but also experience drastic body shape changes. Not infrequently during this metamorphosis process, the animal grows new organs that make its appearance very different from before.

Butterflies for example, before having two beautiful wings, butterflies are just ordinary caterpillars that crawl from one leaf to another. But after undergoing metamorphosis, they are no longer caterpillars, they not only have small legs, but also two beautifully patterned wings which make their appearance very different from before metamorphosis.

Given the drastic change, of course this metamorphosis process was not completed in one night. Before changing, animals that undergo metamorphosis must go through several stages. What stages are there?

Stages in Metamorphosis

As previously mentioned, the metamorphosis process takes a long time and must go through several stages. Starting from the egg, then developing into a nymph, hatching into a larva, surviving in the pupa phase, before reaching the adult or imago phase which is the final stage in metamorphosis. To make it clearer, here are the stages in metamorphosis that animals must go through.

1. Eggs

The egg is the first stage in the life of an animal. Eggs come from egg cells owned by females. The egg is then fertilized by the male, and turns into an egg. The females usually deposit their eggs in the safest and most suitable place for their babies when they hatch.

Mosquito eggs, for example, are stored in standing water because before turning into mosquitoes, these eggs will hatch as larvae that survive in water. Likewise with butterfly eggs.

Although butterflies can fly and can lay their eggs in high places, butterflies prefer to lay their future children on leaves. Although not very safe, when the eggs hatch, the butterfly larvae need the leaves around them to eat and survive. It is for this reason that mother butterflies lay their eggs on leaves, so that their babies will not starve.

2. Nymphs

Inside the egg, these baby animals start to live. Slowly but surely, their organs begin to form and function. Once everything is ready, these eggs begin to hatch and take on a smaller version of their mother’s appearance. These animal babies are then known as nymphs, and only occur in animals that undergo incomplete metamorphosis.

3. Larvae

Normally, animals that pass through the larval stage or phase will experience a complete metamorphosis. However, some animals with incomplete metamorphosis are also often born as larvae.

This stage occurs, because the animal has a shape that is much different from its parent. While still a larva, animals are also actively moving. Not only active, they also eat in large quantities. Interestingly, not all of the food eaten by the larvae is digested.

At the same time, animal larvae also store some of the food they get, and make it a reserve food. This is done because in the later stages, animal larvae cannot eat, and will only focus on changing their bodies.

4. Pupae

After gathering enough food, the larvae will stop eating, then begin to close themselves and turn into a cocoon or pupa. As long as it turns into a cocoon, animal larvae can’t go anywhere. To protect themselves from predators or outside disturbances, the larvae line their cocoon with a strong skeleton known as a cocoon.

And although from the outside the cocoons appear dead, inside, the larvae are actively carrying out massive changes to their bodies. It is not uncommon during this phase, new organs emerge and make their appearance resembling that of the parent.

For this change, the larvae need a lot of energy, and because they are no longer eating, they start using the existing food reserves and converting them into energy. Keep in mind that each animal takes a different amount of time to complete this phase.

Butterfly larvae need about twelve days, while larvae need only about two or three days to complete the pupal phase and turn into adult mosquitoes.

5. Imago

After completing the previous phase, the animals will emerge from their cocoons. Not as a larva, but an imago or adult animal with a much different appearance. In addition to changing appearances, animals that have entered the imago phase also have different habitats and foods. Butterflies, for example, will no longer live in leaves but instead fly to areas with high humidity and eat flower honey or nectar as food.

Also in this phase, imago animals will start looking for partners when the mating season arrives, and reproduce. The females will lay eggs, then the eggs hatch, become nymphs, larvae, pupae, then adults.

Types of Metamorphosis

Even though they both carry out metamorphosis, not all animals go through the same process. The reason is, metamorphosis itself is divided into two types, namely perfect metamorphosis and imperfect metamorphosis. What’s the difference?

1. Complete metamorphosis

Complete metamorphosis is a type of metamorphosis where the animal goes through the stages of egg, larva, chrysalis or pupa, then imago. Animals that undergo complete metamorphosis do not go through the nymphal process, and because they do not go through the nymphal process, these animals will hatch as larvae that have a different appearance from their parents.

This appearance will only change like its mother when the animal has passed the cocoon phase and reaches the imago or adult phase. Animals that can be examples of complete metamorphosis are butterflies and wasps.

2. Metamorphosis is incomplete

Imperfect metamorphosis, also known as hemimetabola , is a metamorphosis that does not go through the process of pupation and larvae. So animals that go through an incomplete metamorphosis process will go straight to the adult phase.

The main feature of animals that have imperfect metamorphosis is that they have a fixed shape when they hatch and the changes only concern body size.

Another feature that is no less important is that these animals often change their skin or molt . This change of skin is done because the animal is getting bigger. So big, their skin is no longer able to cover their bodies so they need new skin that is more suitable for them.

Animals Undergoing Imperfect Metamorphosis

Most of us probably only know butterflies as animals that go through metamorphosis. In fact, there are tons of other animals out there going through the same process.

Some animals go through complete metamorphosis like butterflies, and others have to be content with their imperfect metamorphosis. Talking about imperfect metamorphosis, here are five animals that underwent imperfect metamorphosis, what animals are there?

1. Cockroaches

In this world, there are about 4,000 different species of cockroaches, and all of them undergo incomplete metamorphosis. When the mating season arrives, male and female cockroaches will reproduce. A female will produce around 40 eggs which then turn into eggs.

Crazy, one egg capsule can accommodate about 50 cockroaches. After 38 days, these eggs will hatch as white, louse-like nymphs. Like animals that experience imperfect metamorphosis, cockroach nymphs will not go through the pupal or larval processes.

They hatch with the same appearance as the adults in a smaller version. After passing 42 to 154 days, this cockroach nymph will molt several times until it finally enters the imago or adult phase.

2. Grasshopper

Just like cockroaches, grasshoppers also only go through three phases of metamorphosis namely the egg phase, the nymph phase, then immediately enter the imago phase. During the summer, the female locust will produce between 10 and 300 eggs. They then deposit their eggs on sand or plants, and begin to hatch as nymphs about 10 months later.

Despite having a similar appearance to adult grasshoppers, these nymphs do not yet have wings or reproductive organs. The two organs will only appear 30 days later, after the nymph changes her skin several times and finally becomes an adult.

3. Earwigs

This one insect definitely sounds so foreign to our ears. It’s understandable, earwig or what in Indonesian is called cocopet does not live in Indonesia and is only found in Africa, New Zealand, America, Eurasia and Australia.

During the day, earwigs will hide in the crevices of plants and only start actively searching for food when it gets dark. This one insect will jump from one plant to another quickly to find food such as mosquitoes, flies, or other small animals that it finds.

The life of an earwig begins as an egg. An earwig mother can produce as many as 80 eggs. To protect the eggs from predators, the earwig mother will deposit them in a narrow, hidden tree hole.

After several weeks, the earwig eggs will hatch as nymphs. Gradually, these little nymphs will grow in size, changing their skin, before finally becoming an adult earwig.

4. Dragonfly

Just like earwigs, dragonflies are also included in the ranks of animals that experience imperfect metamorphosis. Unlike other animals, dragonflies go through a larval stage before turning into nymphs. The female will deposit dragonfly eggs that are slightly oval in shape in fast-flowing water such as rivers.

At the age of three weeks, dragonfly eggs will hatch into vicious all-eating larvae. They will usually prey on small fish, worms, and other small aquatic animals. After eating enough, dragonfly larvae will turn into nymphs and grow as dragonflies imago.

5. Ladybug

Apart from earwigs, ladybugs also sound quite foreign to our ears. Ladybugs are part of the hemiptera family . Incredibly, a female ladybug can produce up to 1000 eggs in just one breeding season. Unfortunately not all eggs are lucky.

The reason is that out of 1,000 eggs, many of them end up being a predatory animal’s lunch menu. Ladybug eggs are usually laid in leaves, and will hatch after one week of age.

Just like dragonflies, ladybug eggs hatch as larvae, and experience a change of skin. Uniquely ladybugs go through the pupa phase and come out as adult ladybugs. The only phase they don’t go through is the nymph phase, and that’s why the metamorphosis of ladybugs can’t be called complete.

6. Crickets

Compared to other animals on this list, crickets are the fastest animals in completing their metamorphosis process. In one breeding season, female crickets can produce about 500 eggs. Cricket eggs only take about two or three days to hatch.

After hatching, they will live life as nymphs for 40 days, and grow into adult crickets in another 40 days. So in total, crickets only take 83 days to grow up and reproduce. Sadly, their rapid growth makes the life of the crickets very short.

Female crickets generally live for 3 months or more to lay eggs, but male crickets live less than 3 months or die shortly after they mate.

Unlike humans who are born with perfect organs and body parts, some animals are born full of certain deficiencies such as not having wings, not having reproductive organs, not even having legs. As a result, to overcome them, they must undergo a process of metamorphosis.

Keep in mind that each animal takes a different amount of time to complete their entire metamorphosis process. There are animals that can metamorphose within a few days, but the majority of them need several weeks to transform.

Generally, animals that undergo incomplete metamorphosis will only go through three phases, namely egg, nymph, then imago. However, some animals such as ladybugs and dragonflies must go through four phases, both the larval and pupal phases.

Sinaumed’s, if you are one of those people who are interested in the world of animals and all things animal, you can really stop by www.sinaumedia.com. Here, you will find many interesting books that discuss the lives of animals, be it mammals, insects, or even extreme animals that you didn’t know about before. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we will always give the best for you!

• 11 Most Loyal Animals To Their Partners
• Minimum Age of Legal Sacrificial Animals in the Law of Sacrifice Requirements
• 10 Types of Turtles That Can Be Pets
• 10 Smallest Animals in the World, Can You See It?
• Examples of Poultry Animal Husbandry, Small & Large Farms

The Advantages of a Unitary State – Sinaumed’s, you surely know that NKRI stands for the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. right? However, do you understand what the meaning of a unified state is like? Then, what’s the difference with the others? What are the advantages of the unitary state compared to other models of government? On this occasion, it is our turn to review the advantages of a unitary state. Come on Sinaumed’s, let’s look at the reviews below.

Forms of Government of Countries in the World

Until now, there are nearly 200 countries that are members of the United Nations or the United Nations. Not to mention the added state under the umbrella of other countries and dependent. The countries in this world are currently divided into two forms of state, namely the unitary state and the federated state.

However, before we discuss these two systems, and in particular enter into the discussion of the advantages of a unitary state, it would not hurt us to review the development of the form of the state from time to time. No need to be long, let’s just summarize briefly, Sinaumed’s.

In ancient Greece, the form of the state was divided into three, namely monarchy (only one person held power), oligarchy (state power held by several people), and democracy (power held by the people). Meanwhile, Plato’s scholar at that time also expressed his views on the form of the state, namely:

1. Aristocracy: government by aristocrats or scholars.
2. Timocracy: government by people who want to achieve honor and fame.
3. Oligarchy: government by wealthy people who own particulars.
4. Democracy: government by the people.
5. Tyranny: government that is run by someone arbitrarily.

Not only Plato, another scientist named Aristotle also shared his views on the forms of the state. The following is Aristotle’s view:

1. Monarchy: government run by one person for the benefit of the people.
2. Tyranny: government run by one person for his own benefit.
3. Aristocracy: government run by a group of intellectuals for the benefit of the people.
4. Oligarchy: government by a group of people for their own benefit.
5. Plutocracy: government by a group of rich people for the benefit of the rich.
6. Politea: government by all people for the benefit of the people.
7. Democracy; government by people who know nothing about government.

While in the Middle Ages, the form of the state was narrowed into two, namely the republic and the kingdom. A country whose head of state is determined by law and is based on the will of many people is called a republic. If the country’s head of state is determined by a certain person or people, then the country is called a kingdom.

At present, the form of the state is also divided into two, namely the unitary state and federation. We will discuss the explanation of these two forms of state in more detail in the following paragraphs.

The Unitary State Reaffirms the Ideas of the Founding Fathers of the State

Unitary state

A unitary state can be defined as a sovereign state and its administration is carried out as a single entity. In a unitary state, the central government has supreme power. Meanwhile, its sub-national units, let’s call them regional governments, only exercise powers that have been given and determined by the central government to become delegates.

The unitary state, in general, is divided into two types, namely the first, the centralized unitary state which was practiced in the New Order era. The local government only follows the instructions and directions from the central government which regulates everything.
Second, a unitary state with a decentralized system. This model allows regional heads appointed by the central government to carry out policies in accordance with the regional autonomy they make without crossing the boundaries set by the central government. This system is practiced in post-reform Indonesia.

Examples of unitary states are Indonesia, Afghanistan, Albania, the Netherlands, Brunei Darussalam, Denmark, the Philippines, Finland, Japan, the Solomon Islands, South Korea, Sweden, Singapore, Spain, and many other countries.

Federated States

Meanwhile, a federated state or a union state can be interpreted as a combined state consisting of several states that form an association. Initially, these countries were independent, independent and sovereign states. By joining the union state, the country automatically relinquishes some of its power and authority and then hands it over to the union state.

The process of handing over power from the states to the union state is known as limitative (restriction), which means that the union state only controls the powers conferred by the states (delegated powers). Thus, the union state could not regulate all state policies. It’s just that, in subsequent developments, the union state regulates matters that are strategic in nature, such as security, national defense, and foreign policy policy.

The difference between a unitary state and a federated state

To make it easier for you to understand the differences between a unitary state and a federated or unionized state, we will write a summary as follows:

1. Government Institutions

The unitary state has a constitutionally constituted legislature. Meanwhile, federated countries have a senate institution that functions as a direct representative of each state. To administer legislative matters within their state, each state has its own legislature.

2. Political Power

In a unitary state, political power can be followed up and decided by a lower level government than the central government. However, basic rights and restrictions on carrying out policies are still controlled by the central government.
Whereas in a federated state, because the powers conferred by the states are only partially (not entirely), the central government cannot withdraw the rights and powers inherent in the states.

3. The Rule of Law

The unitary state has regional regulations that are bound by state law. Whereas in federated states, state laws are not bound by union state laws.

4. Legislators

The unitary state has laws for local government set by the central government. Whereas in a federated state, there is a pouvoir constituent, namely the authority to draw up a constitution and regulate its own organization within the limits of the federal constitution.

5. Government System

The unitary state has the freedom to apply a centralized system (local governments do not have the power to regulate their own regions) or decentralized (local governments can manage their own regions). While federated states, state governments and the central government have the same rights, but have different areas of responsibility.

6. Degree of Centralization

The unitary state has a high degree of centralization, so it has the right to intervene in local governments. On the other hand, a federated state has lower centralization because it is limited by the existence of powers that cannot be withdrawn by the central government.

7. Citizen Relations with the Central Government

In a unitary state, all citizens from any region can be connected to the central government. Meanwhile in a federated state, citizens are very dependent on what is a component of the country in which the person is located. Therefore, a police officer in the United States in a certain area, if he goes to another area outside his home area, will automatically become an ordinary civilian.

8. Case Handling

In emergency cases, unitary states tend to be more responsive. Meanwhile, federated countries are very concerned about formalities and legal aspects in making every decision. This sometimes takes a long time, making federated states less responsive than unitary states.

9. Regional Regulations

In a unitary state, each region may have laws called regional regulations and regional regulations must be bound by state laws. Meanwhile in federated countries, regional regulations are not bound by state laws except those that have been mutually agreed upon.

10. DPRD Policy

In a unitary state, the Regional People’s Representative Council (DPRD) does not have veto power over state laws passed by the central government’s DPR. Whereas in federated countries, the DPRD has a veto right in determining state laws that are passed by the state DPR.

11. APBN and APBD expenses

In a unitary state, spending on the State Revenue and Expenditure Budget (APBN) and the Regional Revenue and Expenditure Budget (APBD) is calculated based on comparison. Whereas in federated countries, both are calculated based on division.

12. State Sovereignty

Every region in the unitary state does not have sovereignty. Meanwhile, each region in a federated state is recognized for its sovereignty and is considered equal.

13. Natural Resources Agreement (SDA)

There is no agreement between regions if there are natural resources (SDA) or human resources (HR) involved in the unitary state system. Meanwhile, if it is involved in a federated state, there is an inter-regional agreement.

14. National Holiday Policy

In a unitary state, recognized holidays are holidays determined by the central government or national holidays. While in federated countries, there are two kinds of holidays, namely national holidays and regional holidays.

15. National Flag Policy

In a unitary state, the flag that is recognized is only the national flag. Whereas in a federated state, the national and regional flags are recognized and their position is equal. Therefore, the hoisting of regional flags in Indonesia may not be higher than the national red and white flag. If deemed disturbing national stability, regional flags are taken down.

16. Authority of Head of State

In a unitary state, only the president/king/head of state has the authority to govern the country. Whereas in a federated state, the president/king/head of state has the authority to regulate the central government and the regions have the authority to regulate local government. Thus, in a federated state, the head of state does not have full rights and authority over all areas.

Bicameral Parliament in the Unitary State

The Advantages of the Unitary State

If you pay attention to some of these comparisons, maybe you can analyze what are the advantages of a unitary state. In the book The Unitary State in Theoretical Discourse, Dr. Ni’matul Huda, as a writer, conveyed the opinion of Fred Isjwara who stated that a unitary state has the most solid form of statehood compared to a union or federation state.

In a unitary state, there are elements of union (unity) and unity (unity) at the same time. This is because the unitary state is a single country that is separated as a federation. Therefore, it is not surprising that the unitary state has a very sturdy form.

But to make it easier, let’s just review it together, Sinaumed’s. Following are the advantages of a unitary state:

1. The creation of the same rules for all citizens in every region in the country. Thus, the enforced law is fairer for all parties. Not only that, the same rules can increase unity and integrity among citizens.
2. Decision making in a unitary state is relatively faster. This is because no region has absolute freedom to determine its policy. If the country is in an emergency, the central government has the authority to intervene to save the country.
3. The central government has full responsibility for development throughout the country. This resulted in a more even implementation of national development among regions.
4. The diversity of countries in terms of ethnicity, race, religion and class is easier to unite because they work together to advance a single country. There is no partition between citizens because they are not separated by the federation.
5. A country with an area that is not too large fits this form of country because there is nothing to separate.
   The central government can save funds because each region has an APBD. This makes the central government’s responsibility for funding lighter.

The Unitary State can Unify the Elements

Even though there are no partitions between regions, apart from regional autonomy, it does not mean that all the differences in the unitary state have disappeared. The existence of differences shows the diversity and richness of the country. It’s just that, the form of a unitary state should be able to unite differences without having to make the original identity also disappear.

Indonesia, with its culture and values ​​that have been upheld so far, is a good example as a unitary state. For example, in a residential complex there are people with different races and ethnicities. There are those from Java, Batak, Papua, Dayak, Madura, Sundanese, and so on. This diversity deserves to be addressed wisely.

The unitary state format makes it easier for these differences to unite because of the same rules, the same values, the same laws, rights and obligations as citizens of the same country. Unlike the case with federal countries where each state has different rules. Even though there is regional autonomy in several unitary states, this freedom is still limited by policies set by the central government.

Even though they are required to unite as a nation and state, each race and tribe maintains its own identity. So that the uniqueness of each is maintained and mutually reinforcing one another. The struggle after the proclamation in order to defend Indonesia’s independence is one proof that we can witness. Where during the November 10, 1945 war in Surabaya, reinforcements came from various ethnicities and races, even including some citizens of Arab and Chinese descent, to help the Suroboyo children.

Why Are There Special Regions in Indonesia?

Maybe some of the Sinaumed’s are wondering about the special regions (DI) in Indonesia, namely DI Aceh and DI Yogyakarta. Why are both referred to as special regions? How is DI different from states that are in a federated state?

In the book Ten Years of the Special Region of Aceh written by the perpetrator of the history of independence, Teuku Alibasjah Talsya, it is stated that Aceh has special privileges within the Indonesian state in terms of practicing religion (Islamic law), customs and education. This status was given because Aceh had great services in the struggle for Indonesian independence.

In fact, Aceh is referred to as a capital area. Historically, Aceh is also credited with donating two warplanes to President Ir. Sukarno to fight the invaders. The aircraft are named Seulawah RI 001 and Seulawah RI 002 with the condition that the Acehnese people are given the freedom to carry out the teachings of Islam.

On the other hand, the result of the peace agreement between the Free Aceh Movement (GAM) and the Republic of Indonesia in a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) in Helsinki, Finland, made DI Aceh have a wider specificity. Therefore, it is not surprising that sometimes Aceh is also called the Government of Aceh.

For DI Yogyakarta itself, it is known that this area was originally in the form of an empire. Not only that, the great contribution of the sultan and the people of Yogya in fighting to seize and maintain Indonesian independence is also seen as a reinforcing factor why Yogyakarta is a special region. At that time, Sri Sultan Hamengkubuwono IX offered President Ir. Sukarno asked that Yogyakarta be made the temporary capital when Jakarta was occupied by the Dutch.

Asymmetric Decentralization in the Perspective of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia

Sinaumed’s, that is our review of the advantages of a unitary state and its differences from a federated state. With the best books we recommend. If you want to find books related to the state government system, then you can find them at sinaumedia.com .

sinaumedia is always at the forefront to become your #Friends Without Borders in deepening your knowledge and knowledge about the state and other themes. Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Mutiani Eka Astutik

Also read:

47 Examples of Heterogeneous Mixtures & Characteristics of Heterogeneous Mixtures – Are Sinaumed’s friends studying the types of mixtures in science? Exactly, we will find material about the types of mixtures of several substances, one of which is a heterogeneous mixture. If Sinaumed’s is still in school, he must be familiar with mixed substances because this material is taught in high school/MA/SMK chemistry subjects or the equivalent.

Sinaumed’s needs to know that we are actually very close to science, especially in this case chemistry that can be found in our environment. In fact, we can find examples of heterogeneous mixtures in everyday life, for example when eating green bean porridge, making bread dough, and so on. Heterogeneous mixtures are a type of mixture in chemistry that have their own properties and characteristics.

So what exactly is a heterogeneous mixture? What are some examples of heterogeneous mixtures and their characteristics? The following is an explanation of heterogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to accurately identify examples of heterogeneous mixtures in everyday life:

DEFINITION OF HETEROGENIC MIXTURE

A heterogeneous mixture is a mixture of two or more substances, but the constituent substances can still be distinguished easily and clearly. So a heterogeneous mixture can be defined as an imperfect mixture because it does not dissolve into one phase but the original properties of the constituent substances are still visible. The level of mixing of substances in this type of mixture can be said to be imperfect because the original properties of each particle are still visible.

A heterogeneous mixture is a mixture in which the constituent particles do not interact in a variety of ways. That is why we can still see clearly what particles are arranged in the mixture. This mixture does not require a fixed composition, such as a compound that can be mixed with two or more materials, a mixture will occur.

Having different components and compositions, heterogeneous mixtures can be formed naturally or artificially because mixing is done on purpose. In the mixing process, a single substance can produce a certain level of mixed substance based on the following determinants:

1. Temperature

Temperature is very influential in the process of mixing a substance where the higher the temperature, the easier it is for the substance to mix. This shows that the arrangement of particles in a substance with a high temperature can move faster to melt so that it will allow for more effective particle collisions or complete dissolution. So temperature can make a mixture of substances more soluble.

2. Size of Solute

The concept of chemistry shows that a larger surface area will make a substance easier to mix. so the greater the surface area of ​​a substance, the more particles that will collide and speed up the process of mixing the substance in one solution.

3. Volume In Solvent

Sinaumed’s needs to know that the volume of the solvent can have a big effect on the mixing process of a substance. The more volume of the solvent used in the arrangement of the particles, the faster the process of mixing the solution will be. The volume will then create a composition of which particle arrangement is more dominant to dissolve the opposing substance, so that one single substance dominates and seems to eliminate it.

4.  Stirring

The next thing that also affects the process of mixing substances is stirring. Stirring then becomes a method or way to mix several substances into a mixture. That is why the stirring process will affect the results of the mixture itself.

The matters that affect the mixture above will determine the results of the mixture whether the mixture is heterogeneous or homogeneous. In addition to the above, actually there are original properties that distinguish heterogeneous and homogeneous mixtures, namely the original properties of the single substance that is the component composition of the mixture. That is why the level of mixing that occurs in examples of heterogeneous and homogeneous mixtures is different.

The difference in the level of miscibility can also be seen from the success of the separation process in the mixed substance. The more difficult the mixture is to separate, the higher the degree of miscibility. The process of separating the mixed substances is then grouped into classifications of physical properties and chemical properties. In practice, we may be able to carry out the separation process with methods or methods with materials and tools that can be found in everyday life.

The types of separation of mixed substances both physically and chemically can be done by means of distillation, reflux, extraction, crystallization, centrifugation, adsorption, sublimation and filtration. Meanwhile, based on differences in solvent propagation rates, mixed substances can be separated by means of chromatography.

TYPES OF HATEROGENIC MIXTURE

In practice, heterogeneous mixtures have 2 types of mixtures, namely suspensions and colloids. These two types are distinguished based on the composition of the components and the degree of mixing in a particular mixed substance. Simply put, heterogeneous mixtures consist of a coarse mixture or low mixing level and a fine mixture or high mixing level. Following is an explanation of the types of heterogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to be able to distinguish between these two types of mixtures:

1. Suspension

Suppression is a form of a coarse heterogeneous mixture that occurs between the dispersed phases in the dispersion medium. This type of heterogeneous mixture is dispersed with a solid and the dispersing medium is a liquid. That is why the suspension system is divided into dispersed substances and dispersing medium which are easily distinguished in composition in the mixture.

The dispersed phase in solid form is then dispersed in the liquid medium with a large size, so that the liquid phase is unable to hold it. Well, that is why heterogeneous mixed substances can precipitate naturally because there is a different composition between the two substances being mixed, whether the size is larger or smaller.

Because the size of the coarse suspension particles causes the constituents to be filtered. From the stability level, the heterogeneous suspension mixture is unstable and easily separated. One example of a suspension heterogeneous mixture is a mixture of sand and water that Sinaumed’s might encounter in the process of building houses or roads. If you pay close attention to the mixture of sand and water, you can still see the difference in the particles of sand and water which cannot be mixed completely.

2. Colloids

Colloid is a form of heterogeneous mixture formed between two or more substances whose constituent particles are colloidal or very small in size. The size of the colloid in question is that the particles in the mixture are in the dispersed phase or spread evenly in the dispersing or dispersing medium. Usually the size of colloidal particles ranges from 1 to 100 nm which can be in the form of diameter, length, width, or thickness of the size of a particle.

As with other types of suspension heterogeneous mixtures, colloids also have a dispersed phase and a dispersing medium, although they are finer than suspensions or look at their constituent components. The dispensing medium is a form of matter for the colloidal particles to be distributed. The mixing process in colloids occurs when the gas sol which is a solid aerosol is distributed in the gas medium which is then called the dispersed phase.

In addition to solid, actually the dispersed phase and dispersion medium in heterogeneous colloidal mixtures can be either liquid or gas. So based on the dispersed phase, colloids can be classified into emulsions, foams, and sol. This classification will then be re-classified based on the dispersing medium. This type of classification for colloids varies because of the heterogeneous nature of the substance in which the constituent particles are easily separated into single substances or other mixed substances.

Sinaumed’s friends can find examples of colloid heterogeneous mixtures in everyday life, ranging from solid, liquid and gas. One example is flour dough if we want to make a certain dish. Colloidal mixtures are similar in nature to homogeneous mixtures because in certain cases the components of a colloidal mixture are difficult to distinguish. That is why there are still many people who have difficulty distinguishing colloidal mixtures from homogeneous mixtures. In fact, colloids are a type of heterogeneous mixture, which has a very high level of mixing, so that it is close to a homogeneous mixture.

 

 

 

 

EXAMPLE OF HETEROGENIC MIXTURE

After knowing the meaning and types of heterogeneous mixtures, Sinaumed’s was able to identify examples of heterogeneous mixtures in everyday life. This type of mixture seems to be close to our environment, ranging from liquid, solid, to gas. The following are examples of heterogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s needs to know about:

1. Suspension

An example of a suspension heterogeneous mixture is very visible, the arrangement of the particles is as follows:

• A mixture of oil and water where the component particles can still be seen clearly. This means that the water and oil particles are not completely mixed, so we can still see the boundary between the two particles
• A mixture of sand and water where we can still see the sand and water particles separately
• Red blood cells and white plasma in human body blood plasma
• Green bean porridge dish
• Vegetable soup dish
• Salad food dishes from fruits or vegetables
• Pizza food dish
• Cement dough mixed with gravel and water
• Breakfast food dishes are a mixture of cereal and milk
• Gasoline mixed with water
• Kerosene mixed with water
• Oil mixed with water
• lime mixed with sand
• Ink mixed with water
• Toothpaste mixed with water
• Eucalyptus oil mixed with water
• Drinks or water mixed with ice cubes
• Soil components consisting of sand, plants, and other substances
• Beach sand consisting of rock components and other marine animals or organisms such as coral fragments
• Vinegar mixed with oil

2. Colloids

An example of a colloid heterogeneous mixture consisting of various dispersed phases and a dispersion medium which is quite difficult to distinguish between the composition of the components. However, colloids are still included in heterogeneous mixtures because the nature of the mixed substances is still not perfect into one particular phase to become a solution. The following are examples of colloidal heterogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

a. Solid Dispersing Medium

The following colloidal heterogeneous mixed substance medium comprising a solid sol, solid emulsion (gel) and solid froth composition has the following examples:

• Metal alloy
• Colorful glass shapes
• Black diamond jewelry
• Jelly snacks
• Processed cheese ingredients
• Rice that turns into rice that we can consume every day
• Pumice which is usually used as a filter material so that the water is cleaner and clearer
• Processed ingredients from marshmallows
• Stereoform material
• Foam rubber which is the raw material for several household appliances

b. Liquid Dispersing Medium

The following colloidal heterogeneous mixed substance mediums consist of liquid sol, liquid emulsion and liquid foam compositions having the following examples:

• Different types of paint
• Ink material
• flour dough with water
• Clay material
• Milk liquid
• Water mixed with coconut milk
• River water mixed with sea water
• Ingredients for mayonnaise
• Hand cream
• Whisked egg whites
• Foam on soap

c. Gas Dispersing Medium

The following colloidal heterogeneous admixture mediums consist of a gas sol (solid aerosol), gas emulsion (liquid aerosol) composition, having the following examples:

• Airborne dust particles
• Air pollution is a mixture of air, dust, smoke and other gaseous substances
• Smoke arising from fire
• Particles that make up clouds
• Particles that form fog
• Spray materials such as hairspray, mosquito spray, and so on

CHARACTERISTICS OF A HETEROGENIC MIXTURE

Based on the definitions, types, and examples of heterogeneous mixtures above, Sinaumed’s can identify these mixtures based on their characteristics. Heterogeneous mixtures have clear characteristics and can be seen with the naked eye even without the aid of a magnifying device or other substance separator. Following are the characteristics of a heterogeneous mixture that Sinaumed’s needs to know to make it easier to identify or find out whether it is a heterogeneous mixture or not:

1. The shape of the mixing of the constituent particles is not uniform
2. The size of the constituent particles is larger than the molecules
3. The shape of each substance that is mixed can still be distinguished easily using human vision and its properties can be easily recognized
4. The particle shape of the solvent (water) and the solute are separated
5. Usually cloudy and impermeable
6. Heterogeneous mixed solutions will precipitate if left standing because the solvent and solute particles can separate naturally
7. Heterogeneous mixtures tend to be cloudy and impermeable to light
8. Separation process, especially filtering, can be carried out which is not so difficult
9. The resulting mixture can be solid, liquid, and gas
10. The components that are mixed have unequal ratios in one mixed substance
11. Has a level of concentration of the original nature of the substance that is not the same
12. It has a different color so it is difficult to degrade

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

So, that’s an explanation of examples of heterogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s needs to know based on the explanation of his chemical theory. Previously, Sinaumed’s friends might not have realized that in fact goods or events that occur around our environment are complex and complicated chemical processes. One of these mixed substances, of which there are even many substances or compounds that we use today, is the process of mixing or separating these mixed substances and single substances.

Studying chemistry is certainly not an easy thing. Sinaumed’s needs a lot of references both online and in book form. sinaumedia friends can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at  https://sinaumedia.com to find references on examples of heterogeneous mixtures or other chemistry. If some of the Sinaumed’s Friends are still in high school/MA/SMK or equivalent, then you don’t need to be confused anymore looking for references to chemistry textbooks that are easy to learn and use in the latest 2013 curriculum. The following is a recommendation for chemistry textbooks for SMA/MA/SMK students or the equivalent that Sinaumed’s can read: Happy learning. #Friends Without Limits

Examples of Homogeneous Mixtures – Have your Sinaumed’s friends ever noticed a mixture of syrupy water or sugar solution in tea and coffee drinks? Sinaumed’s needs to know that this is an example of a homogeneous mixture that we learned about in chemistry lessons when we were in school. If Sinaumed’s’ friends are still in school, they must be familiar with the term mixed substance. In practice, we will often encounter this science of mixed substances in everyday life. 

A mixture is a single form of substance or matter and consists of two or more types. The mixed substance then has original properties that will still be visible or visible even though it has been tried to be put together. Based on how it works, the mixture is then divided into 2 types, namely homogeneous mixtures and heterogeneous mixtures. 

Both types of substances have their own symptoms, solution processes, and characteristics. Grames needs to understand the difference well so as not to misunderstand the example of a mixture and everyday life. That is why Sinaumed’s needs to understand this type of mixture one by one. 

This article will explain examples of homogeneous mixtures that we find a lot in our daily lives. The following is an explanation of homogeneous mixtures, starting from the definition, examples, characteristics to the differences with heterogeneous mixtures. 

HOMOGENIC MIXTURE DEFINITION

Homogeneous mixtures are substances that are composed or mixed perfectly.

This mixed substance has a composition of substances that are single in nature with an indistinguishable physical form. This is due to the smelting process between the constituent substances which are then mixed and finally it is difficult to distinguish their existence. Homogeneous mixtures are then popularly called solutions, which you can also learn through the Basic Chemistry book, Jl 1 Ed 3.

Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary, the word homogeneous has the meaning as something that consists of the same type, type, character, nature and other things. So, homogeneous is a term that is often used to describe a mixture that has a uniform composition that cannot be distinguished from one another. The mixture of the two substances eventually forms a single phase between the solute and the solvent. 

Homogeneous mixtures have several parts that are almost the same in composition, such as shape, color and taste. In addition, the ratio of substances mixed in a homogeneous mixture also does not see the boundaries between one component and another. For example, in a sugar water solution, by mixing sugar with a glass of water, the two substances will mix and not change into other substances. 

The example of this solution shows the properties of sugar which still tastes sweet and water which is still in liquid form but has been mixed into one and the same solution. So when you drink the water, all the water becomes sweet. The sugar water solution proves that a homogeneous mixture has a very small particle size so it is very difficult to see the difference between the two substances that have been mixed. 

Even these differences are also difficult to see with an ordinary microscope. So a homogeneous mixed substance also cannot be separated with filter paper or an ordinary filter to separate the two substances that have been mixed. 

Homogeneous mixtures usually also undergo a natural mixing process or are deliberately mixed to produce a particular phase. That is why ordinary homogeneous mixtures are difficult to process for separating mixtures of chemical compounds. However, in practice the process of separating homogeneous mixtures can also produce compounds that are more useful for humans. For example, the separation process in petroleum, such as LPG, diesel, lubricants, aviation fuel, and asphalt. 

These samples then do not become a single substance but are still a homogeneous mixed substance but in a different form from the source due to the separation process. So a homogeneous mixture can still be separated into another homogeneous mixture by going through a mass transfer process both mechanically and chemically. The separation process used for homogeneous mixtures depends on the conditions encountered because the perfection of the solution of a homogeneous mixture is very perfect. In some cases we even need more than one separation process method that must be combined in order to produce the desired separation. 

The process of separating homogeneous mixtures in principle separates a phase into an easily separated heterogeneous mixture or other homogeneous mixtures. The process of separating homogeneous substances can be carried out by methods of absorption, adsorption, chromatography, crystallization, distillation, evaporation, electrophoresis, extraction (Leaching, liquid-liquid extraction, solid-liquid extraction), fractional freezing, precipitation, recrystallization, stripping, sublimation, and hydrocyclones. . The seven methods are used so that a new phase can occur so that a homogeneous mixture can be separated into either a heterogeneous mixture or other homogeneous mixtures that are reduced in composition. 

 

HOMOGENIC MIXTURE EXAMPLE

The chemistry of this solution seems to be encountered a lot in everyday life, whether in the form of liquid, gas or solid. So don’t be surprised if many objects are the result of chemical work processes. The following are examples of homogeneous mixtures that we can encounter in everyday life, whether we can make them ourselves or use homogeneous mixed products:

1. Water that has a lot of mixed minerals dissolved in it. The water will then remain in one phase because it is difficult to separate the minerals dissolved in it. So the water we drink every day is an example of a homogeneous mixture
2. A glass of coffee that has been filtered so that it is in one phase because it is evenly mixed between coffee, water and sugar
3. Milk is a colloid, but the lactose in milk will then mix evenly with water and other compounds so that they are in a single phase
4. A sugar solution that mixes water with sugar
5. Coconut milk which mixes some water with the substances contained in coconut milk
6. A sweet tea drink that mixes hot water, tea and granulated sugar
7. Syrup drink that mixes liquid syrup and water
8. Carbonated drinks such as Coca-cola, Sprite, Pepsi, Fanta, and so on which are a mixture of water and carbon dioxide 
9. A salt solution that mixes water and salt
10. Cough syrup which is a mixture of medicinal compounds 
11. Margarine is an example of a solid homogeneous mixture that is most easily encountered in everyday life. Margarine is a mixture of several chemical compounds which then forms a solid phase. Margarine comes from various mixtures which then mix and combine so that it is difficult to separate
12. Agar-agar that mixes its particles macroscopically has these substances
13. Jello gelatin is a special type of colloid which is a homogeneous mixture of microscopic particles dispersed through a substance, such as clouds of dust and honey, which are made by bees.
14. Paraffin Wax which is a mixture of solid hydrocarbons from petroleum by drying light lubricating oil. These compounds are commonly used to make polishes, cosmetics, wax paper, candles, and electrical insulators
15. Air in nature that can be breathed by humans, namely during the inhalation process which contains various gases, such as oxygen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and water vapor when it is cold
16. Seawater or containing water or minerals and salt
17. A glucose solution widely used in hospitals which is a mixture of glucose and a combination of water
18. Iodine tincture for sterilizing wounds is a mixture of solids or iodine with liquid alcohol to form a homogeneous mixture
19. Household tools made of bronze whose manufacturing structure is a mixture of copper and tin
20. Steel that mixes iron and carbon
21. Brass material that mixes copper and zinc
22. Silver material that mixes copper and gold, which is a type of white gold
23. Ruby material that mixes Al₂O₃ and Cr₂O₃
24. Duralumin which is a mixture of aluminum, copper, magnesium, and magan to produce a type of steel that has high mechanical strength
25. Gold amalgam which is a homogeneous mixture of mercury and gold, for example in cobra brown, brass and silver
26. Naphthalene solution which is commonly used to repel moths
27. Metal alloy materials or metal mixtures that are widely used as materials in industry. Metals that are widely used in industry are usually mixtures of two or more metals that have unique properties to produce certain materials
28. Gasoline fuel which is a mixture of various hydrocarbons 
29. Petroleum which is a mixture of hydrocarbons with natural organic compounds
30. Stainless Steel which mixes metal, nickel and iron
31. Jewelry that mixes gold and copper
32. Gunpowder which is one of the explosives which is a mixture of homogeneous elements, such as sulfur, coal, and saltpeter or potassium nitrate
33. Detergent which is a homogeneous mixture of soap and other chemicals to clean clothes and keep them smelling good
34. Laundry detergent solution that mixes detergent and water
35. Vinegar that mixes water and acetic acid
36. A dilute hydrochloric acid solution that mixes various acidic compounds 
37. Mouthwash containing a percentage of alcohol and various chemicals to clean in the mouth, namely teeth and gums
38. Battery water which is a solution of sulfuric acid
39. 70% alcohol which mixes pure alcohol and other compounds, for example Italian wine or scotch whiskey
40. LPG which mixes propane and artificial gas
41. Perfumes are a mixture of chemicals and dyes
42. Inks that mix dyes, oils, solvents, and other ink ingredients
43. Blood plasma which is a colorless liquid mixture containing blood cells in suspension. Blood plasma is half of the volume of human blood

 

CHARACTERISTICS OF A HOMOGEN MIXTURE

After knowing the definition and examples of homogeneous mixtures, Sinaumed’s can identify a substance whether it is a homogeneous mixture or not. From the examples above we can conclude that the characteristics of a homogeneous mixture are as follows: 

1. The particles are arranged indistinguishable from one another
2. Have the same color shape
3. Has the same taste
4. The two substances that are mixed have the same composition ratio
5. The two substances mixed have the same concentration level
6. It has solid, gas and liquid forms
7. It consists of a solute and a solvent 
8. Has no lining at all
9. Has a solution particle size that is so small that the difference cannot be seen or with an ordinary microscope
10. Homogeneous mixed solutions cannot be filtered 
11. These mixtures cannot be separated by mechanical means. But it can still be separated using distillation which tends to be difficult to do 

To be able to understand more about homogeneous mixtures and various other chemical substances, the book Why – Chemistry is here which discusses everything you need to know about chemistry and is packaged through various attractive illustrations so that it is easier to understand.

 

THE DIFFERENCES OF HOMOGEN AND HETEROGEN MIXTURE

Homogeneous mixtures have basic differences with other types of mixtures. Although sometimes many people still have difficulty distinguishing between homogeneous and heterogeneous mixtures in examples of mixtures that we encounter everyday. Even though the two mixtures have very different properties, materials, components, and mixtures. The following are the differences between homogeneous and heterogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s needs to know so that they are not confused in identifying mixed paints:

1. Based on its nature

Homogeneous mixtures are equivalent in that each part of the mixture is always the same, both in terms of taste, color, and ratio. So to produce a perfect homogeneous mixture requires the same ratio for all the components that mix so it is difficult to distinguish the composition. Meanwhile, a heterogeneous mixture is a mixture of two or more substances with the properties of the constituent substances not being the same, or not being uniform.

So in heterogeneous mixtures, the particles mixed in it can still be distinguished. One example of a heterogeneous mixture is a mixture of soil and gravel, concrete, sand and water, and so on. In the example of a heterogeneous mixture, the constituent substances can still be easily distinguished by human vision without the aid of other magnifying devices. 

This difference in properties is the most striking difference between homogeneous and heterogeneous mixtures. So Sinaumed’s friends can handle it directly without the need for laboratory equipment to distinguish heterogeneous solutions or mixtures. 

2. Based on the ingredients and the mixture

Materials and mixtures in homogeneous mixtures have the same or uniform composition and properties in all parts. Meanwhile, heterogeneous mixtures do not have the same composition between constituents. So homogeneous and heterogeneous mixtures have fundamental differences in terms of the shape of the particles that are mixed, especially when the particles are mixed. Homogeneous mixtures visually look like a single substance because they are a solution in one phase, while heterogeneous mixtures still appear as their constituent substances. 

3. Based on the Components

Components that are composed in a heterogeneous mixture can still be seen by the naked eye. Meanwhile, homogeneous mixtures will find it difficult to distinguish the constituent components with the naked eye because they have dissolved into one phase. Components in homogeneous mixtures tend to change shape from their original properties, while heterogeneous mixtures usually retain the shape of their original properties, even though they are not too perfect.  

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

So, that’s an explanation of homogeneous mixtures that Sinaumed’s can learn to find out the characteristics and examples of homogeneous mixtures in our daily lives. So now there is no longer any reason for difficulties in distinguishing between homogeneous and heterogeneous mixtures in practice in everyday life. Whether we realize it or not, in our daily activities there are many examples of chemical work that are close to our environment. So this knowledge is very useful for our survival.

sinaumedia friends can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to find references about chemistry both applied and theoretical. The Sinaumed’sia collection is also complete, providing a variety of chemistry textbooks for SMA/SMK/MA students and the equivalent. So Sinaumed’s friends no longer need to have trouble finding chemistry textbooks that are in accordance with the curriculum and are taught by teachers at school. The following are recommendations for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to find out about chemistry: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits  

Examples of Arithmetic Sequences Problems – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the material on Arithmetic Sequences and Series which is included in the Mathematics subject? Yep, this material generally begins to be studied in grade 11 even semester.

Arithmetic Sequences and Series material will definitely be discussed together with Geometry Sequences and Series. Even further, this material can also appear on CPNS questions , of course, with a higher level of difficulty. To learn it, Sinaumed’s can read material reviews, understanding formulas, along with examples of problems with arithmetic sequences which are usually found in problem practice books.

So, what if the examples of arithmetic sequences in practice books have already been discussed? Well, don’t worry, because in the following article we will discuss examples of arithmetic sequence problems that Sinaumed’s can see and do!

30 Examples of Essay Arithmetic Sequences

1. The 40th term of sequence 7, 5, 3, 1, … is …
2. The first term of the arithmetic sequence is 3 and the difference = 4, the 10th term of the arithmetic sequence is …
3. Find the 100th term of the arithmetic sequence 2, 5, 8, 11, …
4. Find the 21st term of the arithmetic sequence: 17, 15, 13, 11,…
5. Determine the 8th and 20th terms of the sequence –3, 2, 7, 12, ….
6.  You know the arithmetic sequence –2, 1, 4, 7, …, 40. Find the number of terms in the sequence.
7. It is known that the first term of an arithmetic sequence is 7 and the 15th term is 63. Find the difference in the arithmetic sequence!
8. The first term of the arithmetic sequence is -2 and the difference is 5, determine the 12th term of the arithmetic sequence is…
9. The 3rd and 16th terms of the arithmetic sequence are 13 and 78. Determine the first terms and their difference.
10. The formula for the nth term of the sequence 5, –2, –9, –16, … is …
11. It is known that the sequence of numbers with the nth term is of the form Un = n2 – 2n. Write down the first 5 terms of the sequence.
12. Know the sequence of numbers 4, 7, 12, 19, …. Determine the formula for the nth term.
13. Know the sequence of numbers 4, 7, 12, 19, …. Which term of the sequence is 199?
14. The 15th term of the number sequence: 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, … is…
15. The 45th term of the number sequence: 3, 7, 11, 15, 19, … is…
16. The 50th term of the number sequence: 20, 17, 14, 11, 8, …. is….
17. The formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence 94, 90, 86, 82, …. is….
18. A sequence 1, 4, 7, 10, … fulfills the pattern Un = an + b. The 10th term of the sequence is
19. A sequence of 2, 5, 10, 17, …. meet the pattern Un = an2 + bn + c. The 9th term of the sequence is….
20. Sequences 2, 9, 18, 29, … fulfill the pattern Un = an2 + bn + c. What tribe is 42?
21. The 20th term of sequence 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 3, 1, 4, 1, …. is
22. The arithmetic sequence 1, 3, 5, 7, … is known. un = 225. Determine the number of terms (n).
23. Si Dadap successfully passed the PT (Higher Education) entrance examination. As a student, starting January 1, 2008 he received an allowance of Rp. 500,000.00 for one quarter. This allowance is given at the beginning of each quarter. For each subsequent quarter the pocket money he receives is increased by Rp. 25,000. How much pocket money will Dadap receive in early 2011?
24. It is known that the 1st term of an arithmetic sequence is 6 and the fifth term is 18, determine the difference.
25. In a theater, seats are arranged with the front row consisting of 12 seats, the second row containing 14 seats, the third row containing 16 seats, and so on. The number of seats in the 20th row is…
26.  The 2nd term of an arithmetic sequence is 5. If the sum of the 4th and 6th terms of the series is 28, then the 9th term is …..
27. The 10th and 14th terms of an arithmetic sequence are 7 and 15, respectively. Determine the first term, difference, and 20th term of the sequence.
28. You know the arithmetic sequence –2, 1, 4, 7, …, 40. Find the number of terms in the sequence.
29. From an arithmetic sequence, the third term is 36, the fifth and seventh terms are 144. The first ten terms of the series are….
30. The first term of a sequence is 4, while the nth general term (for n > 1) is determined by the formula Un = 3.Un–1 – 5. The 3rd term is …

 

 

10 Examples of Problem Arithmetic Sequences and Their Discussion

Example Question 1

Find the 100th term of the arithmetic sequence 2, 5, 8, 11, …

Discussion:

a = 2

b = u2 – u1 = 5 – 2 = 3

n = 100 un = a + (n – 1)b

un = 2 + (100 – 1)3 = 2 + (99 x 3) = 299

Example Problem 2

The arithmetic sequence 1, 3, 5, 7, … is known. un = 225. Determine the number of terms (n).

Completion:

a = 1, b = 2, un = 225

un = a (n – 1)b

225 = 1 + (n – 1)2 = 1 + 2n – 2

226 = 2n

n = 113

Example Problem 3

Si Dadap successfully passed the PT (Higher Education) entrance examination. As a student, starting January 1, 2008 he received an allowance of Rp. 500,000.00 for one quarter. This allowance is given at the beginning of each quarter. For each subsequent quarter the pocket money he receives is increased by Rp. 25,000. How much pocket money will Dadap receive in early 2011?

Completion:

1st Quarter: u1 = a = Rp. 500,000.00

2nd quarter: u2 = a + b = Rp. 525,000.00, etc

So b = 25,000.

At the beginning of 2011, the college had been used for 3 years or 12 quarters, meaning: u12 = a + (12 – 1)b = 500,000 + (11 x 25,000) = 775,000

So the amount of money that Dadap will receive at the beginning of 2011 is Rp. 775,000.00.

Example Problem 4

It is known that the 1st term of the arithmetic sequence is 6 and the fifth term is 18, determine the difference.

Completion: 

It is known that a = 6, and U5 = 18

Un = a + (n – 1) b

U5 = 6 + (5 – 1) b

18= 6 + 4b

4b = 12

b = 3

So the difference is 3.

Example Problem 5

Find the 21st term of the arithmetic sequence: 17, 15, 13, 11,…

Completion: 

If a = 17, b = -2, and n = 21,

then U21 = 17 + (21-1)(-2) = -23 

So, the 21st term of the arithmetic sequence is -23

Example Problem 6

The 40th term of sequence 7, 5, 3, 1, … is …

Completion:

Given: a = 7

b = –2

Asked 𝑈40 ?

Answer:

𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1) 𝑏

𝑈40 = 7 + (40 − 1) (−2)

= 7 + 39 x (-2)

= 7 + (-78) = – 71

So, the 40th term of the arithmetic sequence is –71.

Example Problem 7

The formula for the nth term of the sequence 5, –2, –9, –16, … is …

Discussion: 

Given: a = 5 b = –7

Wanted: the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence = ?

Answer:

𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1) 𝑏

= 5 + (𝑛 − 1)(−7)

= 5 − 7 𝑛 + 7

= 12 − 7 𝑛

So, the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence is 𝑈𝑛 = 12 − 7𝑛

Example Problem 8

In a theater, seats are arranged with the front row consisting of 12 seats, the second row containing 14 seats, the third row containing 16 seats, and so on. The number of seats in the 20th row is…

Discussion: 

Is known:

a = 12

b = 2

Asked 𝑈20 ?

Answer:

𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑏

𝑈20 = 12 + (20 − 1)(2)

= 12 + 19 . (2)

= 12 + (38) = 50

So, the number of seats in the 20th row is 50 seats

Example Problem 9

The 10th number of the sequence: 3, 5, 7, 9, ….is…

Completion:

a = 3, b = 2,

U10 = (a + 9b)

U10 = 3 + 18 = 21

Example Problem 10

A sequence of 2, 5, 10, 17, …. meet the pattern Un = an2 + bn + c. 9th tribe of

that line is…

Completion

Is known :

Rows 2, 5, 10, 17, …

𝑈𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛2 + 𝑏𝑛 + 𝑐

Asked: 𝑈9 = ⋯ ?

Answer:

𝑈𝑛 = (1)𝑛2 + (0)𝑛 + 1

𝑈𝑛 = 𝑛2 + 1

𝑈9 = 92 + 1

𝑈9 = 82

Well, that’s a review of some examples of questions about Arithmetic sequences in Mathematics. After listening to the questions and discussion, does Sinaumed’s understand that sequences and series in Arithmetic are different?

4 Types of Clouds, Examples and Process of Occurrence – Does Sinaumed’s really pay attention to the weather every day? Sinaumed’s can pay attention to various types of clouds if they want to detect the weather, although they are not completely accurate. Cloud types are distinguished by their height which can be used to predict the weather with several other supporting factors.

Sinaumed’s needs to know that the definition of a cloud is a collection of water or ice droplets in the atmosphere. So it’s not something like cotton in the sky.

These water droplets can form clouds due to the process of condensing water vapor in the air due to low temperatures in the atmosphere. There are several types of clouds that produce rain or snow, or simply move through the sky and then dissipate over time.

Generally, clouds are distinguished by their location and size in the atmosphere, so these types can be observed and grouped by their shape, altitude, and resulting precipitation.

Sinaumed’s needs to know and understand the types of clouds in order to be able to predict weather conditions that will occur in the near future, for example under certain conditions if Sinaumed’s wants to travel outside the house. The following is an explanation of the types of clouds, starting from the process by which they occur to examples of the types that occur on the surface of the earth:

UNDERSTANDING THE CLOUD

Clouds are a collection of water particles in the atmosphere that appear very large with a certain temperature pressure. These water particles can be in the form of liquid water drops or ice crystals that gather and seem to form certain lumps. These water droplets come from the condensation of very large amounts of water vapor in the air.

Sinaumed’s needs to know that clouds also have visible mass and can be attracted by gravity, just like the mass of matter in space. The cloud mass is then known as a star and a nebula.

The nuclei of condensation in clouds in the atmosphere are solid or liquid particles which can be in the form of smoke, sulfur dioxide, dust, sea salt (NaCl) or other microscopic objects which are hygroscopic in nature, and have a size of 0.001 10 micrometers.

If Sinaumed’s pays attention to the sky, the clouds from a distance are white, or some are grayish and even almost dark if it’s going to rain. These symptoms will then distinguish the types of clouds because each has its characteristics and symptoms in the intensity of the water and temperature they carry.

TYPES OF CLOUDS

In 1984, the presence of clouds in the sky was first classified by the International Weather Commission. The institute divides clouds into four main types, namely high clouds, medium clouds, low clouds and vertical development clouds.

The grouping is based on the height of the existence of clouds which indeed affect the charge and appearance of the earth’s surface. The following are the types of clouds that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to understand examples of cloud shapes that can appear in the sky:

1. Low Clouds (Located at an altitude of Less than 2 Km from Ground Level)

Stratocumulus Clouds

Stratocumulus is a type of cloud that has the lowest position compared to the existence of other clouds. Sinaumed’s could see the stratpcumulus clouds from the ground very clearly.

In practice this type of cloud can produce rain, but it is not heavy and usually only of short duration or short-lasting rain. The shape of stratocumulus clouds in the atmosphere is round with clumps of water particles that appear to gather or can also separate regularly in the sky with a more grayish color.

Stratus Cloud

Stratus clouds are a type of cloud that forms a thin, wide layer of white over a grayish sky. If Sinaumed’s finds these stratus clouds, they can indicate clear weather because they have stable high air pressure in the atmosphere, so very hot weather often appears.

Stratus clouds can bring light rain like a light drizzle. The shape of this type of cloud is very regular in the sky, although there are some stratus clouds that are broken and irregular in shape. In practice, stratus clouds are also thick in volume and can partially block sunlight so they are more shady.

Nimbostratus Clouds

Nimbostratus clouds are a type of cloud that is thicker in shape and tends to be more irregular, with a more grayish white color. The texture of this type of cloud is thicker and can cover even the hot sun and often produces rain and snow under certain very low pressure conditions in some areas.

Whereas in the tropics, nimbostratus clouds can produce high or heavy rainfall for a long duration. Meanwhile, in subtropical to cold climates, nimbostratus clouds can produce thick snow.

2. Medium Cloud Type (Located at an altitude of 2 to 6 Km from the Ground Level)

Altocumulus clouds

Altocumulus clouds are a type of small spheres like cotton and spread across the sky with a large number of lumps. The shape between one altocumulus cloud and another appears to be related to each other with a mixture of white to grayish in one area.

This type of cloud is spread very regularly in the sky and can cover most of the surface of the sky in one particular area. The appearance of altocumulus clouds can also be a sign of heavy rain and even accompanied by lightning with a duration that is not too long.

Altostratus Clouds

Altostratus clouds are one of the types that contain the most water droplets in their clumps. This Altostratus cloud can bring light rain more than drizzle and virga or types of rain that don’t reach the ground.

The form of Altostratus clouds is in the form of thin sheets of water particles and forms white mixed with grayish cloud lines. Altostratus clouds can cover most of the surface of the sky even if it’s only a thin cloud and some parts of the sky can still be translucent if the sun is very hot during the day.

The formation of altostratus clouds generally occurs at dusk or in the middle of the night, then will slowly disappear during the day if the weather shows the sun is very hot. This type of cloud is usually located in a fairly large area, although it is not too thick in shape.

3. High Cloud Type (Located at an altitude of 6 to 12 Km from the ground)

Cirrus clouds

Cirrus clouds are a type that indicates the weather will be good and sunny. Cirrus clouds have a very fine water particle structure like cotton fibers and even resemble the shape of fine bird feathers.

Under certain conditions, some are shaped like curved ribbons in the sky, then seem to be linked to several points on the horizon. Cirrus clouds can usually block the light of the sun or moon, so they can cause a natural phenomenon called a halo.

Halo is a natural phenomenon that occurs because ice grains in cirrus clouds manage to refract sunlight by forming a circle resembling a ring around the sun according to the spread of light.

That is why cirrus clouds contain ice crystals which make it very rare to produce rain.

Cirrostratus clouds

Cirrostratus clouds are a type of cloud that is slightly gray in color and has a very fine texture in the atmosphere. The shape of cirrostratus clouds often resembles a slightly curly, irregular webbing. This type of cloud has thin fibers that resemble a veil and can partially cover the contents of the sky.

This type of cloud contains quite a lot of ice crystals because it is located quite high compared to other types of clouds. Under certain conditions, cirrostratus clouds can thicken and create halo phenomena, although they are not as clear as cirrus clouds because of their different altitudes.

Cirrocumulus clouds

Cirrocumulus clouds are a type that has a disjointed shape resembling waves of curly fleece or very thin fish scales in the sky. The orderly arrangement of the clouds makes this type of woman known as the waves of mackerel in the sky by sailors.

Cirrocumulus clouds also store lots of ice crystals and very cold or low temperature water droplets or particles because of their very high position. That is why this type of cloud has the potential to produce snow under certain conditions.

4. Clouds with Vertical Development (Located at an altitude of more than 450 M from Ground Level)

Cumulus Clouds

Cumulus clouds are a type of cloud that is quite thick and has an elongated shape like a building. This type of cloud can occur due to unstable air pressure in the atmosphere. The content of water droplets in cumulus clouds are ice grains that are very cold or have a low temperature because of their altitude.

The part of the cumulus cloud that is exposed to sunlight will look sparkling and tend to be pure white. This type of cloud over time can in a continuous state become a darker and thicker cumulonimbus cloud.

If Sinaumed’s has ever been on an airplane, then this type of cloud will really look like a towering building in a certain arena. The thick lump looks as if it looks like this cloud shape is very sturdy, but it can still change under certain circumstances.

Cumulonimbus clouds

Cumulonimbus clouds are a type of cloud that is the result of the development of cumulus clouds with a higher shape like a dome.

At first glance, this type of cloud is greedy like a cumulonimbus cloud, but the color is more grayish and even tends to be dark and is very closely related to producing heavy rain accompanied by wind and lightning.

Cumulonimbus clouds are also often referred to as dangerous clouds because they contain a lot of electrical charge in them.

That is why this type of cloud is also highly avoided on airplane flights because it is considered dangerous for aircraft. This is also because these clouds are very thick and heavy, which means they have quite heavy water droplets.

THE PROCESS OF THE CLOUD

After knowing the types of clouds above, Sinaumed’s needs to know how these clouds can appear and form in the atmosphere. The cloud is certainly not formed instantly, but there is a process of its formation through several accompanying stages.

These stages can be a single unit to produce clouds and eliminate them. Following is the process of cloud formation that sinaumedia needs to know in order to understand the stages of cloud formation in certain weather:

• Initially, the air will rise and expand adiabatically because the air pressure above is less than the pressure below the sky or atmosphere. Based on LIPI’s statement that the air will move upward and experience adiabatic cooling, causing the relative humidity (RH) to increase. But before the occurrence of RH up to 100 then at around 78 condensation, the cloud will have started its condensation core to become larger and active in the air. This change in RH occurs due to the addition of water vapor in the air by the process of evaporation or a decrease in saturated vapor pressure through very low cooling.
• These water particles, called aerosols, then function as water traps and will form drops or water dots that gather more and more
• These drops or drops of water then begin to gather and grow into clouds as the RH approaches 100 because the water vapor has become a larger core. Smaller and less active nuclei actually don’t really play a big role, so the volume of water drops in a cloud becomes much smaller than the number of condensation nuclei.
• After that this aerosol is lifted into the atmosphere at a certain height depending on the strength of the pressure that carries it and if a large amount is in the air which is lifted to a higher layer, then the aerosol will experience cooling at a low temperature and then experience a condensation process at a certain altitude.
• This collection of water points resulting from water vapor in the air from condensation is what our senses will see as clouds. So the more air that has condensed in the atmosphere, the bigger the clouds that will appear.

Sinaumed’s needs to know that the water drops in each cloud that are formed usually have a radius of 5° 20 mm. A drop of water or a drop of this size will fall at a speed of 0.01° 5 cm/second to the surface of the earth.

While the velocity of the upward air flow or evaporation which then undergoes a much greater condensation process so that the cloud drops will not fall to the earth if the mass is not stable.

So the difference between cloud drops and raindrops is in their mass size which can be more stable under pressure so they can eventually fall to the earth’s surface. Some of the water drops in a cloud are usually still in liquid form and some can be in the form of solid or ice crystals if they are in the cloud’s freezing core.

If there is no freezing core, the water drops in the clouds remain liquid until the temperature reaches -40°C, even lower than that temperature.

• Soil Pollution
• Waste Type
• Causes of Water Pollution and How to Overcome It
• Various Factors Causing Soil Pollution & Its Impacts
• Air Pollution Factor

Well, that’s an explanation of the types of clouds , starting from the process of their occurrence to examples of the types that occur on the surface of the earth. Can Sinaumed’s predict the weather with the explanation above?

Cloud characteristics may be recognized by Sinaumed’s to predict whether it will rain or not, but in practice the process of cloud formation can be very short or very slow above the atmosphere, depending on several factors.

One of them is the temperature pressure that occurs under and above the sky. So, it is possible that the appearance of certain types of clouds does not cause any symptoms, and can even cause the opposite symptoms.

That’s why if sinaumedia still doesn’t recognize clouds enough to predict the weather, then they can read sinaumedia’s collection of books at www.sinaumedia.com. Sinaumed’s will get a lot of references about the weather, ranging from elementary school thematic textbooks to theoretical study books that use the broader science of weather.

Recognizing the symptoms of the appearance of clouds does not only function to predict the weather, it can even warn of disasters that might occur, such as hurricanes, storms, volcanic eruptions, and so on.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to understand more broadly about cloud types and other weather science: happy learning. #Friends Without Limits.

Technique of kicking the ball – Hello, Sinaumed’s friends. Do you know? Football is one of the most popular sports in the world. This soccer game is very popular and sought after by many people from all walks of life, from small children to adults, both men and women.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), football is a team game on a field that uses balls from two opposing groups consisting of eleven players and lasts for 2 x 45 minutes. Victory is determined by the difference in goals scored against the opponent’s goal net.

Mastering the basic technique is very important in soccer. These basic skills must be practiced and mastered by every player. There are several basic techniques for playing soccer that must be mastered.

One of the basic techniques in soccer is the kick. Kicking the ball is a basic technique that every soccer player must master first. Because the technique of kicking the ball more or less affects the way you play.

For example, if we want to give a back pass, we have to use an instep kick. It’s different when you want to dribble the ball quickly, players must use the outside of the foot. On the other hand, to anticipate the occurrence of resistance between players, you must master the technique of ball control to kick the ball.

Solidarity and cooperation alone are not enough to win this game. you and other members must understand and master the basic techniques of kicking the ball. Does Sinaumed’s know how to kick the ball properly and correctly? If not, you don’t need to worry because this time sinaumedia will share in full the basic techniques of kicking a ball. Come on, see the explanation below.

Basic Techniques of Kicking the Ball 

Creating and even winning this soccer game requires good team work and skills. Because the cohesion and skills of each player must be intertwined. One of the skills that every player must master is kicking the ball.

The basic technique of kicking the ball can be divided into several types, namely the technique of kicking the ball with the inside of the foot, the technique of kicking the ball with the back of the foot, the technique of kicking the ball with the outside of the foot and the basic technique of kicking the ball with the toe.

The use of the feet in this technique depends on the conditions, abilities and needs of the game. There are various types of techniques for kicking the ball that you must learn based on the explanation of the Physical Education guidelines.

Among them are the inside leg technique, the outside leg technique, and the instep technique. Each has its own advantages and disadvantages. Well, you will find different ways in each procedure.

1. Technique of kicking the ball with the inside of the foot

The first basic kicking technique is to use the inside of the foot. This kick technique is useful when returning to another player from a distance or a long pass. The accuracy achieved is usually quite high, because players can adjust the direction of the shot.

However, futsal players rarely use the technique of kicking the ball from the inside of the foot. Then why? because this type of kick is not suitable for playing with a small pitch. This refers to goals and kicks that are further forward.

As part of deep leg training, students are usually taught from an early age. Even though the discussion is in the LKS Liikunta book. The teacher continues to give direct examples of how to kick the ball from the foot. In general, a good and correct step is:

• Align your body so it is facing the ball.
• Place your feet to the sides like a tripod and bend your knees slightly.
• Lean back slightly.
• Place both hands beside the body to maintain body balance.
• Keep an eye on the arrival of the ball or target shot.
• Note that the ball can be kicked from the inside of the midfoot.
• Then rotate the foot back and then forward to kick the ball into the net on the side.
• Do additional movements supporting your body weight with your right foot or using your front foot to kick.
• Put the foot you used to land the kick first.

2. Technique of kicking the ball with the outside of the foot

The next basic technique of kicking the ball is the technique of kicking the ball with the outside of the foot. The technique of kicking with the outside of the foot is used to cross other players so that their position is opposite to ours. Baits delivered using this technique can be game-changing baits to trick opponents.

Apart from that, the basic technique of kicking the ball with the outside of the foot is also very effective for short distance dribbling. The downside is its poor accuracy, which makes it very unsuitable for long-range passing. Likewise in terms of fast dribbling, outside kicks should not be done for a long time. Because the opponent easily catches and grabs the ball.

It is not easy to master the basic technique of kicking the ball outside. Mastering it requires good technical training and understanding, both theoretical and practical. In fact, many players who fail even make mistakes because they are not used to kicking with the outside of the foot.

But once you go through and master the form of exercise, the benefits you get are quite proportional. You have the ability to outwit opponents, make crosses and dribble quickly. So how do you kick the ball with the outside of your foot? Sinaumed’s friends often ask this.

In fact, you can read it yourself step by step in this practical guide to kicking a ball with the outside of your foot for almost any kicking level. On the other hand, the coach must also explain it in practical activities.

However, some people sometimes have difficulty interpreting each movement. Therefore, consider the following basic kicking technique with the outside of the foot:

• Align your body while facing the ball.
• Place your left foot beside the ball to kick it later.
• Balance your body by relaxing your hands.
• Turn inward on the leg you used to kick the ball.
• Set your sights on the ball.
• Kick the ball by swinging your leg as hard as you can.
• Touch the outside of your foot as you kick.
• The last step is leaning forward

3. Technique of kicking the ball with the back of the foot

Instep is a basic ball shooting technique that is very popular among professional players. In addition to good accuracy, the movement is quite easy for us to control. The power and speed of this kick is so great that it can be used as reinforcement in front of goal.

You can also dribble directly with your instep past your opponent. Calculating power is key, because power determines the distance the ball kicks. But in my personal opinion, special skills are needed to use this one kick to dribble

The technique of kicking the ball with the perfect foot can quickly create a direct kick. As a cannon, the ball is very difficult for opposing players to stop. Therefore, you must prepare and practice the technique of kicking the ball with the instep. If you haven’t already, check out the tutorial below:

• Align your body while facing the ball.
• Bend your left leg slightly then place your left foot beside the ball to kick.
• Balance your body by relaxing your hands.
• Direct your gaze to the ball.
• The leg that will be used for kicking should be bent slightly below the ankle.
• Kick the ball by swinging your leg back, but try to touch the back of the ball with your foot.
• Perform additional movement by leaning forward.

4. Basic Techniques of Kicking the Ball with the Toe

The basic technique of kicking the ball in the last soccer game is to use the toe. This method is usually used in emergency situations. This is because the toe kick can produce enough power so that it is difficult for the opponent to pin it because of the irregular direction of the ball, which is called a knuckle shot .

The trick is that you have to position your body behind the ball. Then place your front foot directly on the ball. Flip your foot and kick the ball with the middle toe.

Tips for Kicking the Ball Effectively

Below are some tips on kicking the ball that you can use:

1. Set the Energy Released When Kicking

New footballers know that kicking blindly does not increase the chances of scoring, but instead slows down the speed of the ball and causes the muscles of the body involved in kicking to become stiff.

This can injure the muscles or tendons. So, to avoid injury, make sure to warm up or warm-up and cool-down after exercise. Also, if you want to kick the ball, pretend that your feet are moving the rope that is being whipped.

Make sure the leg muscles are slightly relaxed when kicking and slowly increase the strength so that the thrust of the body can forcefully throw the ball forward. However, make sure you focus so you can aim at the target.

2. Calculate the Distance from the Ball to the Goal

The closer you are to your opponent’s goal, the slower you shoot the ball to score. But make no mistake, in certain situations you still have to kick the ball hard and straight. Or use the inside of the foot for a more precise finish. However, if you are far from your opponent’s goal, you can use a standard soccer kick, which is the basic technique of kicking the ball with your front foot.

3. Pay attention to the position of the Goalkeeper

One of the most important things to pay attention to when putting the ball in the goal is paying attention to the goalkeeper’s position. If the opposing goalkeeper tries to stay on the other side and not in the center of the goal, shoot to the opposite side.

You can try to kick the ball over the goalie’s head if the goalkeeper is some distance from the goal line. However, be careful if you want to do high kicks from a distance. Your chances of scoring with a high shot may be slim.

The chances of scoring a goal are even greater if you shoot the ball at a low angle, such as the bottom left corner and bottom center of the goal. Statistics show that almost 62% of goals come from low angles. This is because it is very difficult for goalkeepers (especially tall ones) to jump down quickly

Kick Names in Football

1. Kick Kick Off

The different types of kicks in soccer start with a kickoff . This kick is the kick that marks the start of a soccer match. Moreover, the kick off is also the kick that marks the start of the second half. kickoff begins in the middle of the field.

2. Free Kicks

A direct free kick is a free kick that is taken when the opposing team commits a foul outside the penalty area. Free kicks can be taken if the opposing team commits a foul.

Free kicks are different from penalty kicks. If the infringement is committed by the opposing team and it is committed inside the penalty area, the kick kick will be penalized. This kick is taken from the penalty spot without being blocked by the opposing team.

So far, free kicks can be taken anywhere except in the penalty area. If the shot is too close to the goal, the opposing team can only block the ball with their entourage from around 9 meters. This fence accommodates opposing players lined up around 3-5 people.

Apart from lining up, the team must also place the players in a crouched position with their hands covering their chests and other vital organs. Free kick itself consists of 2 types, the following types:

Free kicks based on distance

– Long distance free kicks

Long distance free kicks are kicks that occur too far from the goal, usually these free kicks do not require the opposing team’s defense. Usually free kicks can miss too far or pass to the nearest player. This kick usually takes place at the place of the offense in the opponent’s territory or near the opponent’s penalty area.

– Close range free kick

Short-range free kicks are free kicks that are not too far from the goal, unlike long-range free kicks. This kick will be defended by one player who makes up the group. This kick can be used as bait or as a direct hit. Because there are a group of defenders, the chances of scoring on this type of kick are not as many as penalty kicks.

Free Kicks Based on Technique

– Direct free kick

The goal of a free kick is to shoot directly at goal and score a goal immediately. This kick is awarded for the following offenses:

• Trying to kick the opponent
• Push opponent
• Spit on opponent
• Deliberately hitting an opponent
• Injure your opponent
• Using hands
• Pulls opponent’s clothes

If a touchdown (handball) violation occurs, the soccer referee must pay close attention to several considerations that are considered a handball violation, such as:

• Accidentally touching the ball
• Adjust the speed of the ball according to the objects on the field
• The player’s intention is to block the ball
• Hand position to block the ball
• Indirect free kick

3. Corner Kicks

The requirement for a team to receive a corner kick is that the ball touches the opposing player and the ball goes out of the opponent’s goal. The referee will wave the flag and point to the edge of the corner of the field.

4. Penalty Kicks

A penalty kick is awarded to a team if a player is fouled by an opposing team player in the penalty area. Both minor crimes and serious crimes. The distance between the ball and the goal at the penalty spot is 11 meters. Penalties are also taken when both teams must end time in a draw and must determine the winner via penalty shootout.

Thus a review of the technique of kicking the ball in the game of football . For Sinaumed’s who want to understand kicking techniques in other soccer games, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read:

Kinds of Football Game Strategies and Their Tactics and Formations!

10 Basic Techniques in Soccer Game

Get to know the Football Sports Rules, What Are They?

The Purpose of Football Games and Their Benefits

Soccer Field Size and Grass Material

We often hear the buzzing of mosquitoes in open or closed spaces. These mosquitoes are very disturbing both in terms of sound and bite. He can carry various types of diseases, one that many people know is dengue fever.

This mosquito includes short-lived insects. Mosquito metamorphosis itself requires standing water. They will lay their eggs in the water. Then, progress to the next stage.

Even though mosquitoes are small insects, their bite cannot be underestimated. To find out more about mosquitoes, Sinaumed’s can listen to the explanation below which has been summarized from various pages on the internet.

Definition of Mosquitoes

Mosquitoes in English are known as mosquitoes. It comes from Spanish or Portuguese which means small fly. The use of the word mosquito dates back to 1853. In Britain itself, mosquitoes are also known as gnats.

Mosquitoes are animals that belong to the class of insects. It belongs to the order Diptera (flies) and in the family Culicidae (genes within this group include Anopheles, Culex, Psorophora, Ochlerotatus, Aedes, Sabethes, Culiseta, Wyeomyia, and Haemagoggus ).

There are approximately 2700 species of mosquitoes in 35 countries. Mosquitoes can be recognized by their wings which are scaly, body slender, and have six long legs. The actual size is relatively dependent on the type, but rarely exceeds 15 mm.

At the mouth of the female mosquito forms a long proboscis to penetrate the skin of mammals (or in some cases birds or also reptiles and amphibians) to suck blood. Female mosquitoes require the presence of protein for the formation of eggs.

It should be noted that the mosquito’s diet of honey and fruit juice, which does not contain protein, so to get protein, female mosquitoes will suck blood. Male mosquitoes have differences with female mosquitoes, especially in the mouth. Male mosquitoes do not have proper or suitable mouthparts for sucking blood.

Mosquito Metamorphosis

To maintain their flock, mosquitoes do metamorphosis. It develops from egg to adult. Mosquitoes have a life span of no more than two months. Female mosquitoes have a life span of 42-56 days, while male mosquitoes have 10 days.

They continue to breed, following the process of metamorphosis of mosquitoes which is summarized from the bobo.grid.id page.

1. Egg Phase

The metamorphosis phase of the mosquito starts from the egg. Mosquito eggs are produced by female mosquitoes which have been fertilized by male mosquitoes. Usually, in one egg laying, female mosquitoes can release 100 to 200 eggs. Mosquitoes will lay their eggs on the surface of the water that is calm and moist.

If the water dries up, the mosquito eggs will die before they hatch. Mosquito eggs will usually hatch within 1 to 3 days, depending on the surrounding environmental conditions.

2. Larval phase

After the mosquito egg hatches, it will enter the larval phase. The larvae of mosquitoes are usually called larvae. On the surface of the water will appear larvae which are actually the larvae of mosquito eggs.

If Sinaumed’s observes that there are small animals moving around in a pool of water. Well, that’s what is called a larva. The mosquito larvae themselves in the larval phase last for 7 to 10 days. In this phase, the larva’s body will change shape before entering the pupal phase.

3. Pupal phase

In this phase, the mosquito larva will turn into a pupa or cocoon like what happens to butterflies. In this phase, only the respiratory organs are active. Then, to become an adult mosquito, the pupa must wait for approximately 12 days. Meanwhile, in this phase there are also physical changes, namely the appearance of fine feathers and wings that are characteristic of mosquitoes.

4. Adult Phase

After going through the pupa for about 12 days, Sinaumed’s can ants as a mosquito. When the pupal skin is split open, the adult mosquito emerges. After that, they will fly to find the energy source. Male mosquitoes usually hatch earlier than female mosquitoes from their pupae.

Diseases Caused by Mosquitoes

Summarizing from the klikdokter.com page, here are the types of mosquitoes that should be avoided or better eradicated because when they get bitten, disease will appear. Here are the details.

1. Aedes Aegypti (DHF Mosquito)

The most familiar type of mosquito is the Aedes Aegypti mosquito which can transmit dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF), Zika fever, chikungunya and yellow fever. It should be noted that mosquitoes that bite and suck blood are only female mosquitoes. They do this to ripen the eggs.

Usually, the Aedes Aegypti mosquito will look for food in the afternoon or at night indoors or in areas that have minimal lighting (dim and dark). This type of mosquito lays eggs and likes to be in a damp environment. Such as water reservoirs, flower vases, buckets, and so on.

Mosquito eggs survive up to one year without water. When there is enough water, the eggs will develop into larvae. Then do the metamorphosis of mosquitoes until they become adults.

2. Anopheles (Malaria Mosquito)

Anopheles mosquitoes are known as a type of mosquito capable of transmitting malaria. The body of the Anopheles mosquito has a characteristic dark brown color and some are black. This type of mosquito can carry the Plasmodium parasite that causes malaria.

Meanwhile, when these parasites grow and reproduce in the human body. They will do it in liver cells and red blood cells. In fact, there are more than 430 species of Anopheles mosquitoes. However, only 30-40 types of mosquitoes can transmit malaria parasites.

3. Culex Quinquefasciatus (Dirty Water Mosquito)

The size of the Culex Quinquefasciatus mosquito is approximately 3.96 to 4.25 mm with a brown color. Meanwhile, diseases caused by Culex Quinquefasciatus mosquitoes are filariasis, west fever, and zika fever. This type of mosquito can breed in dirty water, such as ditches, puddles and septic tanks.

The cycle of the Culex Quinquefasciatus mosquito itself lasts for 7 days, starting from the egg to the adult mosquito. It should be noted that this type of mosquito is included in nocturnal mosquitoes or activities at night. Generally, it will bite humans around 20.00 to 02.00.

4. Aedes Albopictus (Forest Mosquito/Tiger Mosquito)

The type of Aedes Albopictus or Stegomyia mosquito belongs to the same genus as the mosquito that causes DHF. This mosquito is also known as the forest mosquito. It lives in tropical and subtropical countries.

The Aedes Albopictus mosquito has a body characteristic, namely black and white stripes which has earned it the nickname of a type of mosquito. Has a body size ranging from 2 to 10 mm. They only fly low (less than 200 m). o Therefore, they fly not far from the place to lay their eggs.

This type of mosquito lays its eggs in running water or static water (puddles). Meanwhile, the diseases caused by the Aedes Albopictus mosquito are yellow fever, chikungunya, DHF, and Zika fever.

5. Mansonia Uniformes (Aquatic Plant Mosquitoes)

A disease caused by mosquitoes that often breed in aquatic plants is filariassi. These animals usually live in rural areas and agricultural areas. Not only that, the Mansonia mosquito larvae will take oxygen from the surrounding aquatic plants.

How to Prevent Mosquito Bites

Launching from the klikdokter.com page, mosquitoes can be ward off in the following ways.

• Use mosquito repellent lotions that contain Diethyl-meta-toluamide  (DEET),  picaridin , or IR3535.
• Wear long sleeves, pants or long skirts and socks when outdoors, especially in areas with lots of mosquitoes.
• Install an electric mosquito repellent at home if you have one. If you don’t have any, you can plant mosquito-repellent plants, such as lavender, lemongrass, or geraniums.
• Avoid outdoor activities when it gets dark (late afternoon). Night is the time when mosquitoes “circulate”.
• Do 3M (closing water reservoirs, burying trash or used goods, and draining water reservoirs) to reduce mosquito breeding.
• Sprinkle larvicidal powder in a water reservoir that has been cleaned.
• And attach mosquito netting to the ventilation holes. If there is a mosquito net, you and your little one can sleep with it.

Types of Life Cycles

Animals including mosquitoes carry out their life cycle to maintain their herd. The life cycle of animals can be grouped into two, namely the life cycle without metamorphosis and with metamorphosis. Metamorphosis itself is an animal’s life cycle in which there are stages of biological development in which changes in appearance and/or structure occur after birth or hatching.

The following describes the types of animal life cycles.

1. Animal Life Cycle Without Metamorphosis

An animal life cycle without metamorphosis is an animal life cycle that occurs without any change in form. For example in chickens and cats.

The hen produces eggs which hatch after being incubated by the mother for about 21 days. When hatched, chicks have very fine down. However, when they grow up, the chicks’ feathers will change to those of their parents. Then, adult hens will produce eggs again after fertilization occurs.

This is also experienced by cats. The female cat gives birth to kittens which will grow into adult cats. It grows similar to its mother. The baby cats when they grow up will breed again.

2. Animal Life Cycle with Metamorphosis

Animals that have a life cycle with metamorphosis will have a different physical form when they are born and when they are adults. Physical changes occur due to cell growth and cell differentiation. Or a process occurs that allows less specialized cells to become more specialized.

Metamorphosis is grouped into two categories, namely complete metamorphosis and imperfect metamorphosis. Sinaumed’s can listen to the details in the presentation below.

a. Perfect Metamorphosis

Complete metamorphosis occurs when the process of changing the body shape of an animal from small to adult. Usually animals that have a perfect life cycle go through four stages in their life cycle, namely egg-larvae-pupa (chrysalis)-adult (imago).

Quoting from the book Natural Sciences: The Life Cycle of Animals in the Surrounding Environment by Inggit Awanda, et al mentions examples of perfect metamorphosis in butterflies and mosquitoes.

The butterfly life cycle begins with the eggs laid by the female. Eggs are laid on the leaves. Then it will hatch into a larva (a young animal that will change shape as an adult). Butterfly larvae are called caterpillars.

Caterpillar food is leaves. The longer it takes, the less intense the caterpillar will eat the leaves and the movement will become slower. Then, it stays still or doesn’t move and wraps itself in thread. The threads are formed from saliva. After the whole body is wrapped in thread, it will turn into a cocoon or pupa.

When it becomes a cocoon or pupa, the caterpillar stops eating. Slowly, the cocoon becomes perfect and the butterfly will come out of the cocoon. Then. Adult butterflies will repeat the cycle from laying eggs to becoming adults.

Meanwhile, mosquitoes breed by laying eggs in standing water. Once spawn will produce hundreds of eggs. The eggs will hatch into larvae or grubs. It moves in water.

After a few days, the larvae will turn into cocoons. Then, it will turn into a mosquito. Adult mosquitoes will lay eggs again and repeat the same cycle in their life cycle.

b. Imperfect Metamorphosis

Incomplete metamorphosis is characterized by immaturity or the body parts of the animal have not yet been formed at birth. However, the animal’s physique is the same as its parent. Usually incomplete metamorphosis occurs in insects, such as cockroaches.

Adult cockroaches will lay eggs. When it hatches it becomes a young cockroach or nymph. The shape is similar to an adult cockroach. However, they are smaller and don’t have wings yet. nymphs develop and change their skin continuously before reaching adulthood.

This change of skin is called ecdysis. After adulthood, cockroach wings will grow maturely. It will also lay eggs again and repeat its life cycle again.

Book Recommendations

Purpose of Entrepreneurship – Entrepreneurship is a behavior, attitude, and ability to organize or manage a business and have creativity to provide services to consumers, and benefit from trading activities. When this explanation can be implemented into a business unit, then entrepreneurship can generate prosperity for oneself and be able to provide benefits to society at large.

The concept of entrepreneurship was actually first formulated by Richard Cantillon. Cantillon was a 17th century economist of Irish origin who had spent his entire life in France. Cantillon himself has a thought that is known through one of the texts on modern economics that first appeared, the text entitled Essai sur la nature du commerce en général.

As quoted from the Library of Economics and Liberty website, Cantillon argues that entrepreneurship refers to an activity of economic actors who carry out organizational activities and dare to bear the risks of the business in exchange for profits. In simple terms, entrepreneur means someone who dares to take business risks, namely in the form of losses.

Initially, entrepreneurship was labeled as an innate ability or skill as well as a talent that emerged from direct experience practice. The involvement of these traditional views makes entrepreneurship not taught in schools or universities. The majority of people think that entrepreneurship is a talent that must be honed through the process of experiencing it directly.

However, the development of studies on modern economics has finally succeeded in changing this traditional view. The two researchers from the United States, namely Thomas W. Zimmerer and Norman M. Scarborough agreed on a conclusion that entrepreneurship can become a science and can be taught in a systematic and sustainable manner. This opinion was immediately accepted by the community and changed views about entrepreneurship. As a result, entrepreneurship can be trained and taught to someone.

According to Zimmerer, through his academic work entitled Entrepreneurship and Venture Formation, which was published in 1996, argued that the definition of entrepreneurship is a mental attitude resulting from discipline. In addition, entrepreneurship must be accompanied by creativity and innovation in conducting competition in the commercial market.

A. Entrepreneurship Goals

One way to determine the level of welfare in a country is by knowing the number of entrepreneurs. Welfare indicators can be seen from the number of entrepreneurs at least 2 percent of the total population of a country. In accordance with data cited from the Ministry of Cooperatives and SMEs that in 2017, the number of business actors in Indonesia reached 3.1 percent of the total population.

Even though it is above the minimum standard, the number of business actors in Indonesia is still less than that of several neighboring countries. For example, Singapore has 7 percent of the population with entrepreneurs, while Malaysia has 5 percent, Thailand has 4.5 percent, then Vietnam has 3.3 percent.

It is this data that makes the Indonesian government immediately issue various policies to encourage increasing public interest, especially youth, to create entrepreneurs. Some of the policies issued are teaching entrepreneurship material at schools, universities, to entrepreneurship scholarships from the Ministry of Finance, and so on.

All the efforts that have been made have the aim of being an encouragement and entrepreneurial spirit from Indonesian citizens. This effort is in line with the purpose of entrepreneurship itself, namely to produce progress and prosperity for society.

Quoting from old lumen learning, entrepreneurial goals are very varied and have individual characteristics. Entrepreneurial goals can also depend on the personality of each person, which is different. Well, in general, the goals of entrepreneurship that need to be understood include: running a business independently, achieving financial success or a prosperous life, to pushing for social change or initiating social entrepreneurship.

Meanwhile, quoting from the Entrepreneurship book published in 2019, Katya from Dede Nasrullah, et al. Entrepreneurship has a number of objectives that need to be known, which are as follows:

1. Increasing the number of qualified entrepreneurs.
2. Cultivating entrepreneurial spirit, attitude, behavior, and abilities among the community.
3. Growing strong and strong entrepreneurial awareness and orientation in society.
4. Improving the ability of entrepreneurs to achieve progress and prosperity.

B. Understanding Entrepreneurship According to Experts

In general, in contemporary terms, entrepreneurship is a way of “cashing in” something with a creative and innovative nature that is processed through effort. The end result of entrepreneurship is the creation of new businesses that are formed in conditions full of risk or uncertainty.

Quoting the Class X Craft and Entrepreneurship Module (2020) published by the Ministry of Education and Culture, there are a number of definitions of entrepreneurship that have been put forward by experts in this field. The following is the definition of entrepreneurship that needs to be known, including:

1. John J (1993)

John J defines entrepreneurship as an effort to create value through the introduction of business opportunities, appropriate risk-taking management, and through communication skills. The goal is to mobilize a person, people, money and raw materials or other resources needed to make the project run well.

2. Thomas W. Zimmerer (1996)

Zimmerer (1996) revealed, entrepreneurship is the process of applying creativity and innovation in an effort to find solutions to problems and find opportunities to improve life. With some of these meanings, then in entrepreneurship at least it has elements of something new (creative) and something different (innovative), as well as providing benefits and added value.

3. Robert D. Hisrich (2005)

According to Hisrich, the notion of entrepreneurship is a dynamic process or the creation of additional wealth by individuals, who dare to take big risks, provided that there is reasonableness, time, and career commitment, or giving value to goods/services that are new and unique or not, all of which are it can be realized if there is support from demand and supply (in the market), skills, and resources.

4. Instruction of the President of the Republic of Indonesia Number 4 of 1995

In the Presidential Decree of the Republic of Indonesia Number 4 of 1995, the definition of entrepreneurship is the spirit, attitude, behavior and ability of a person in handling business, or activities that lead to efforts to find, create, implement new ways of working, technology and products, by increasing efficiency in order to provide better service and earn more profit.

That way, it can be concluded that the notion of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship) is the process of doing something new (creatively), and something different (innovation results) that is useful and gives added value to a type of goods or services.

C. Characteristics of Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurial activities are carried out in practice directly by creating added value through a variety of new and innovative ways of combining various resources, of course the main goal is to win over competition in the market. Therefore, a person must have a lot of creative ideas and have a high level of innovation ability in order to become an entrepreneur or an entrepreneur.

One’s ability is an object in the eyes of entrepreneurship learning. This is because entrepreneurship studies the values, abilities and behavior of a person in increasing creativity and the power to innovate. Entrepreneurial ability can be realized when a business actor is able to formulate life goals, has the ability to manage time, has the ability to learn from something that is natural or from experience, has the ability to dare to face challenges, to have a strong mental ability to overcome various challenges and obstacles when entrepreneurship.

Entrepreneurs can also be called entrepreneurs. An entrepreneur is a person who has a brave soul to take risks in carrying out work in order to obtain maximum results. Entrepreneurs have the courage to open a business when they get opportunities and have the opportunity and have no fear at all when they are in uncertain conditions, such as getting a loss or not making a profit or returning on investment.

The entrepreneur figure is an innovator who can apply many changes to the market through a variety of new combinations. Joseph Schumpeter (1934) argues that the new combination appears in the form:

• Introducing a new product or with a new quality
• Introducing a new production method
• Opening up new markets
• Obtaining new sources of supply on new materials or components
• Running a new organization in an industry.

Meanwhile, according to the book Crafts and Entrepreneurship for Class X students published by the Ministry of Education and Culture in 2017 it explains that, an entrepreneur has several unique characteristics that are inherent in him. The characteristics possessed by an entrepreneur are self-confidence, task and result oriented, dare to take risks, have a leadership spirit, prioritize originality, and be oriented to the future.

So, here are six characteristics of entrepreneurship and examples of their behavior in entrepreneurs, including:

1. Be confident

– Work with full confidence
– Do not have dependence in doing work

2. Oriented to tasks and results

– Satisfy the need for achievement
– ​​Work orientation in the form of profit, tenacity, perseverance and hard work
– Accustomed to taking initiative

3. Risk takers

– Have the courage to take risks at work
– Have an interest in challenging work

4. Leadership

– Has the behavior of a leader who is open to suggestions and criticism
– Easy to get along with and easy to work with others

5. Thinking/oriented towards results (benefits)

– Creative and innovative
– Flexible in carrying out work
– Has a variety of resources
– Versatile and broad-minded

6. Originality (originality)

– Have advanced thinking
– Have a sharp point of view.

D. Entrepreneurship Dimension

There are two broad categories in the entrepreneurial dimension, namely Entrepreneurial Basic Quality and Entrepreneurial Instrumental Quality. The following is an explanation of each of the categories above:

1. Basic qualities of entrepreneurship,

The basic qualities of entrepreneurship are further divided into three things, namely:

a. Thinking power, namely the ability of an entrepreneur to think creatively to find a variety of new ideas that have never appeared from other people. Thinking power can be used by an entrepreneur to create innovation in developing a business.

b. Heart power, namely the expertise of an entrepreneur in cultivating determination, perseverance, tenacity, and always liking every business. Heart power makes an entrepreneur never give up on failure and always try to get up.

c. Physical strength, namely the strength of an entrepreneur who has physical endurance and good health. Physical strength will be very beneficial for an entrepreneur because having good health will make it easier for him to manage a business.

2. Entrepreneurial instrumental qualities

Instrumental quality is related to the ability to understand various kinds of scientific disciplines, be it one discipline, inter-disciplinary, and cross-disciplinary. Entrepreneurship is a combination or combination of a lot of knowledge and insight to get a better critical, creative and innovative attitude.

E. Benefits of Entrepreneurship for Yourself

The benefits of entrepreneurship are numerous, both for yourself and for the people around you. Referring to the opinion of Thomas W. Zimmerer, as quoted in the 2020 Class X Craft and Entrepreneurship Module published by the Ministry of Education and Culture, there are a number of benefits that entrepreneurship has for individuals, including the following.

1. Provide opportunity and freedom to self-determination.

An entrepreneur means being a person who is able to run his own business. That’s what makes entrepreneurship can provide greater freedom and opportunities to achieve life goals.

2. Provide opportunities to make changes

Entrepreneurial activity can provide an opportunity for everyone to create change. When a business actor succeeds in finding community needs that have never been met, the business that is created and carried out can make a big difference in society. Therefore, the CEO of Startup Alibaba, Jack Ma once said that, “opportunities are where many people complain.” The success of the Go-jek company can also be taken as an example, one of the things that Go-Jek has realized is because it can meet the needs of people who have not been met, namely easy and cheap means of transportation.

3. Provide opportunities to reach their full potential

Entrepreneurial activity can enable a person to reach his full potential. This can happen because someone who builds his own business, or carries out entrepreneurial activities, is the same as being an alternative to developing his potential to the fullest. This benefit can be a solution for many people who may feel bored with working under a company.

4. Have the opportunity to make a profit

Entrepreneurship is the same as taking risks in the form of losses to get bigger profits. Running a business certainly promises a growing profit, however, being an entrepreneur also means having the courage to bear the risk of loss, or even bankruptcy.

5. Have the opportunity to play an active role in society and get recognition for their efforts

All entrepreneurs, both small business actors, can have a big role in society. The role could be in the form of providing employment opportunities.

6. Have the opportunity to do something you like and foster a sense of joy in doing it

Doing business independently means the same as pursuing a field that is in accordance with what you have chosen yourself. This means that entrepreneurs have the potential to get the freedom to pursue work that is in line with what they are interested in and like. The luxury of being in a world you like is of course difficult for employees who have to work according to the orders of their superiors.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Principles of Waste Treatment – Talking about waste, maybe until now in every country they are also having the same problem. Waste itself is the remaining material produced from factories or from human activities that have no benefit.

Waste is also divided into several types. In addition, currently there are also several principles of waste management properly and correctly.

Even so, it cannot be denied that many irresponsible people dispose of waste carelessly. This is the problem for all of us, how can we minimize the occurrence of indiscriminate waste disposal.

Because careless waste disposal activities can have a detrimental impact on human life and the environment.

There are still many things that we can learn together related to waste, especially the principles of waste management. Get a complete explanation of everything related to waste in the review provided in this article.

Before discussing more about the principles of waste management. It would be better if we also know the meaning of waste.

Waste is unused residual material resulting from a production process, both industrial and domestic. When viewed from the main ingredient, waste can be divided into three types. Starting from solid waste, liquid waste and gas waste.

Some types of waste have the possibility of containing toxic materials that can harm the surrounding environment. In addition, waste can also endanger humans and other living things if it is not good at managing it. It should also be noted that each type of waste has its own way of managing it.

 

 

Principles of Waste Treatment

After we know the meaning of waste. The next thing that we will learn together is about the principles of waste management. There are four types of personal waste management.

Starting from reduce, reuse, recycle and also replace. The four principles of waste management are also known as the 4R. Simply put, the existence of this waste management principle is an action to utilize waste that is no longer used.

Each waste management principle always has different meanings and uses. Now, for more details, here is a more detailed explanation of the principles of waste management.

1. Reduce

The first principle of waste management is reduce. Basically reduce is an action to reduce the use of goods. This is because when we as humans use more and more materials in life.

Of course, more and more waste will be generated. An example of the existence of reduce activities is replacing the use of disposable plastic bags with environmentally friendly shopping bags.

Currently, several regions in Indonesia have supported programs to reduce the use of single-use plastics by replacing them with environmentally friendly shopping bags.

If this program can run with a long duration of time and on target. Of course, the condition of the earth will also be better.

2. Reuse

Next is the principle of reuse waste management. Basically, reuse is an action to use items that can still be used again. To maximize the reuse principle, we can start avoiding the use of single-use items such as single-use plastic bags.

An example is when we have a drinking bottle with a triangular label. We better not immediately throw away the drinking bottle. This is because we still use it again, at least in the maximum three times usage.

By doing this action regularly. Of course, the plastic waste generated by used drinking bottles will not be as much as in the past.

Besides that, we can also use eco-friendly shopping bags or tote bags that can be used many times. This action will make us minimize the use of plastic.

3. Recycle

The next waste management principle is recycling. Recycle is an act of recycling useless items into more useful items.

As an example, there are garbage banks in every village. The purpose of having a waste bank is to serve as a place to collect useless waste to be converted back into more useful items.

In simple terms, the procedure in the waste bank is that the community will collect waste that has been separated, such as organic waste and inorganic waste. Later they will exchange the waste and get appreciation from the waste bank (depending on the applicable policies).

After the garbage bank receives garbage from the community. Next, the waste bank will manage the waste, such as unused coffee packaging which can be turned into bags, carpets, wallets and others.

Currently the existence of goods from used materials has been in great demand. The government even provides support by holding an expo or certain events that the public can use to market processed waste products.

4. Replace

Finally, there is the principle of replacing waste management. Where replace is an action to replace disposable items with items that are more durable or more environmentally friendly.

An example is switching to using a private vehicle by using a bicycle or public transportation. Then you can also replace Styrofoam with banana leaves to wrap food.

That is an explanation of the principle of waste treatment. As explained above, every principle of waste treatment always has different meanings and principles. Currently the movement for the principles of waste management is still being voiced so that the survival of creatures on earth can be better and healthier.

Types of Waste

After knowing how the existing waste treatment principles. Next is an explanation of the types of waste.

The types of waste will be grouped into three, namely waste seen from its compounds, waste seen from its form and waste seen from its source.

Then in each group the type of waste is still divided into several sections. So, for more details, you can read the explanation below.

1. Types of Waste Based on Their Compounds

The first type of waste is based on the waste compound. Where this type of waste is still divided into three more groups, namely organic waste, inorganic waste and also B3 waste.

Each group of waste has a different meaning. The following is a complete explanation of the waste groups seen based on their compounds.

a. Organic Waste

Organic waste is waste that comes from living things. Where later organic waste is a type of waste that has the properties of being easily decomposed naturally and more easily decomposed.

Around us there is a lot of organic waste such as leaves that fall to the ground, food scraps, vegetable skins, human waste, animal waste and also animal bones. In general, organic waste comes from households, hotels, restaurants and also agriculture.

b. Inorganic Waste

Next there are types of inorganic waste. Which inorganic waste is waste that comes from the rest of human activity. In addition, inorganic waste is difficult to experience natural decomposition and natural decomposition. Because this is what makes inorganic waste can endanger human life.

Examples of inorganic waste are leftover soap or dishes, plastic bags, cans, paper, cloth. Used drink bottles and many others.

c. B3 waste

Then there is also B3 waste which stands for Hazardous and Toxic Materials. In terms of its name alone, the existence of this B3 waste can pose a dangerous threat to the environment and even to human health.

This is none other than because B3 waste contains compounds that are difficult to decompose and are toxic. Some of the compounds that are usually found in B3 waste are Al, Cr, Cd, Cu, Fe, Pb, Mn, Hg, and Zn. Usually this compound can be found in a chemical substance such as cyanide, pesticides, phenol, sulfide and others.

 

 

2. Types of Waste Based on Their Shape

The next type of waste group is seen based on its form. This limah group is still divided into three namely solid waste, liquid waste and gas waste. Same as the previous waste group. Each type of waste that is seen based on its form also has an explanation, the following is the explanation.

a. Solid waste

Solid waste is waste that has a solid form and comes from the rest of the results of domestic activities. Or it could also be interpreted as waste in solid form that comes from remnants of industrial activities.

Examples of solid waste are paper, iron filings, cloth, plastic and wood. Solid waste can also be grouped into six sections.

The six sections of solid waste are organic waste that easily decomposes or garbage, inorganic and non-decomposing organic waste or rubbish, ashes or ashes, animal carcasses or dead animals, street sweeping waste and also industrial waste.

b. Liquid waste

Liquid waste is a waste that has a liquid form. The existence of liquid waste usually comes from the remaining waste products of domestic activities or production processes.

The liquid waste can be like water that has been mixed or suspended with the waste material resulting from the rest of the production. This liquid waste can be classified into four groups such as domestic liquid waste or wastewater.

Then there is also industrial wastewater, seepage and overflow or infiltration and inflow and rainwater or stormwater.

c. Gas Waste

Gas waste is a waste that uses air as its medium. The more waste gas that rises into the air, the air quality will also decrease.

Even when the presence of more and more waste gases in the air will be able to make the health of humans and other living things very disturbed. The gaseous waste can usually be caused by motor vehicle fumes, forest fire smoke, factory smoke and others.

Examples of waste gases are Carbon Monoxide or CO, Ammonia (NH3), Nitrogen Oxide (NOX), Hydrochloric Acid (HCI), Methane (CH4), Nitrogen Sulfide (NS), Sulfur Oxide (SOX), Hydrogen Fluoride (HF), and Chlorine (Cl2).

3. Waste Based on Source

Next there are types of waste which are seen based on their source. In terms of type of waste, based on the source, it is still divided into six more types. Starting from household waste, industrial waste, agricultural waste, medical waste, mining waste and tourism waste.

As with other types of waste, the types of waste in this group which are seen based on their sources also have their respective explanations. Now for more details, here is a review of the types of waste based on their sources.

a. Household waste

Just as the name suggests, household waste comes from human activities in the house or in the environment. Because of this, household waste can also be called domestic waste.

For example, water left over from washing clothes, washing dishes, washing vehicles, soapy water after bathing, unused plastic, plastic bottles and cans, human waste and so on.

b. Industrial waste

Industrial waste is waste generated by the rest of the production process of an industry. Because the industry in this world has various forms. Therefore industrial waste also has various forms depending on what type of industry is being run.

An example is the clothing industry, the waste that is produced is leftover clothing that cannot be reused. The dye from these clothes can also pollute the environment if not managed properly.

Then there is also an industry engaged in the production of electrical cables. Leftover cables that are no longer used but are still buried in the ground can also cause environmental damage.

c. Agricultural Waste

Agricultural waste is a waste produced by various kinds of agricultural activities. In general, agricultural waste is produced from the application of fertilizers and pest control using chemical drugs.

This is because these two materials can contain a lot of chemical substances. Where basically these chemicals can damage the condition of the soil ecosystem such as a decrease in soil quality.

Not only that, the use of pesticides for vegetables and fruit will also affect the finished product which is so unfavorable when consumed. Especially when excessive use of pesticides.

d. Medical Waste

Then there is also medical waste generated from medical facilities and devices. Medical waste will be easier to find in hospitals, clinics and health centers. This type of waste if allowed to continue will cause a fairly high level of danger.

This is because every medical device used contains body fluids such as blood or other contaminants. An example is medical waste such as expired medicines, leftover chemotherapy, leftover body tissues such as autopsy activities and surgical processes, used nursing equipment and others.

 

 

e. Mining Waste

Mining waste is waste that usually comes from mining activities. The polluted environment from mining waste can be seen from the presence of large amounts of metal and also mercury that comes from the rest of the mining process.

An example is mining waste, namely arsenic, smoke, lead, sulfuric acid, mercury, mercury and various other types.

f. Tourism Waste

Finally, there is tourism waste that comes from human activities when doing tourism or traveling. In general, this tourism waste is more commonly found in locations that are often visited by people when traveling.

That is a summary of the principles of waste treatment and the types of waste. After you know how the principles of waste treatment continue to be voiced to be implemented until now and so on.

Of course, we as humans must also be aware of how important it is to preserve the environment around us. Starting from yourself first to carry out waste management activities properly and correctly.

As time goes by, not only yourself will carry out these activities. But all humans on this earth can apply it to get better environmental and living conditions.

Sinaumed’s can read books on the principles of waste management and other related themes by visiting sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

sinaumedia Literacy – Principles of Geography as a science that studies physical and human phenomena on earth. In practice, the study of geography will study all human and natural activities as interactions through a spatial perspective to form certain spatial patterns. Because the study of this science is broad, there are many branches of geography within a scope that includes many fields and aspects of geography that are still in one scientific principle. In geography, there are 4 geographic principles that serve as a starting point for studying the concept of space. What are they? Here is a more complete explanation of the 4 principles of geography, Sinaumed’s!

Definition of Geography

Geography is a science which discusses matters related to the earth, especially the relationship of living things (humans, plants and animals) with the earth. Therefore, not a few also discuss that geography is the science of the earth’s surface.

The word geography comes from the Greek words  geo (earth) and  graphein (writing). So, geography is a record related to the earth.

Principles of Geography

With so many terms in geography, starting from the physical to the social aspects, it gives rise to phenomenal luxuries that you can learn more easily through the Thematic and Visual Edition of the Geography Dictionary.

The division of geography also includes physical geography, human geography, engineering geography, human-environmental geography, regional planning and development, cultural and political ecology, disaster risk research and historical geography. While geographical aspects are divided into two, namely physical aspects (topography, biotic, non-biotic) and social aspects (economic, cultural, political). In relation to the territory of Indonesia, geography also functions to determine the geographical location of Indonesia along with the condition of the area, influences and other impacts that arise.

The geography learning method also adheres to a number of the main principles of geography. Geography also has four basic principles of geography. Understanding the principles of geography is a basis in the study, description, disclosure, research and presentation of symptoms, variables, factors and geographical problems in geosphere phenomena. In general there are 4 principles of geography:

1. Principle of Distribution

The principle of distribution or the principle of distribution is one of the 4 most important principles of geography. The function of this distribution principle is used to examine geographical symptoms and phenomena that are spread over the earth’s surface in an unequal and uneven manner. Then a basic question will appear as the background of the principles of geography in the distribution section, such as: “Why does a phenomenon only occur in one location, but does not appear in other locations? The geographical phenomena studied can be in the form of landscapes, population distribution, distribution of natural resources, distribution of rainfall, plants, animals and humans.

Another purpose of using this spreading principle is to reveal the relationship between one phenomenon and another as a whole. In addition, the principle of distribution can be used to predict conditions in the future.

In Indonesia itself, as we know, its natural wealth is enormous. The book Tourism Geography and the Creative Economy is used to enrich our insights into these various natural assets.

 

2. The Principle of Interrelation

The next geographic principle is the principle of interrelation or linkage. The function of this principle of interrelation is used to examine the interrelated relationships between one phenomenon and other geographic phenomena in a space. The purpose of this principle also serves to describe the relationship that exists in the room between one symptom and another.

The existence of an interrelated relationship between nature and humans causes the need for this principle of connection or causation. Interrelation can occur between nature and nature, humans and humans, or nature and humans.

Therefore, it is very important for humans to realize that we only have one earth, recognize and manage the existing environment properly and wisely. As is discussed in the book Environmental Geography.

 

3. Principle Description

The principle of geography of description or depiction is one of the next principles of geography. The function of the principle of description is used to provide further explanation of the phenomena that occur on earth that can be observed. The principle of this description basically provides a more in-depth explanation of the specific characteristics of geographic phenomena.

Geography adhering to this principle is intended to describe geosphere phenomena that require good descriptions through writing, tables, pictures and graphics that are presented through facts, symptoms and causal issues qualitatively or quantitatively.

4. Principles of Chorology

The last example of the principles of geography is the principle of chorology or a combination that combines the combination of the 3 principles of geography that have been discussed previously. The function of this chorological principle aims to examine phenomena, facts and problems that exist in a place in terms of their distribution, interrelation, interaction and integration in a certain space. This chorology principle is a comprehensive geographical principle because it combines other principles, namely the principle of distribution, the principle of interrelation and the principle of description in one principle, namely the principle of chorology. This principle is also included as a characteristic of modern geography.

So, those are the geographical references regarding the 4 principles of geography and their examples, along with their complete understanding and explanation. According to these experts, there are 4 types of geographic principles, namely the principle of distribution, the principle of interrelation, the principle of description and the principle of chorology.

That’s all the reference zone for geography principles and the full explanation this time. Geosphere phenomena can be studied in geography through six main questions, namely what, where, when, why, who, and how. These six questions are known as the 5w 1h principle.

• What to find out what event happened.
• Where to find out where the event occurred.
• When to find out when the event occurred.
• Why to find out why the incident happened.
• Who to find out who was involved in the events that occurred.
• How to find out how the solution to the event that occurred.

Examples of Principles of Geography

An example of the principle of distribution (spread)

1. The distribution of flora and fauna in the territory of Indonesia The distribution of water potential varies from one place to another.
2. The distribution of the total transmigrant population in Indonesia is uneven.

An example of the principle of interrelation (relatedness)

1. Drought occurs as a result of the La Nina phenomenon
2. The phenomenon of flooding due to deforestation in the upstream region
3. Climate conditions in Indonesia are influenced by Indonesia’s geographical location
4. Many coastal residents become fishermen because it is close to the ocean area
5. A tsunami occurs in an area due to an earthquake in the middle of the sea
6. Hot temperatures can trigger evaporation resulting in rain in certain areas

Examples of the principle of description (illustration)

1. Table of unemployment figures in East Java province
2. Map of the world’s tectonic plates
3. Map of the oceanic areas in the Southeast Asia region
4. Figure of the distribution of rainfall in Indonesia

Examples of chorological principles (combined)

1. To examine the problem of rain, one must examine the distribution of rainfall in Indonesia, the reasons why there are differences in rainfall in various regions and the impact caused by high rainfall in certain areas.
2. To examine the problem of air temperature, it must be investigated regarding differences in air temperature in rural and urban areas, the causes of rural development and the effect of the number of trees in villages on air temperature in rural areas compared to urban areas.

Geography Science Objects

When studying geography, of course you need an object of study and a research approach in order to find out more thoroughly about the problem being studied. Well, the object of study of geography itself is divided into two, namely material objects and formal objects. The following is a more complete explanation of the objects in geography:

1. Material Objects

In the form of geographical studies and the most commonly known is regarding the geosphere (earth layer), which includes: The lithosphere (hard layer) is the outer layer or crust of our earth. The atmosphere (air layer) and the lower atmosphere layer is known as the troposphere. The hydrosphere (water layer) consists of oceans, lakes, rivers and groundwater.

The biosphere (living layer) consists of animals, plants and humans as a community, not seen as individuals. The pedosphere (soil layer) is a layer of rock and has undergone weathering, both physical, organic and chemical weathering. In conclusion, the material object of geography includes phenomena that occur on earth, such as aspects of rocks, soil, earthquakes, weather, climate, volcanoes, air, water, as well as flora and fauna related to human life.

In relation to various natural events, the geosphere relates to the phenomena of the solar system, earth, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and much more that you can learn from the book Proof of the Truth of the Koran in the Phenomena of the Universe and the Geosphere.

 

2. Formal Objects

Is the point of view and the way we think about a phenomenon that exists on earth. Whether it is physical or social in nature from a spatial (spatial) point of view. In geography, questions are always asked about where a phenomenon occurs, and why it can occur there. So it is expected to be able to answer various questions as follows:

• What (what), related to the structure, pattern, function and process of events on the earth’s surface.
• Where (where), related to the location of a geographic object on the surface of the earth.
• How much (how much/many) describes the size (distance, area, content, and time) of geographic objects in the form of numbers.
• Why (why) contains a sequence of time and place, background, or interaction or interdependence of a symptom, event, and human motivation.
• How (how), relates to the elaboration of a pattern, function, and process of symptoms and events. When (when), describes the time when the incident took place.
• Who (who), relating to the subject or actor of an event or events.

For example, there is a village that has difficulty getting clean water. In view of this event, the following questions must be answered:

• What (what) happened? Answer: lack of clean water.
• Where (where) the problem of clean water occurs? Answer: in Puragi Village, South Sorong.
• How much/many of the clean water can still be used? Answer: when it rains, the river discharge reaches 1 l/S, but during a long dry season there is absolutely no discharge.
• Why (why) can it happen? Answer: Due to the influence of the climate and the location of the village near the coast, if it doesn’t rain, you can only access brackish water.
• How (how) did the problem of clean water last? Answer: this has affected the whole area of ​​Puragi Village, which is marked by the drying up of the residents’ wells and rivers.
• When (when) did this happen? Answer: especially during the dry season (April – October).
• Who (who) should be involved in solving the problem? Answer: the entire community of Puragi Village, local government, academics, and the central government.

Geographical Approach

The scientific approach can be said as a way to understand and explain a field of science. In other words, this approach to geography is done to be able to understand geography in more depth.

The geographical approach in general is a method used to make it easier to analyze various phenomena or symptoms of the geosphere, including the interaction of living things with their environment.

This is because there are so many phenomena on earth that it is necessary to classify each phenomenon according to its point of view and focus. The geography approach according to Hagget (1979) and Baiquni (2008) is an attempt within the framework of research activities to make connections to the components of Integrated Geography. The sequence in the geographical approach is as follows.

• Perspective: spatial (spatial).
• Scope of observation: physical elements and human elements on the earth’s surface and their interrelationships.
• Ways of understanding knowledge: regional, systematic, ecological, and historical approaches.
• Knowledge processing instruments or materials: maps, modeling, statistics, field surveys, and information technology, or it can be said with geographic information systems.
• Types of knowledge generated: descriptive, analytic, prescriptive, and predictive. There are 4 ways to understand the geography approach, namely regional approach, systematic approach, ecological approach, and historical approach.

1. Regional Approach

In general, the approach to regional geography is a combination of spatial and ecological approaches. So compare the condition of the earth’s surface in terms of spatial and environmental aspects in a comprehensive manner. Usually the regional approach is used when you want to compare different regions. Because each region certainly has differences in natural conditions to humans or society.

This difference will make regions interact with each other in order to meet needs. An example of a regional approach is that South Korea has limited natural resources but is rich in reliable human resources. In contrast to a tropical country like Indonesia which has less qualified human resources but abundant natural resources. Building a house must pay attention to the condition of the area. If you are near the coast, the foundation must be raised in order to anticipate rising tides or flooding.

2. Systematic Approach

The meaning of the Systematic Approach is to combine elements that are thought to influence the formation of a symptom in several different places. The aim is to identify the pattern and process of these symptoms in several places, and explain the factors that cause these symptoms to appear differently in different places.

An example is a systematic approach looking at elements that can form patterns in several different places. The figure below is an example of a systematic approach where there are two districts that have one element in common and one element that is different. In answering the case examples, a systematic approach is used by looking for what factors can cause these symptoms.

3. Regional Complex Approach

The area complex approach seeks to study geosphere phenomena through a combination of spatial and ecological approaches. Inter-regional interactions will develop because in essence each region on earth is different from one another.

Example: Rural areas will interact with urban areas to meet secondary and tertiary needs. In contrast, urban areas interact with rural areas to meet food and labor needs.

4. Ecological Approach

The meaning of the Ecological Approach is to combine human elements with the environment in a place. The aim is to identify human behavior towards environmental conditions in different places; Identify environmental impacts due to differences in human life patterns in different places; and Identify similarities or differences in these relationship patterns in different places.

An example is the ecological approach which is basically a combination of a regional approach and a systematic approach which looks at the similarities and differences in a pattern. The difference is whether the patterns that emerge have an impact on the environment or not and vice versa. The figure below is an example of a case with an ecological approach that is seen from the impact of environmental conditions which have relatively the same characteristics as the pattern of human life in several different areas.

5. Spatial Approach

This approach is an attempt to examine the similarities and differences in geosphere phenomena in space. The spatial approach is used to find out the distribution of the use of the available space and how the provision of space will be used for various needs.

Example: For residential land clearing planning, a lot of data must be known to fulfill the requirements. Among these are data such as altitude, slope, soil type, and so on. Later, this is used to assess the physical condition of the location which affects the level of adaptation of the humans who will live there.

6. Historical Approach

The meaning of the Historical Approach traces the development of a geographical phenomenon. The aim is to know the relationship between space in the past and present (the relationship between place and time). The impact of geographical phenomena in the past is likely to carry over to the present.

Example: the development of an area into a city that can be seen in terms of location and time development. The development of an area into a city is usually more to economic development. The historical approach can use a study of the location of economic centers as a reference in the development of a city.

 

 

 

1. The Principle of Distribution The function of this principle of distribution is used to examine geographical symptoms and phenomena that are spread over the earth’s surface in an unequal and uneven manner. 2. The principle of interrelation The function of the principle of interrelation is used to examine the interrelated relationships between one symptom and another geographical phenomenon in a space. 3. Principle of Description The function of the principle of description is used to provide further explanation of observable phenomena that occur on earth. 4. Principles of ChorologyThe function of this chorological principle aims to examine phenomena, facts and problems that exist in a place in terms of their distribution, interrelation, interaction and integration in a certain space.

 

What is Indonesia’s goal? Indonesia is a country with islands and a large population. This Indonesian state was not created and fought for immediately.

There are goals that must be achieved within the state of Indonesia. This goal is also the foundation for the Indonesian state in running the government. All applicable regulations also apply to the destination country of Indonesia.

What are the goals of Indonesia? This article will discuss the goals of Indonesia in detail.

Definition of State Goals

In general, the goal of the state is to organize welfare. In addition, the goal of the state is also to achieve the happiness of its people. State objectives are guidelines when compiling and controlling the equipment of a country. As well as regulate how the life of the people in the country.

When you know the purpose of the country, you can know the nature of the country’s organization. In addition, the legitimacy of state power can also be known. Therefore, the purpose of the state is very important for its people to know.

The goals of each country are influenced by several things. Such as the location of the country, the history of the formation of the country, and the influence of the rulers of the country concerned with that country. Just like other countries, Indonesia also has national goals.

Indonesia’s state goals are formed on several things. What are the goals of Indonesia? Check out the explanation about Indonesia’s destination below!

Indonesia’s Country Destinations

The objectives of the Indonesian state are clearly stated in the 1945 Constitution, precisely in paragraph 4. Based on the 1945 Constitution, the objectives of the Indonesian state read:

“Then than that to form an Indonesian State Government that protects the entire Indonesian nation and all of Indonesia’s bloodshed and to promote public welfare, educate the nation’s life and participate in carrying out world order based on freedom, eternal peace and social justice.”

Based on this, it can be concluded that there are four objectives of the Indonesian state. These goals include protection, well-being, intelligence and peace. These goals will serve as guidelines when compiling and controlling state equipment. Here’s the explanation:

1. Protect the entire Indonesian nation and all of Indonesia’s bloodshed

Indonesia’s first goal is protection. This objective is contained in the fourth paragraph of the Preamble to the 1945 Constitution. The goal reads “Protect the entire Indonesian nation and all of Indonesia’s bloodshed”.

Based on these objectives, it means that all components in Indonesia must be protected. Starting from the people, Indonesia’s natural wealth, culture, to the values ​​of the Indonesian state must be maintained. These things are included in the goals of the Indonesian state in the form of protection.

Parameter or a measure of the legal subject of a citizen has been protected. If the things as a citizen have been fulfilled. The fulfillment is based on Indonesian law.

The rights of Indonesian citizens themselves have also been included in the 1945 Constitution. These rights involve several things. Such as human rights, the right to equal legal protection, the right to education, the right to own something and so on.

The obligation to protect the entire Indonesian nation and all of Indonesia’s bloodshed is not only the duty of the government or the Indonesian state. However, the role of citizens is also very much needed to protect the Indonesian state.

The manifestation of this role or defending the Indonesian state can be done in various ways. Can be adjusted according to the ability of the citizens of the country. for example, such as instilling and having an attitude of love for the motherland and defending the country.

This attitude can be used as the role of a citizen in protecting the Indonesian state. When we instill an attitude of defending the country, we will act accordingly. When the Indonesian state experiences a problem, we must defend it. Through things like that, the goal of the Indonesian state in protecting the whole nation can be achieved properly.

2. Promote general welfare

Indonesia’s second goal is related to welfare. The goals of the Indonesian state are listed in the fourth paragraph of the Preamble to the 1945 Constitution. The goal reads “to advance the general welfare”.

The parameters of welfare in Indonesia are three elements. As well as a condition that is subjective and the most minimal. When these three elements can be fulfilled, Indonesian citizens can be said to be prosperous.

The three elements are clothing or clothing, food or food, and shelter or boards. A general welfare also does not only cover matters regarding economic and material welfare.

However, physical and mental well-being must also be considered. Physical and mental well-being is also important. It must be owned by every citizen of Indonesia.

Welfare physically and mentally, among others, is the creation of a feeling of security and comfort for every citizen. In addition, attitudes such as mutual respect, mutual cooperation, respecting the rights of citizens, prosperous, just and equal citizens, carrying out the obligations of each citizen and so on.

Economic and material well-being must also be continuously improved. An example of what can be done is to continue to compete in terms of the economy nationally and internationally. Moreover, Indonesia has now entered the MEA or the Asean Economic Community.

This makes the Indonesian state must continue to compete in terms of the economy. A good economy certainly makes its citizens achieve prosperity. Therefore, the goals of the Indonesian state in terms of welfare will be realized.

3. Educating the life of the nation

Indonesia’s third goal is related to intelligence. The goals of the Indonesian state are listed in the fourth paragraph of the Preamble to the 1945 Constitution. The goal reads “to educate the life of the nation”.

The goal of the Indonesian state in terms of education is to ensure that all Indonesian citizens are educated. The Indonesian state must ensure that all its citizens have the opportunity to receive proper education. Not only proper, the education provided to citizens must also be of good quality.

Since the Indonesian state was officially independent, the government has endeavored for the Indonesian state to be free from ignorance. Such as eradicating illiteracy in Indonesian citizens. To achieve this illiteracy-free state, the Indonesian state always improves the quality of its education.

However, the goal of the state in terms of intelligence is not only carried out by the state. Educating the Indonesian people is the duty of the state, government and all Indonesian citizens. All of these components must try to achieve the best level of education.

The reason is, with intelligent citizens, the development and progress of the country will be more easily achieved. The most important thing is that Indonesia’s goals regarding intelligence will be carried out properly. A citizen to achieve the goal of intelligence, can do it by pursuing education.

Getting the highest possible education is one of the ways to achieve the goals of the Indonesian state in terms of nation intelligence. Being a smart citizen can of course advance the Indonesian state. In addition, it can improve the standard of living of all Indonesian citizens.

However, intelligence is a very broad thing. An intelligence does not necessarily have to be obtained from a high school only. All good things can be used as knowledge to achieve that intelligence.

4. Carry out world order based on freedom, eternal peace and social justice.

Indonesia’s third goal is related to intelligence. The goals of the Indonesian state are listed in the fourth paragraph of the Preamble to the 1945 Constitution. The goal reads “and participate in carrying out world order based on freedom, eternal peace and social justice”.

Based on the goals of the Indonesian state, there is an important word. The word is peace. It is not only the Indonesian state that wants peace.

Peace is the ideal of all countries in this world. There are two kinds of the word “peace” in political science. The word “peace” means peace within a country and peace outside the country.

Peace in Indonesia can be realized by all citizens. The trick is to maintain peace among fellow citizens. Such as between religions or between ethnic groups.

In achieving this peace, mutual respect for one another is needed. Moreover, Indonesia is a country that has many cultures. Of course, this will cause many differences among citizens.

Through mutual respect for the differences that exist, peace can be created. Another way that every citizen can do in maintaining peace is to obey the rules that have been made. Every regulation made by the government is certainly made for its people. In addition, every regulation that is made is of course based on the goals of the Indonesian state based on the 1945 Constitution, fourth paragraph.

In addition to maintaining peace within Indonesia, peace between countries must also be carried out and maintained. The Indonesian state must maintain good relations with foreign countries. This is for the sake of creating peace.

The basis of Indonesia’s foreign policy is free and active politics. It will help achieve world peace. Peace that is created in each country will give birth to a free and active foreign policy.

Also based on the goals of the Indonesian state, cooperation with other countries can be carried out. This cooperation is also based on the values ​​of peace and social justice.

It is hoped that the objectives of the Indonesian state can be implemented when implementing the Indonesian government. The government can make policies for the benefit of Indonesian citizens. This will make citizens feel prosperous in this country of Indonesia. In addition, the goals of the Indonesian state can actually be created or realized.

That is an explanation of the four objectives of the Indonesian state which are contained in the fourth paragraph of the 1945 Constitution. Find other things at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommend the best books for Sinaumed’s.

The Mandatory Traits of the Apostle, the Impossible Nature of the Apostle, and the Story Behind It –  The messengers sent by Allah SWT were assigned to provide guidance, bring good news, and give warnings to mankind. Therefore, the chosen messengers sent by Allah SWT have mandatory and impossible characteristics that can be seen in their personalities when carrying out this special task.

MANDATORY CHARACTERISTICS OF THE APOSTLE

An obligatory characteristic for the Apostles is a characteristic that must be possessed by the Apostles and can be shown in their daily stories. Following are the mandatory characteristics possessed by the apostles.

1. Siddiq

Siddiq means true. The point is that every word spoken or conveyed by the apostle is always true. Both true in conveying revelations that originate from Allah SWT and true in words that have a relationship with world problems.

Siddiq being one of the characteristics that is mandatory for the apostles has also been justified in the Qur’an. One of them is Surah Maryam verse 41,

Amen

Meaning: “And tell (Muhammad) the story of Abraham in the Book (Al-Qur’an), in fact he is a person who really justifies, a Prophet,”

The word Siddiq in the context of the special characteristics possessed by the apostles was alluded to in surah Maryam verse 50,

Amen

Meaning: “And We bestowed on them some of Our mercy and We made them the fruit of good and noble speech.”

Therefore, it is impossible for the apostles to have the trait of a liar.

2. Trust

The characteristic that is mandatory for the next apostles is amanah which means that they can be trusted. The apostles always guarded themselves from all acts of sin to maintain the people’s trust in him.

Evidence that the apostles have trustworthy characteristics is shown in surah An Nisa verse 58,

۞ إِنَّ اللَّهَ يَأْمُرُكُمْ أَنْ تُؤَدُّوا الْأَمَانَاتِ إِلَىٰ أَهْلِهَا وَإِذَا حَكَمْتُمْ بَيْنَ النَّاسِ أَنْ تَحْكُمُوا بِالْعَدْلِ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ نِعِمَّا يَعِظُكُمْ بِهِ ۗ إِنَّ اللَّهَ كَانَ سَمِيعًا بَصِيرًا

Meaning: “Indeed, Allah orders you to convey the mandate to those who are entitled to receive it, and (orders you) when stipulating laws between people so that you determine fairly. Verily Allah gives you the best teaching. Surely Allah is All-Hearing, All-Seeing.”

Thus, it was impossible for the apostles to do treacherous things.

3. Tabligh

Tabligh is a mandatory characteristic for the apostles which has the meaning of conveying revelation. In carrying out his apostolic duties, an apostle is obliged to convey revelations that must be believed by mankind.

The revelations conveyed by the apostles could be in the form of knowledge, shari’a, or guidelines, or other prophetic treatises. Even though the revelation he conveyed was neither easy nor pleasant, the apostles would always deliver it without reducing a single letter in accordance with Surah Al Maidah verse 67,

۞ يَا أَيُّهَا ​​الرَّسُولُ بَلِّغْ مَا أُنْزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِنْ رَبِّكَ ۖ وَإِنْ لَمْ تَفْعَلْ فَمَا بَلَّغْتَ رِسَالَتَهُ ۚ وَاللَّهُ يَعْصِمُكَ مِنَ النَّاسِ ۗ إِنَّ اللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِي الْقَوْمَ الْكَافِرِينَ

Meaning: O Messenger! Convey what your Lord has revealed to you. If you don’t do (what was ordered) it means you are not conveying His message. And Allah keeps you from (disturbing) humans. Indeed, Allah does not guide the disbelievers.

Therefore, the impossible characteristic for the apostle is kitman or hiding. No teachings are hidden for personal reasons or other interests.

4. Fatan

The last obligatory characteristic for the apostles is fatanah which means clever, intelligent, and wise. As messengers of Allah SWT for mankind, the apostles were able to understand various problems of the people as well as provide solutions.

Allah SWT gave the ability to the apostles in conveying teachings among their people. Including when arguing against people who oppose his teachings as alluded to in surah Al An’am verse 83,

وَتِلْكَ حُجَّتُنَا آت release

Meaning: “And that is Our statement that We gave to Abraham against his people. We raise the degree of whom We will. Verily, your Lord is All-Wise, All-Knowing.”

IMPOSSIBLE NATURE OF THE APOSTLE

Impossible nature for the Apostle means the nature that is impossible in the apostle. Because, the Messenger is a human being chosen by Allah and given the task of conveying all of His messages to invite mankind to believe in Allah SWT. There are four impossible characteristics for the apostles, namely kidzib, khianah, Kitman, and also baladah. Here are four impossible traits for apostles that need to be known:

1. Kidzib

Al-Kidzib means lying. It is impossible for the apostle to commit a lie or lie. All the words and deeds of the apostle are never fake and far-fetched. This has been confirmed through surah an-Najm: 2-4, as follows:

مَا ضَلَّ صَاحِبُكُمْ وَمَا غَوَىٰ . وَمَا يَنْطِقُ عَنِ الْهَوَىٰ . إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا وَحْيٌ يُوحَىٰ

Meaning: “Your friend (Muhammad) is not misguided and not (also) mistaken, and what is said (al-Qur’ān) according to his will is nothing but revelation (al-Qur’an) which was revealed (to him).” (QS. an-Najm: 2-4)

2. Betrayal

Khianah, meaning that it is impossible for the apostle to betray. Everything that is mandated to him will certainly be carried out. This has been explained in the letter al-An’am verse 106:

اتَّبِعْ مَا أُوحِيَ إِلَيْكَ مِنْ رَبِّكَ ۖ لَا إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ الْمُشْيرَِن

Meaning: “Follow what has been revealed to you (Muhammad), there is no god but Him, and turn away from the polytheists.” (QS. al-An’am: 106).

3, Kitman

Kitman, means it is impossible for the apostle to hide the truth. Every word that the apostle received from Allah SWT will surely be conveyed to his people. This has also been mentioned in the letter al-An’am verse 50:

قُلْ لَا أَقُولُ لَكُمْ عِنْدِي خَزَائِنُ اللَّهِ وَلَا أَعْلَمُ الْغَيْبَ وَلَا أَقُولُ لَكُمْ إِنِّي مَلَكٌ ۖ إِنْ أَتَّبِعُ إِلَّا مَا يُوحَىٰ إِلَيَّ ۚ قُلْ هَلْ يَسْتَوِي الْأَعْمَىٰ وَالْبَصِيرُ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Meaning: “Say (Muhammad), I did not tell you that Allah’s treasury is in me, and I do not know the unseen and I did not (also) tell you that I am an angel. I just followed what was revealed to me. Say, Are the blind and the seeing alike? Haven’t you thought about (it)?” (QS. al-An’am: 50)

4. Ballad

Baladah means impossible if the apostle is stupid. The Messenger of Allah was indeed an ummi person (could not read and write) but he was given the gift of extraordinary intelligence from Allah SWT.

THE APOSTLE STORY

1. Sidiq

Imam Tirmizi narrated from Abdullah bin Hamsa that he said:

“I once entered into a sale and purchase transaction with the Prophet before he was sent as an Apostle. Then I still brought his receivables and I promised to pay them at the same place, but I forgot. After three days I remembered, then I came to the place I had promised and it turned out he was there,” he said.

The Prophet SAW said, “O young man, you have troubled me, I was here since three days ago to wait for you,” he said.

Honesty in every word has even been exemplified long before the Prophet Muhammad was born, namely during the time of Prophet Ismail AS. This story is also enshrined in the Koran letter Maryam verse 54.

Amen

“And tell (O Muhammad) the story of Ishmael (the one) in the Quran. Truly he is a true promise, and he is an apostle and prophet.”

According to Tafsir Al-Wajiz from the writings of Shaykh Prof. Dr. Wahbah az-Zuhaili, an expert on jurisprudence and commentary from Syria, this verse tells about the Prophet Ismail bin Ibrahim who was honest in every word he said.

This includes the promise he made with Allah SAW to Prophet Ibrahim AS when he promised himself to be patient with his father’s plan to slaughter himself, as in Ash-Shaffat: 102

فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ مَعَهُ السَّعْيَ قَالَ يٰبُنَيَّ اِنِّيْٓ اَرٰى فِى الْمَنَامِ اَنِّيْٓ اَذْبَحُكَ فَانْظُرْ مَاذَا تَرٰىۗ قَالَ يٰٓاَبَتِ افْعَلْ مَا تُؤْمَرُۖ سَتَجِدُنِيْٓ اِنْ شَاۤءَ اللّٰهُ مِنَ الصّٰبِرِيْنَ

102. So when the child reached (the age of) being able to try with him, (Ibrahim) said, “O my son! Verily I dreamed that I slaughtered you. Then think about what you think!” He (Ismail) replied, “O my father! Do what (Allah) commands you; God willing, you will find me among those who are patient.”

Prophet Ismail AS fulfilled his promise, and made it easy for his father to slaughter.

A severe calamity that befalls a person. Then Allah gives the nature of nubuwwah (prophecy) and treatise (apostolate), which is the most favor that Allah gives to His servant and makes him a human being who is at the highest level of the creatures.

2. Trust

During the Khaibar War, Rasulullah SAW and the Muslim troops were in a very difficult situation. It was so difficult, that they were forced to eat meat from animals that were considered makruh to survive. Such was the state of the Muslim army at that time.

At that time, a man came and faced Rasulullah SAW. He said, “O Messenger of Allah! I am a Jew and pastoralism is my job. I’m bringing Jewish sheep that I want to return to their owners. Now, I want you to explain to me about the essence of Islam. So that I can be proud to be a Muslim.”

Rasulullah SAW then looked at him with compassion. Then, he taught about Islam up to two sentences creed to him.

After embracing Islam, the man left and soon returned to the Prophet’s side with lots of sheep.

“O Messenger of Allah! These are the sheep of the Jewish people who are now at war with you. Now you and the Muslim army are in trouble. In my opinion, take these sheep as spoils of war, so that this difficulty can be overcome.” he explained.

Rasulullah SAW then looked at him and said, “O So and so! Betrayal in trust is a major sin in Islam. Now that you are a Muslim, you must carry out Islamic teachings and maintaining trust is something that is mandatory. Then you go to Khaibar Fortress and return these sheep to their owners!”

3. Tablighi

In a hadith narrated by Bukhari and Muslim it is stated that Aisyah RA once said: “The initial event of revelation to Rasulullah SAW was started with Ar-ru’yah ash-sadiqah (true dream) in sleep. He does not dream, except that what He sees is something that resembles a part of the dawn light. And inside of him is the feeling of always wanting to be alone.”

After getting that dream, Rasulullah SAW decided to go to Hira Cave to be silent. He performed worship there every night for up to several days. Until the 17th of Ramadan, the angel Gabriel came to meet him.

As said by Aisha RA, the angel Gabriel came to the Prophet while saying “Iqra”. Then Rasulullah SAW replied “I can not read”. Then, the angels pulled and covered Rasulullah SAW until he found it difficult.

Then the angel came back to Rasulullah SAW and said “Iqra”. And he returned to answer “I can not read”. Then the angel pulled again and hugged Rasulullah SAW until the third time until he found it difficult.

Then the angel Gabriel told him to read Surah Al-Alaq verses 1-5:

اقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ الَّذِي خَلَقَ. خَلَقَ الْإِنسَانَ مِنْ عَلَقٍ. اقْرَأْ وَرَبُّكَ الْأَكْرَمُ. الَّذِي عَلَّمَ بِالْقَلَمِ. عَلَّمَ الْإِنسَانَ مَا لَمْ يَعْلَمْ

Meaning: “Read by (mentioning) the name of your Lord who created. He has created man from a clot of blood. Read, and your Lord is the Most Gracious. Who teaches (human) by means of qalam (pen). He taught man what he did not know.”

After Rasulullah SAW managed to read the letter smoothly, the angel Gabriel left him. Then Rasulullah SAW came home in a state of anxiety and shivering like a fever.

After arriving home, Rasulullah SAW asked Khadijah to cover him. Then, Rasulullah SAW told what had happened to Khadijah while saying, “O Khadijah, what happened to me? I’m really worried about myself.”

Then, Khadijah replied, “No, you are happy. By Allah, Allah will never humiliate you. In fact, you always maintain a kinship, always bear people who are in trouble, always do what is needed, always respect guests and help the suffering of people who defend the truth.

From this event the Prophet Muhammad SAW was confirmed as an Apostle. With this, he received an order to convey and preach the religion of Islam to all mankind.

4. Fathana

It was narrated from Ali bin Abu Talib that when the Islamic troops and the Quraysh tribe troops were preparing to battle in the Badr area, Rasulullah SAW sought information from two young men who provided drinking water for the Quraysh tribe troops regarding the condition of their troops. He asked about the location of the Quraysh tribe’s army camp. They replied, “They are behind this dune, at the very edge of the valley.”

Then Rasulullah SAW asked about the number of troops of the Quraysh tribe. The two youths looked confused. The friends were made impatient by the attitude of the two people. Even so, in the end they answered, “Our troops are numerous.” The Prophet asked again, “Yes, how many?” Their answer is still the same as the first answer.

Finally, Rasulullah SAW changed his question to the two young men, “How many camels and goats do they slaughter each day?” They only replied that every day the Quraysh troops slaughtered approximately 10 goats. Knowing this, Rasulullah SAW predicts the number of enemy troops is around a thousand people. Each goat is given for a hundred troops. He also finally knows the true strength of the enemy.

That is one proof of the intelligence of Rasulullah SAW. There is much more evidence of the intelligence of Rasulullah SAW in other fields which became a factor of his success in carrying out his apostolic mission.

Also read:

• Muhasabah is self-correction in Islam, see the explanation!
• Definition of Ijma and Qiyas along with their types and examples
• Definition of Sufism: History, Principles, Basis and Forms of Teachings
• Kinds of Harakat and How to Pronounce Them
• Definition of Adab and Examples of Adab in Everyday Life

Personality Theory – Is Sinaumed’s looking for references on personality theory? That’s right, everyone would want someone who has someone’s personality. Knowing and knowing someone’s personality can be not an easy thing because basically every individual has their own personality characteristics. 

That is why many experts research a person’s personality because this can affect the way and pattern of a person in carrying out daily activities or surviving as a social being. If Sinaumed’s wants to study personality theory, then you can see the following explanation: 

Definition of Personality and Self-Concept

The definition of personality according to Philip Kotler is an innate characteristic of human psychology or different human psychological traits and produces responses that are relatively consistent and can last a long time in certain environmental stimuli. Personality is usually described in terms of behavioral characteristics such as self-confidence, sociability, dominance, self-preservation, adaptability, autonomy, and aggressiveness. 

That is why personality is related to self-concept which is the essence of individual personality. This core plays an important role in directing and determining the development of a person’s personality and positive behavior. The basis of self-concept thinking is what a person has can contribute and be a reflection of their identity. Thus “we are what is ours”. 

That is why to understand consumer behavior, as marketers we need to understand the relationship between consumer self-concept and ownership. This personality is then related to the existence of different forms of the deepest characteristics of a person or it is called the human inner psychology . These physical differences can show the unique characteristics possessed by each individual as a social being. 

The different forms of these characteristics can affect a person’s response to their environment or stimulus consistently. So personality became one of the psychology studies which was born because of the thoughts, studies, and findings (results of case handling practices) by experts, where the object of study is human behavior. Finally, the discussion of human behavior relates to the presence, why, and how of the individual’s behavior. 

So that human personality can show inner or psychological traits, namely the quality of innate abilities that can influence individuals and temperament, especially to distinguish one individual from another individual. 

Book Description

This book explains that humans are unique individuals, it will never run out to review how unique they are, in this book it discusses in depth how humans with a background in human life are unique, adaptive and creative individuals.

Personality Theory

In practice, personality phenomena show many theories, where there are four main personality theories that Sinaumed’s needs to know about in relation to the development of psychology. The four personality theories are considered widely used in the theoretical basis of various studies of personality and consumer behavior. Here are four major personality theories in psychology:

1. Freud’s Personality Theory

This personality theory was put forward by Sigmund Freud in a psychoanalytic theory of personality or Psychoanalytic Theory of Personality which was then considered the foundation of modern psychology. Freud’s personality theory states that needs are unconscious or unconscious needs and drives from within humans or drives in the form of sex drives and other biological needs. 

These needs are the core of a person’s motivation and personality which according to Freud consists of three elements, namely Id, Superego, and ego. The following are the elements in Freud’s personality theory: 

a. id

The id element is a biological aspect in an individual that has existed since birth and can lead to the emergence of physiological needs, such as hunger, sexuality, thirst, cold, and so on. The element of Id in personality describes the form of human instincts that biologically need food, sex, and drink. The human will naturally try to fulfill that need to avoid tension and seek satisfaction as quickly and as soon as possible. 

That is why the element of Id is considered to carry out the principle of satisfaction or pleasure or immediate satisfaction in a person. This id element then becomes the basis and will influence other elements to form a personality that is more specific to the individual. 

b. Superego

The superego element is one of the psychological aspects of the individual self which shows human nature to obey and comply with ethical, social norms, and community values. This element can be a cause for humans to stop what is good and what is considered bad in a society so that their behavior will be adjusted to what is good according to their social environment. 

The superego element in personality theory is a form of a person’s tendency to always want to do good according to how norms and ethics, as well as the rules apply in a certain social environment. This element can be considered as an element that functions to suppress or reduce biological desires or originates from the element of Id within a person. 

When someone makes a mistake, they usually don’t realize they will feel guilty or ashamed for their wrongdoing. Such a thing is an example of how the superego element works in suppressing the id element in a person. As a result, a person tends not to repeat the wrongdoing again. Id and superego elements are considered as a form of encouragement that is not directly realized by a person. 

c. ego

The third element in personality theory is that the ego is an element that can be realized and controlled by the individual himself. The ego element functions as a mediator between the id and superego elements in one’s personality. The ego element seeks to balance what the id element wants to fulfill and what the superego element wants to comply with the social norms prevailing in its environment. 

The Ego element then works within the principle of reality or reality principle which is a human effort to be able to fulfill their physiological needs but still comply with the rules and norms of good and bad values ​​based on their social environment. According to Schiffman and Kanuk (2010) who cite the opinion of researchers on Freud’s personality theory that in the study of consumer behavior by saying this shows the existence of human motivation or human drive that is largely unconscious. 

That is why consumers often do not realize or even know what their real reason is for deciding to buy a particular product. So what is bought and what is consumed by the consumer is a picture of how the consumer’s personality controls himself. So it can be seen from the clothes, vehicles, accessories that a person wears can show how the personality of the individual is.

Book Description

At the beginning of the 20th century, psychoanalysis and behaviorism developed rapidly. Psychoanalysis suggests that observable symptoms are only surface manifestations of unconscious drives. Meanwhile, behaviorism views that behavior is only a symptom that can be observed, which is related to mental processes. Over time, there was a group of psychologists who disagreed with the two theories who then attempted to develop a new theoretical viewpoint, namely humanism (a humanistic view). Humanistic personality theory is a psychological approach that focuses on the study of the whole person. The psychologists of this theory view human behavior not only through the eyes of those who observe the behavior, but also through the eyes of the behaving person.

The humanistic approach is often called the “Third School” in psychology after psychoanalysis and behaviorism. However, these three schools of psychology are not in conflict with or in competition with one another because each of these branches of psychology has enriched our understanding of human thought and behavior. This book discusses in detail several views of humanistic personality and its pioneers, namely Personal Construct Psychology from George A. Kelly, Person-Centered Theory from Carl R. Rogers, Dynamic-Holistic Theory from Abraham H. Maslow, and Existential Psychology from Rollo May. Thus, it is hoped that the presence of this book will be able to add insight to readers regarding various matters that prompted the emergence of the humanistic personality theory and the views of its pioneers.

 

2. Neo-Freud’s Personality Theory (Psychological Social Theory)

Experts who are also Sigmund Freud’s colleagues have helped develop a theory of personality known as Social Psychological Theory or Neo-Freud Theory. This theory is different from the theory that Freud developed with two main differences, namely in the social environment that will influence the formation of a person’s personality, no longer from instinct or the human subconscious, and the form of behavioral motivation that is directed to meet one’s needs. 

Neo-Freud’s theory of personality is a combination of social science and psychology studies. This theory then prioritizes and emphasizes that humans will try to fulfill what is needed in the community environment. Then the community component will help that person to meet his needs and goals in that environment. Neo-Freud’s theory explains that social relations are the most dominant factor in shaping and developing one’s personality. 

Based on this theory, the human personality model consists of three categories as follows:

• Compliant is a form of personality with the characteristics of an individual’s dependence on others. This individual then wants other people to be able to give affection, appreciate him, and need his existence. Someone who has a compliant personality tends to always approach the people around him and forms closeness to one another. 
•  Aggressive is a form of personality that tends to have the motivation to gain power in certain conditions and environment. Individuals who have this personality tend to be often in conflict with others. He also always wants to be praised and tends to separate or distance himself from other people. 
• Detached is a form of a person’s personality characterized by wanting to have freedom, being independent, being able to rely on oneself, and feeling like they want to be free from various obligations immediately. This individual also has a tendency to avoid other people and focus more on himself.

 

Book Description

Treatment and prevention of various diseases cannot be separated from drug therapy, although drugs are not only used in the treatment and prevention of disease but can also be carried out through surgery, radiotherapy, physiotherapy and others. Drugs are a very important component in health services. This book discusses various aspects of pharmacology starting from definitions, terminology of pharmacology, history of pharmacology, general armacology which includes the branches of pharmacology, pharmacodynamics and drug pharmacokinetics. This book also discusses individual responses to drugs, drug interactions, dosage science (posology), and the principles of prescribing accompanied by an attachment to Latin terms that are often used in prescribing.

3. Trait Theory

Trait Theory or Trait Theory explains that humans are classified according to their most prominent characteristics or characteristics. Characteristics or traits are characteristics of a person in a special psychological study. The definition of a trait is any way that distinguishes a person and is relatively enduring in which each individual is different from other individuals.

Another understanding of this theory is to show a trait or characteristic in the form of characteristics where one individual will differ from another in a relatively permanent and consistent form. From these two functions it can be concluded that traits or traits are traits or characteristics that distinguish a person and are permanent and consistent within the individual. 

Loudon and Della Bitta (1993) revealed that this trait theory is based on three assumptions, namely that individuals have relatively stable behavior, individuals have different forms of behavioral tendencies, and these differences can be identified and measured which will describe a person’s personality.  

Based on the opinion of Mowen and Minor (1998) there are 16 personality traits based on the personality theory put forward by R. Cattel, H. Eber, and M. Tatsuoka in 1970 as follows:

• Reserved vs. Friendly (Outgoing)
• Trusting vs. Suspicious
• Dull (Dull) vs. Smart (Bright)
• Practical (Practical) vs. Abstract (Imaginative)
• Labile (Unstable) vs. Stable
• Unpretentious vs. Polished
• Submissive (Docile) vs. Aggressive
• Self-assured vs. Self Reproaching
•  Serious (Serious) vs. Relax (Happy go lucky)
• Conservatives vs. experimenting
• Expedient vs. Conscientious
• Group dependent vs. Self Sufficient
• Shy (Shy) vs. Easy to get along with (Uninhibited)
• Undisciplined vs. controlled
• Teguh (Tough-minded) vs. Weak (Tender-minded)
•  Relaxed vs. Tense

4. Self-Concept Theory

Self-concept theory shows that humans have a view or conception of themselves, namely in the form of an assessment of themselves. So each individual will function as a subject and object of perception in his own right. Based on Mowen’s opinion that self-concept is a form of totality in the thoughts and feelings of an individual that can be a reference for himself as an object.

Self-concept can also be defined as a form of self-image or self-perception that is closely related to self-personality. Self-concept theory in personality views that each individual has a form of concept about himself. This shows that this self-concept is based on who he or he really is or actual self and the form of the concept of seeing who he wants to be like, namely how he is ideal or ideal self .

 This theory is also closely related to the two key concepts of psychoanalytic personality theory, namely the ego and superego elements. The ego element is a form of reflection of objective reality within a person, so this element is almost the same as the actual self . Meanwhile, the superego element is formed by something that is supposed to be a form of reflection of the ideal self in certain conditions and places.

 

Book Description

Personality is the main study of the science of human behavior. The study of personality has been carried out as early as the emergence of science itself. The frame of mind of the personality theory that developed since Hippocrates, Plato, and Aristotle as philosophers who thought of the beginning of the birth of behavioral science, developed in the form of analysis and clinical view processes. The development of knowledge about humans also develops thoughts and views about personality. The division of the realm of views on behavior based on the thoughts and characters that are expressed in the book Introduction to Theory of Personality with several editions published is also discussed in this book.

This book consists of five chapters, namely, Chapter I Introduction to Personality Theory a Framework for Comparison; Chapter II Psychodynamic Oriented Theories (Clinical in Mind) This school includes Freud’s Classical Psychoanalytic Theory; Carl Gustav Jung; Social Psychology Alfred Adler; Erich Fromm; Karen Horney, and Harry Stack Sullivan. Chapter Ill Holistic (Phenomenological) Oriented Theories include Henry Murray’s Personology; The humanistic theory of Abraham Maslow and Carl Rogers, the Existential Theory of Ludwig Binswanger and Medan Boss; Eastern Psychology and Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory. Chapter IV Trait Theories include Individual Psychology Gordon Allport; Constitutional Psychology William Sheldon and Raymond Cattell’s Factor Theory.

Personality Characteristics

A characteristic in psychology is a unique form that can cause relatively consistent and long-lasting responses in a person. These personality indicators are then distinguished into adaptability, self-confidence, and sociability. These three indicators are forms of personality that form traits or characteristics of a person in certain conditions and places. 

In this case marketers need to have the ability to understand the personality indicators of their consumers because by understanding these personality dimensions, marketers can categorize their target market in these consumer personality indicators. So companies can create products that match the personality of their consumers so that they can generate maximum profits. 

In practice, a person’s personality also has characteristics or traits attached to it, which are as follows:

1. Personality Describes Individual Differences

The personality of a person describes the deepest characteristics of humans and is a combination of many unique things in him. That is why there will not be two human beings who are exactly alike in personality. The possibility that can happen is that there are two humans who have similarities in one particular characteristic, but in other characteristics it could be very different.

A person’s personality is a useful form of self-concept because it allows others to classify certain individuals into different groups, for example on the basis of the category of one or several traits indicating a particular field.

2. Personality Shows Consistent and Long Lasting

Forms of personality are usually seen since someone entered the age of children. This shows their tendency to consistently shape one’s personality when they grow up. Even though marketers cannot actually change the personality of their consumers, in order to match their products, they can identify and try to attract the attention of consumer groups by making them the target of relevant traits.  

Although a person’s personality may be consistent, their behavior often varies greatly due to a variety of psychological, sociocultural, environmental and situational causes and factors that will influence their behavior. So it is possible that under certain conditions and at certain times a person’s personality can change, even 180 degrees difference. 

3. Personality Can Change

As previously mentioned, a person’s personality may change under certain circumstances. This happens because of various circumstances and events in human life, such as birth, death, and so on. A person’s personality can change not only because of a response to various events that occur suddenly, but can also occur as part of the process towards one’s maturity gradually.

Well, that’s an explanation of personality theory in the study of psychology. Can Sinaumed’s understand it? The shape of a person’s personality is of course very many forms and types, even each individual has his own personality form. That is why if Sinaumed’s wants to learn a lot about personality theory, he needs a lot of references too. sinaumedia can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following personality theory book recommendations: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits. 

Physical Fitness Goals – “Health is Expensive”. We often hear this statement. This advice has a deep meaning.

He is a reminder that we must always maintain our health. Because if we are sick then the cost to be healthy again will be expensive. Starting from the cost of treatment, medicine, to a healthy diet.

Therefore, we as humans are encouraged to always take care of our bodies, maintain our health, and organize our lifestyle. This can be done by maintaining diet, sleep patterns, managing stress and exercising.

Body health is divided into two elements, namely physical fitness and spiritual fitness. Physical fitness can be seen from a healthy body. Meanwhile, spiritual health can be seen from a healthy soul or mentality.

This time, we will discuss about physical fitness. Sinaumed’s can listen to the presentation below to understand more about physical fitness.

Definition and Purpose of Physical Fitness

Physical fitness is the body’s ability to carry out activities without experiencing excessive fatigue.

The activities in question are activities that are carried out lightly and easily on a daily basis without feeling significant fatigue. And still have reserves of energy to carry out other activities.

The higher the level of a person’s physical fitness, the better his physical work ability will be. Vice versa, the lower the level of physical fitness of a person, the worse his ability to do physical work. Physical fitness is the key to endurance and body health.

Someone is encouraged to maintain physical fitness by doing sports or eating nutritious food. Here are some physical fitness goals.

• The first goal of physical fitness is to increase the components of flexibility, stamina and speed.
• The second purpose of physical fitness, for toddlers and children, physical fitness is important to stimulate their development and growth.
• The third goal of physical fitness is to improve the blood circulation system, heart function and nervous system.
• The fourth goal of physical fitness is to accelerate the recovery of organ function after exercise or under certain conditions. Such as parents, recovery after illness, postpartum recovery, pregnancy process, and other conditions.

Elements of Physical Fitness

Physical fitness can be seen from the following elements.

1. Strength ( Strength )

A person can be said to have a strong body condition when his body is able to carry out an activity using his muscles. Strong muscles are obtained by regular and consistent strenuous exercise.

Exercise should be done gradually. Exercise should not be done by forcing yourself because it can cause injury. For example lifting weights, planks, and so on. Some exercises that can be done to increase strength include lifting weights, squats, sit-ups, push-ups, and back-ups.

Endurance _ _

Endurance relates to stamina or the ability to perform activities over a long period of time. To get good and complex endurance, you need exercises that support improving the performance of the heart, lungs, muscle strength, and the circulatory system. For example running with a duration of approximately 30 minutes every day.

Endurance training is the opposite of strength training. Endurance can be trained by lifting weights that are not too heavy with a longer duration and frequency.

Endurance is divided into two groups as follows.

• Cardiovascular endurance is the ability of the heart and lungs to pump and distribute oxygen throughout the body. Cardiovascular endurance can be trained with soccer, long-distance running, and so on.
• Muscular endurance is the ability of the muscles to continuously carry out activities without feeling excessive fatigue. Muscle endurance can be trained by cycling, running, sit-ups, and so on.

3. Muscular Power

Muscle power or muscular power is one of the elements of physical fitness related to the ability of the muscles to carry out daily physical activities. Muscle power is also related to the anaerobic system in the process of meeting energy needs. It can be trained by performing various exercises that focus on working out the main muscles of the human body.

4. Speed ​​( Speed )

The ability to perform a movement in a short period of time is called speed. The less time it takes to do something, the better the speed it has. One of the easiest and cheapest speed exercises is running.

5. Flexibility ( Flexibility )

The level of a person’s adjustment to various kinds of work activities efficiently and effectively by extending his body properly is called flexibility. Someone with good flexibility has a higher chance of avoiding injury.

Body flexibility exercises should be done gradually. For example by doing yoga, swimming, and gymnastics. Flexibility or bending power is the maximum joint motion ability to reduce the risk of injury.

6. Agility _

The body’s ability to adjust movement from one position to another is called agility. For example from front to back or from right to left. The body can be trained by doing various kinds of physical activities, such as going up and down stairs, running in a zig-zag pattern, and so on.

7. Balance ( Balance )

Balance is a person’s ability to control his body so that movements can be carried out properly and correctly. Exercises that can improve body balance in the form of standing on one foot on tiptoe, waxing, lifting one leg back, and so on. One sport that emphasizes body balance is gymnastics.

8. Accuracy _

Accuracy is a person’s ability to regulate body movements towards a target. For example in sports archery, football, basketball, and so on. Football is an sport that requires accuracy because you have to kick the ball into the goal. While archery has a target to stick arrows right at the target.

Here are some examples of body exercises to improve body accuracy.

• Kicking the ball into the goal that is scored by someone so that accuracy will be more calculated and have a challenge.
• In basketball, by putting the ball into the opponent’s ring.
• Throwing the ball into the wall that has been marked as a target throw

9. Reaction ( Reaction )

Reaction is a person’s ability to quickly take action or respond to stimuli that have been captured by the senses. One of the sports that can be done to increase the sensitivity and accuracy of the reaction is catching the ball.

10. Coordination ( Coordination )

Coordination is a person’s ability to combine a variety of different movements and be able to coordinate all parts of the body properly. The exercises carried out are in the form of a variety of sports that support this, such as bouncing a tennis ball against the wall with the right hand, then catching it with the left hand, and vice versa.

Various Factors Affecting Physical Fitness

Launching from the anlene.com page, here are several influential factors in maintaining and improving physical fitness.

1. Age

Organ function will decrease by 0.8-1% with age. This certainly reduces the functioning capacity of the body’s organs. This can be seen from the speed of movement of the body, heart endurance, and muscle strength. Thus, the level of body fitness will decrease.

2. Rest Pattern

The body can get back in shape after resting. Rest is a way to restore the body after doing strenuous and tiring activities. Therefore, taking breaks to rest is very important to restore body fitness.

3. Diet

Food is the main source of energy to carry out daily activities. Not only that, the body also needs nutritious food intake from various types of food to meet energy or calorie sources. It also helps the formation of cells and regulators of every process that occurs in the body. Therefore, diet becomes important to get optimal physical fitness.

4. Sports Activities

Physical fitness can be improved and managed by doing various physical activities or physical sports. These sports are carried out according to their portion and purpose.

Physical activity can improve physical fitness in the form of endurance, flexibility, strength, speed, and agility. Regular exercise or physical exercise can also reduce the risk of injury when carrying out daily activities.

How to Maintain Body Fitness

Body health is the key to be able to smoothly carry out daily activities. Launching from the Manulife.co.id page, maintaining body fitness can be done in the following simple ways.

1. Regulating Sleep Patterns

In general, humans need at least 8 hours of sleep every day. Then, staying up late and replacing 8 hours of sleep during the day is it the same? Of course this is not the same and will damage the body’s cycle.

This can have a negative and serious impact on health. Someone who is sleep deprived or has a messy sleep cycle will have a higher risk of suffering from heart disease, obesity, diabetes, stroke, and hypertension.

Sinaumed’s can limit themselves to sleeping no later than 10 pm and waking up in the morning. That way, sleep patterns and body systems will return to natural, healthier patterns.

2. Walk

Exercise doesn’t have to be expensive and hard. Sinaumed’s can walk regularly for at least 15-30 minutes per day. By getting used to walking approximately 6 kilometers with a travel time of 30 minutes, it will reduce the risk of suffering from type 2 diabetes.

Regular walking can also help reduce the chances of developing pancreatic cancer, osteoporosis, heart attacks, Alzheimer’s, strokes, and so on.

3. Manage Stress

Health can be disrupted if you are experiencing stress. When stressed, the body will produce the hormones cortisol and adrenaline which trigger an increase in heart rate. Blood vessels in the legs and arms dilate, blood glucose levels rise, and breathing can become rapid, triggering a panic attack. The solution is to reduce the source of stress, for example by reducing access to social media, exercising, and meditating to stimulate the production of anti-stress hormones.

Good Food Intake for the Body

Most of us are preoccupied with daily activities. But no matter how busy we are, eating with a good pattern and composition should not be missed. Quoting from the hallosehat page, here are some ways you can do to maintain a diet so that the body is maintained physically fit.

1. Don’t Drink Too Much Coffee

When drinking coffee in the morning will make the body fresher. However, the impact of drinking coffee is to dehydrate the body. It accelerates the release of water from the body through urine.

If the activities carried out require coffee, it is enough to consume 1-2 cups every day. Then, choose black coffee with a little sugar or no sugar at all. Additional toppings or creamer should be avoided so as not to increase the number of calories.

2. Don’t Skip Breakfast

Breakfast is the most important meal of the day because the energy supply for activities throughout the day is obtained through breakfast. A healthy breakfast is also able to protect the body from the risk of various diseases, including type 2 diabetes.

The following are a variety of foods that can be consumed to complement a healthy lifestyle.

• Sources of fat in the form of avocado, coconut, and seeds.
• Sources of complex carbohydrates in the form of brown rice, cereals, and
• Sources of protein in the form of nuts, eggs, milk, seeds, and yogurt.
• Sources of high fiber in the form of chia seeds, fruit, whole grain cereals, and vegetables.

3. Drink lots of water

Everyone has different water needs depending on the body weight of each individual. However, in general, each person needs approximately eight glasses of water per day.

When the body has sufficient water intake, it will maintain the smooth functioning of the body while protecting it from dehydration. When a person’s body is dehydrated it tends to send wrong signals. It tends to send hunger signals, so many people eat a lot without realizing it.

4. Expand Natural Foods, Limit Packaged Foods

Preserved or packaged food usually has high sugar and sodium as well as preservatives and artificial coloring. Therefore, eating natural and fresh foods will keep your body healthy. Because the food ingredients are directly processed, not going through a period of preservation or other processes.

5. Eat with regular patterns and on time

The body’s metabolic rate always changes at certain times. For example at night, the body’s metabolism will slow down due to rest. Therefore, at night it is recommended to eat before it gets late.

Regular eating habits will help the body regulate cholesterol levels and reduce the risk of obesity. The key to a healthy diet is applying balanced nutrition guidelines. Consumption of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats must be in accordance with the condition of the body. It must also be supplemented with vitamins and minerals so that the body’s functions will be maintained and even increased.

Physical Fitness Benefits

Launching from the anlene.com page, here are some of the benefits that Sinaumed’s will get when maintaining physical fitness.

1. Controlling Blood Sugar Levels

Physical fitness exercises or sports can help control or reduce blood sugar levels. When exercising, sugar levels in the body will be easily absorbed by the body’s cells. Thus, blood sugar levels become more stable and can reduce the risk of developing type 2 diabetes.

2. Maintain Weight

Doing fitness exercises can help burn excess calories. So, can maintain ideal body weight. Physical fitness training will be increasingly visible when accompanied by a healthy eating pattern.

3. Reduces Stress and Depression

Physical fitness does not only have an impact on physical health, but also mental health. If you regularly do physical fitness exercises, you can reduce stress and relieve symptoms of depression.

This exercise is also able to increase and improve the quality of sleep so that it can reduce stress levels the next day. If Sinaumed’s often does sports or physical fitness exercises, he will be able to control his emotions well.

4. Reducing the Risk of Cardiovascular Disease

Physical fitness or sports training can increase the strength of the heart muscle so that blood pressure will remain stable. This is good for avoiding the risk of heart disease. Not only that, physical fitness can also increase good cholesterol levels and reduce bad cholesterol levels in the body. Thus, Sinaumed’s will have a small chance of experiencing coronary heart disease.

5. Healthy Brain Working System

Physical fitness has a good impact on brain performance. If the body is fit then the power of thought and memory will function optimally. Physical fitness exercises in general can help increase heart rate and improve the flow of blood and oxygen to body tissues, including the brain.

This process can stimulate hormone production to encourage the growth of brain cells. The risk of brain disease can be suppressed or minimized, for example Alzheimer’s.

6. Increase Energy

Physical fitness helps in increasing energy in the body. When doing physical fitness exercises, oxygen and nutrients will spread to all tissues in the body, including the cardiovascular system.

This allows the body to work effectively to supply energy. fitness training can also increase levels of the hormones norepinephrine, epinephrine, and cortisol.

Function of the Thigh Bone – The human body is composed of various elements, one of which is bone. Bones become a place for muscles to attach, protect organs, locomotion, and so on. The human body will continue to be used until the end of life. Therefore, it is necessary to treat bones properly and well.

The femur is a type of human bone that is located in the leg. It becomes part of the supporting tool for human footwork. The femur is one of the most important bones for the human body.

The following is a more detailed explanation of the function of the femur. Sinaumed’s can listen carefully to the review regarding the function of the femur below!

Definition and Function of Bones

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), bone is defined as a skeleton or part of the skeleton of a human or animal body; fish bone; objects resembling bones or skeletons.

As in Wikipedia, bone is defined as rigid body tissue and consists of cells embedded in abundant hard intercellular. Calcium phosphate and collagen are the two components that make up bones. Bones begin to form from infancy in the womb and continue until the second decade in an orderly arrangement.

Bones take over the formation of the skeleton and locomotion. It is also a protector of internal organs and a place to store minerals in the body.

In line with the two definitions above, Faweett formulates bone as a connective tissue composed of cells, substance, and fiber, its function is to protect and support the skeleton and tendons as locomotion. The physical properties of bone are very strong, slightly elastic, resistant to compression, and composed of relatively light material.

Bone is responsive enough to respond to metabolic, endocrine, and metabolic influences. With all its hardness and strength, bone is composed of dynamic living matter, periodically and constantly renewed and rearranged throughout human life.

Gartner and Hiatt define bone as vascular connective tissue consisting of grouped cells and intercellular substance. For example solid bone (compact bone), spongiosa bone, and other types of bone. Its function is to protect, support, store minerals at the ends of joints where cartilage acts as a coating to facilitate movement.

In general, bones have the following functions.

• Place of attachment of muscles;
• As a place that provides protection for special tissues such as the blood-forming system (bone marrow);
• Place of formation of blood cells;
• Regulating the level of calcium and phosphate in circulating body fluids;
• Supporting and giving shape to the body;
• passive motion apparatus;
• Covers organs and soft tissues, such as those of the skull;
• Structural support for soft tissue mechanical actions, such as muscle contraction and lung expansion.

Bone Structure

In general, bone structure is divided into two, namely macroscopic and microscopic structures. Here’s an explanation of both.

1. Macroscopic Structure

Faweett classifies bones into two categories, namely compact bone (compact substance) and spongy or celadon bone (spongiosa substance). Compact blocks look like solid solid masses with tiny spaces that can only be seen with a microscope.

A typical long bone, such as the femur or humerus, is composed of a hollow cylinder of thick-walled compact bone in the shaft (diaphysis) with a cavity in the bone marrow. The ends of long bones consist of spongy bone covered with a thin, compact bone cortex, the growing long bones are called epiphyses.

Epiphyseal cartilage and adjacent metaphyseal spongy bone constitute the growth zone in all longitudinal increments in which bone growth takes place. Bone is covered by periosteum, a special layer of connective tissue that has osteogenic or bone-forming potential. If a functional periosteum is absent, it has no osteogenic potential and is not associated with fracture recovery.

The cavity of the marrow diaphysis and the cavity in the spongy bone are lined by endosteum which also has osteogenic properties. The compact substance in the flat bones of the skull is formed on the outer and inner surfaces which are often called the outer and inner tables. The periosteum on the outer surface of the skull is called the pericranium and the inner surface is called the dura mater. The connective tissue sheaths of flat bones have an osteogenic potential not different between the periosteum and the endosteum of long bones.

2. Microscopic Structure

Microscopic structures are very small and cannot be seen with the naked eye, so a microscope is needed to see them clearly. Most microscopic structures consist of bone matrix, mineralized interstitium, which is deposited in layers or lamellae 3–7 nm thick.

The interstitial substance of bone is lenticular spaces, called lacunae, each of which resides on an osteocyte cell. Lacunae radiate outward in all directions and penetrate the lamellae of the interstitial substance and anastomose with the canaliculi. The lacunae are widely spaced but they form intact cavities which are interconnected by a network of very fine channels. These fine channels are important for the nutrition of bone cells.

Faweet classifies compact bones in three general patterns, namely: 1). Arranged concentrically around the vascular channels lengthwise, forming cylindrical units called the Haversian system or osteons. 2). The Haversian system contains pieces of lamellar bone of various sizes and irregular shapes. 3). The outer surface of the cortical bone, just below the periosteum, on the inner surface, there are a number of lamellae that run continuously around the shaft.

The microscopic appearance of the periosteum varies according to its functional state. During embryonal and postnatal growth they have an inner layer of osteoblast cells that are in direct contact with bone, after bone growth stops, osteoblasts transform into inactive bone lining cells, but they still have osteogenic potential and if the bone is injured they change 11 again become osteoblasts and participate in the formation of new bone.

Definition and Function of the Thigh Bone

The femur is one of the limbs in the anatomy of the human body. The femur has a Latin name, namely the femur. It is the longest bone in the human body.

The main function of the femur is to support the whole body. It is also the link between the human hip and knee. Its characteristics, the femur belongs to the type of tubular bone which is cylindrical in shape, contains yellow marrow, has two ends, and bulges at the ends.

Launching from id.theasianparent.com, here is the function of the femur.

1. Helping Humans Move

Bones become parts of the body that help human movement. For example the femur provides the capability for articulation and leverage for the leg.

The existence of articulations in the bones provides the possibility for humans to carry out various activities such as running, standing, walking, and so on. Not only that, the femur is also connected to the hip joint, giving the leg the possibility to move in all directions.

2. Supports the Human Body

The femur or femur is the main bone of the leg. Not only that, the femur also functions to support the weight of the body on the feet. This bone belongs to a unique class of bones because it is able to support the body when carrying heavy loads. Even up to thirty times his own body weight. Therefore, this bone is the strongest bone in the human skeleton.

3. Place of Production of Blood Blood Cells

Marrow is an element in the process of producing red blood cells. The femur has a medullary cavity which contains red bone marrow. In the medullary cavity there are stem cells that produce peacock blood cells, namely emopoietic (producing blood cells) and stromal (producing fat).

4. Being the Foundation of All Leg Bones

All leg bones are attached distal to the femur from the knee down to the lower leg. Therefore, the femur is the main bone in the leg.

Thigh Bone Parts

The femur in an adult male is usually around 48 cm long and weighs 283 grams. Quoting from the Sehatq.com page, the femur is composed of the following parts.

1. Head of the Thigh Bone

The head of the femur is located at the proximal end of the femur. The part closest to the heart. The shape resembles a ball in the hip joint. Its function in anatomy allows the foot to move in all directions.

2. Trochanters

The trochanter is located under the head of the femur. It becomes an extension of the leg or hip. The tendons connected to the gluteus minimus and gluteus medius muscles become the attachment point for the trochanter. Its function is to help run and walk.

3. Minor Trochanter

The lesser trochanter or lesser trochanter is located at the base of the femoral neck. This section allows humans to lift the forelegs because the lesser trochanter is attached to a pair of muscles. Which is beneath the gluteal tuberosity.

4. Thigh Bone Stem

The femur is also connected to the kneecap ( patella ), tibia, fibula, and lower leg bones. The distal end of the femur has a saddle that rests on the fibia. Within the body of the bone is a medullary cavity which contains bone marrow.

Then, at the end of the bone, there is an area of ​​dense compact bone. Surrounding compact bone is spongy bone, which has many small cavities scattered throughout.

Common Problems in the Thighbone

Even though the thigh bone is covered with flesh does not mean it is protected from problems or disease. He can still experience problems or injuries. The following is a summary of the problems that often arise in the femur, which are quoted from various sources on the internet.

1. Thigh Bone Fracture

Fractures are the most common thing that can impair the function of the femur. Although difficult to break, but the situation is very possible. This is caused by the parts of the femur that are very vulnerable, for example the neck of the femur. As you get older it also reduces the density of the femur.

2. Perthes

Generally, perthes is experienced by young children. This disease affects the hip joint. This type of disease is very rare. If a child has perthes, there will be a decrease in blood flow to the femur. Thus, the condition of osteonecrosis (death of cells and bone tissue) cannot be avoided.

3. Dislocated Hip

When the top of the femur is pulled away from the acetabulum (the socket where the head of the femur is attached) a dislocated hip can occur. However, hip dislocations are difficult to detect and diagnose with the naked eye.

This is caused by an incorrect estimate, dislocations are often misinterpreted as femur fractures. To find out and ensure more detailed conditions, it is recommended to carry out an x-ray examination.

4. Bursitis

Bursinitis is an inflammation that occurs in the fluid-filled cushions ( bursae ). This disease affects every joint of the body including the hips and knees.

5. Fermoral Anteversion

Anteversion fermolis is a twisting of the femur. Usually occurs in children. In most cases, this condition will improve on its own after the teenage years without the need for corrective surgery.

Tips on Caring for Bones

Bones need care from ourselves. If not ourselves then who will pay attention to our health? Body health is not only concerned with things that are visible to the eye, but also things that support the body that are not visible. One of them is bone.

Bones need to be maintained for their health because they are a support for humans as long as they live. Launching from the alodokter.com page, Sinaumed’s can apply the following things to treat bone health.

1. Don’t Skip Breakfast

Breakfast is something that is often missed by humans. Even though breakfast is important because it provides the nutrients and energy needed by the body to carry out daily activities.

Bones can be treated by consuming foods that contain lots of calcium and vitamin D. Therefore, a good breakfast menu consists of a variety of foods, one of which contains calcium and/or vitamin D.

Sinaumed’s can consume calcium sources through milk, yogurt, cheese, cereals, and soybeans. Vitamin D can be obtained from fish oil and eggs. These menus can be supplemented by consuming vegetables and fruit to maintain bone strength and health.

2. Exercise regularly

Rarely moving makes Sinaumed’s’ muscles and bones weak. Some research says that people who rarely exercise are more susceptible to bone problems, such as osteoporosis.

Exercise is useful for bones because it can maintain bone density and strength. There are several types of exercise that are good for bone density by doing weightlifting exercises, jogging, yoga, leisurely walks, and rhythmic gymnastics.

3. Taking Supplements

Sources of calcium and vitamin D intake can not only be obtained from consuming nutritious foods, but also from supplements. The supplement is recommended for women who have experienced menopause. Because, when menopause, bone tissue becomes weak.

The need for calcium intake for adults is 1,000 to 1,200 milligrams per day. Meanwhile, the need for vitamin D is 15 to 20 micrograms or approximately 600-800 IU per day.

The proper supplement dosage can be obtained by consulting a doctor.

4. Bask in the Morning Sun

Sunlight is one of the free sources of vitamin D. If Sinaumed’s lacks vitamin D, the bones will become more porous. Not as long as sunrise is the perfect time to sunbathe. The right time to sunbathe is at nine in the morning for 5 to 15 minutes. The intensity is 2 to 3 times a week.

5. Limit Consumption of Alcoholic Beverages and Not Smoking

Smoking and consuming alcoholic beverages are included in unhealthy lifestyles. It will harm the body including loss of bone density. This habit makes the body susceptible to calcium and vitamin D deficiency so that the bones will become more brittle.

Therefore, to care for bone health, Sinaumed’s is advised not to drink alcoholic beverages and not smoke.

6. Maintain Weight

Maintaining an ideal body weight is important to note because it affects bone health and strength. Several studies have stated that body weight plays a role in increasing the risk of damage, injury, and bone problems.

Therefore, Sinaumed’s is recommended to maintain body weight so that bone health will be protected and avoid health problems related to the function of the femur.

Functions of the Mouth – When talking about the human body, what we will get are dozens of interesting facts related to how complex God’s creation is. Behind the body parts that look simple and simple, it turns out to have complexities that are still being researched until now.

Nevertheless, there are times when we just “take for granted” what we have. That is, we are too used to our bodies, to the extent that sometimes we forget that our bodies work hard so that we can carry out our daily life well and without problems.

To increase Sinaumed’s’ awareness of how valuable our bodies are, this time we will learn all about the mouth. What we will learn together later is an introduction to the human mouth, the function of the mouth itself, and how to take good care of the mouth.

Human Mouth

Sinaumed’s must have known that the mouth is part of the face. Almost every living thing has a mouth that has various functions. We will discuss the function of the mouth, especially the human mouth together in the next session.

However, maybe what Sinaumed’s needs to understand is that the mouth is not the same as the lips. This is common for young children, who often think that the mouth and lips are the same thing and have the same function. In fact, the lips are actually part of the mouth.

If we discuss more specifically, the lips are the outermost layer of the mouth which is formed from thin skin. This thin skin is the cause of our red lips, because the color comes from the blood vessels in the lips. That is also the reason why our lips bleed easily when bitten or bitten.

After the lips are open, then we can see the other parts of the mouth starting from the teeth, tongue, gums, to the uvula or better known as the uvula. Each of these sections has its own function, all of which we will also discuss in separate sessions.

The mouth discussion section doesn’t end here, Sinaumed’s. The mouth is also connected to several other organs, specifically the nose and ears. Maybe some of you already know that if one of the three organs has a problem, the other organs will also have an effect.

For example, if a person is deaf, you may notice that he cannot get sounds out of his mouth smoothly. Another example, if you have a cold or the flu, you can feel a kind of mucus that is between the mouth and nose cavities.

This is because all three have channels that are connected from one another. Be it the mouth, ears and nose have their own channels that connect them with other organs. The ear is connected to the nose and mouth by the eustachian tube, while the mouth and nose are specifically connected by the nasopharynx.

The discussion above is quite simple and is intended for general readers. If any Sinaumed’s are interested in learning more about the mouth organ, you can look for other reading sources that have more detail, such as the book “Encyclomini Series on Body Miracles: A Wide Mouth” .

Functions of the Human Mouth

Earlier, we already knew the mouth in general terms, starting from the parts of the organ to the relationship between the mouth and other organs on the human face. Now, we will discuss in more detail regarding the function of the mouth based on the several parts of the mouth that we discussed earlier.

For starters, Sinaumed’s needs to understand that because the mouth has many different parts, they all have different functions from one another. To be sure, these parts play a major role in human survival.
At least, there are four functions of the mouth that Sinaumed’s can learn about in this article. Almost every function that will be described involves different parts of the mouth. Let’s look at the discussion below.

Mouth Function in Digestion

This first function of the mouth is perhaps the most widely known function of the mouth. The mouth is the first place where food and drink enter before they are finally digested by other digestive organs located in the body.

When someone is eating, they will chew using their teeth, also known as a mechanical process, to break down food so that later it is easier to process and digest by the digestive organs in the body. However, it is not only the teeth that play a role in the destruction of this food.

The tongue and gums also play a role in this digestive process. The tongue, in addition to tasting food, will also help in turning food back and forth so that the teeth can work more easily. Meanwhile, the gums play a role in producing saliva, which will help the chemical process of breaking down food.

In this case, what is meant by chemical processes here is the process of destroying food using enzymes. Saliva in the mouth has ptyalin enzymes that help break down food. Finally, food that is already in small form will be swallowed and headed to the digestive tract in the body.

Functions of the Mouth in Respiration

The second function may be a function that is quite rarely thought of, considering that the nose is the main respiratory or respiratory organ in humans. However, the mouth also has its own role in respiration, especially in removing carbon dioxide.

The respiratory system is simply breathing in oxygen from the mouth, which then passes through a number of channels before reaching the lungs, where the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide takes place. The last substance will later be excreted out of the body.

Carbon dioxide will usually be thrown back using the nose. Even so, there are times when the mouth can also be an organ that removes carbon dioxide from the body. For example, when someone is exercising, and they have difficulty constantly breathing through their nose, the mouth is used as an alternative.

The mouth can also serve as an emergency respiratory organ in some situations. For example, when the nose is blocked or experiencing nosebleeds, inevitably a person has to breathe through their mouth until their nose can be used again. Of course, this cannot be done frequently because this is not the main function of the mouth.

Mouth Function in Health

The mouth can also be used as an indicator of whether a person is healthy or not. Sinaumed’s, who has visited a doctor, may have had his mouth examined by a doctor to find out what disease you are experiencing. This is because the mouth has a number of parts that can be used as indicators of health.

Some of these parts include lips, mouth, uvula, and gums. When the doctor examines one of the parts of the mouth, he may want to determine what disease the patient has. These parts will look different in the presence of a sick person.

For example, dry lips or tongue can be evidence that a person is dehydrated. This could indicate several diseases that reduce body fluids quickly. These diseases include fever, diabetes, and even kidney failure.

Doctors who are well-versed in their fields understand that many indications of illness, whether minor or serious, can be seen from their mouths. For that, they do a mouth examination first before heading to other parts.

communicate

Finally, the function of the mouth that is definitely owned by not only humans, but also animals, is to communicate. By using the mouth, we can communicate with others. What is the secret behind the mouth’s ability to communicate?

The earliest process, of course, starts from the human brain, where someone needs to make sure in advance that they need to initiate communication with other people. After the process is passed, then we will exhale which will become sound.

Of course, the process is not as simple as described above. The breath will be formed as sound waves, which have previously been formed through the phonation process or the sound formation process. Next there will be a resonance process, in which the sound will be amplified before leaving the mouth, which occurs in the esophagus.

Using the mouth, we will carry out the pronunciation process, where we say the word we want. There is a phonation process, a resonance process, and a pronunciation process that allows us to communicate with other people.

With these four functions, it can be said that about half of human needs have been fulfilled properly. What’s more, among these four functions, there is the function of digesting and the function of breathing, something that all living things need.

The mouth is indeed one of the important organs for the human body as a whole. And the explanation above may not be enough for some of you. If that’s the case, Sinaumed’s can read the book ” Limb Series: Mouth ” as an additional reference.

How to Maintain Oral Health

The importance of the mouth makes us have to be able to maintain good health in order to avoid various diseases that can attack the mouth. Some of these diseases vary, ranging from mild categories such as swelling of the gums and canker sores, or severe categories such as mouth cancer.

The majority of these diseases can strike as a result of people with the disease being careless in maintaining their oral health. So, believe that oral care is not difficult and simple, so one should not underestimate this.

Below, there are at least four ways that Sinaumed’s can apply to take care of your mouth. We hope that after you read this method of treatment, Sinaumed’s’ awareness of caring for and caring for your mouth can increase and you will always be prevented from oral diseases.

Reduce Excess Sugar Consumption

Sugar, even though it tastes good, is actually not good if consumed in excess. The effects can affect many organs of the body, such as the heart, kidneys, brain, and mouth. Of course, none of these effects are good for the organs.

The most noticeable effect of consuming excess sugar on the mouth is the formation of tartar. Worse, teeth can become cavities if this sugar consumption is not stopped. Although this can be minimized by brushing our teeth regularly, it would be better if we also control our own sugar consumption.

Avoid Smoking

Apart from the sugar above, cigarettes also, as many people know, have a negative impact on the body. It can even be said that cigarettes have a worse effect on the human body than sugar. This is very true for the mouth, which serves to suck cigarettes for smokers.

Cigarettes can make your mouth dirty and have bad breath due to the tar and smoke contained in cigarettes. If you continue to smoke, then there is a possibility that smokers can get various types of cancer, ranging from lung cancer, tongue cancer, and of course, oral cancer.

Use Oral Health Tools

There are many kinds of oral health tools. At various drugstores or health stores, Sinaumed’s can find oral health tools such as toothpicks, dental floss, or mouthwash. All of them have good benefits for maintaining oral health.

All the tools mentioned above have the goal of cleaning the mouth. Toothpicks are useful for removing food debris stuck in the teeth, while dental floss can clean smaller food debris between the teeth. In addition, with mouthwash, Sinaumed’s can improve oral and dental health by killing the remnants of germs in the mouth.

Routine Toothbrush

The last method is the most effective way to maintain oral health. It is said to be “oral health” and not “dental health” because by brushing our teeth, we also indirectly clean our mouths of germs that might stick.

When we are brushing our teeth, we also sometimes brush areas in the mouth such as the gums. In addition, we are also encouraged to brush our tongue while brushing our teeth. The parts above, as we discussed earlier, are important parts of the mouth and we definitely have to take good care of them.

Apart from the methods above, there are many other ways to care for your mouth that Sinaumed’s can find. What is clear, how to take care of your mouth and care for your mouth above are simple ways that Sinaumed’s should be able to do without having to spend more effort.

However, if Sinaumed’s is really interested in looking for other ways to take care of your mouth, there are a number of other articles and books that you can make references to. One of the reading sources that you can try to read is the book “Dental and Oral Health What Should You Know?”

Conclusion

Thus, the end of our article which discusses the organs of the human mouth. Sinaumed’s got a lot of information about the human mouth, starting from basic information, the function of the human mouth , and how to properly care for the mouth.

Hopefully, this article can bring various kinds of benefits to you in any form. Sinaumed’s, who is still in school and wants to find out the function of the mouth, I hope you can get information that suits your needs.

Apart from that, for Sinaumed’s who are adults and may already know this information beforehand, whether it’s because of reading or studying at school, I hope this article can remind you of lessons at school, and make you appreciate the existence of your mouths more.

If Sinaumed’s is interested in finding books and other articles from sinaumedia, #SahabatUnlimits , that match your interests, please visit our site at sinaumedia.com . You made the right decision to look for interesting new reading material here, because you can get #MoreWithReading knowledge and information .

Author: M. Adrianto S.

Also read:

 

Glomerular function – Organs in the human body have their own duties and roles for human survival. Sinaumed’s must have realized that if one or two of the body’s organs were not functioning, then it was very likely that these humans would experience difficulties in carrying out their lives.

Basic information regarding the types and functions of human organs should have been learned by Sinaumed’s when he was still in elementary school (SD). Meanwhile, other in-depth and detailed information will usually be studied by school students

Senior High School (SMA) or students majoring in Biology and other similar majors.
Among the organs in this body, the one that plays a large enough role is the kidney. The existence of the kidneys helps a person in filtering blood and detoxifying the body, which basically eliminates toxins in the human body.

The kidney itself has its own structure like other organs in the body. Each structure also has its own role regarding the filtering or detoxification system. In this article, Sinaumed’s will study the function of the glomerulus, a part of the kidney.

Know the Glomerulus and Glomerulus Function

However, before we discuss the function of the glomerulus, it would be nice if we first learned about the glomerulus. This is quite important, as the glomerulus is considered the most important part of the kidney. Glomerulus that is not functioning properly can inhibit the work of the kidneys.

Then, what exactly is meant by ” glomerulus “? So, basically the glomerulus is the main filtering unit in the kidney. Glomerulus is formed by a network of small blood vessels or also known as “capillaries”.

It should be noted that in the kidney, there are hundreds of thousands to millions of glomeruli, so if we discuss glomeruli, this should also apply to other glomeruli unless there is a problem in the glomerulus. The plural form of glomerulus is also known as “glomeruli”.

The location of the glomerulus is in a closed location in a sac called Bowman’s capsule. The space within the capsule surrounding the glomeruli is known as Bowman’s space. Each glomerulus is located at the start of a nephron, which is also the smallest cell or unit within the kidney.

The blood supply that flows to the glomerulus is channeled through a group of blood vessels in the kidney called afferent arterioles. Blood then flows through a network of capillaries to be filtered, and then leaves the glomerulus via the efferent arterioles.

The results of ultrafiltration, which is basically a filtering process that occurred in the previous glomerulus, will later collect in Bowman’s space. Once collected, the results of this filter will flow directly into the proximal tubule which is in the nephron.

Basically, the glomerulus consists of three different cells, namely endothelial cells, muscle cells such as smooth muscle cells and specialized muscle cells, and epithelial cells. It is the existence of these three cells that moves the glomeruli so that they can carry out their functions properly.

It should also be noted that the glomerulus is permeable, which means that substances or fluids can penetrate its cell walls. Several types of substances such as sodium and potassium can easily penetrate the glomerular cell wall. Meanwhile, substances such as hemoglobin or albumin cannot penetrate the glomerular cell walls.

Based on the explanation above, Sinaumed’s can conclude that there are at least four glomerular functions. These four functions are to regulate kidney blood flow, regulate the rate of filtration in the cells themselves, regulate systemic blood pressure, and regulate sodium levels in the body.

Sinaumed’s can generally find lessons about the glomerulus, kidneys, and other organs in the body in class XI of senior high school. You can learn this on the internet, or through textbooks such as the book “SMK/MAK Class 11 Biology 2 Field of Health Curriculum 2013”.

Kidney illness

An explanation of the glomerulus, starting from the cells that form it, its location, to the function of the glomerulus itself, should have made Sinaumed’s aware of how important the role of the kidney is for our body. For that, we have to take care of our kidneys so they can function properly.
Unfortunately, it is undeniable that we may be exposed to diseases that we could not suspect and thought before. This disease can come to any of our organs without us knowing it. Do not rule out the disease afflict our kidneys.

It is true that the organs in the human body eventually age and cannot function as before. However, sometimes the daily activities that we do can cause disease in organs in the body such as the kidneys.

Below, there will be an explanation of kidney disease that has the potential to attack if we don’t take good care of our kidneys. Hopefully, after reading this article, Sinaumed’s’ awareness of protecting your kidneys will increase and you will always be protected from these diseases.

Kidney stones

Kidney stones are actually mineral deposits such as calcium and oxalate, as well as salt compounds that form in the kidneys. There are various reasons for the formation of kidney stones, so it is rather difficult to determine the main factor for the formation of these kidney stones.

These kidney stones have several symptoms that are commonly felt by sufferers. However, some of the symptoms that you should be aware of are severe pain in the side, back, and under the ribs. This pain can also radiate to the lower abdomen and groin, and can come with high intensity, even when urinating.

Kidney stones themselves are a disease that can be cured simply by taking medication, drinking enough water, and resting. Over time, they will be excreted in the urine. However, there are times when a person has to go to the hospital for surgery to remove kidney stones if there are more severe symptoms.

Kidney Cyst

Kidney cyst is a disease that causes round, fluid-filled sacs that form on or in the kidneys. Kidney cysts can occur with disorders that can impair kidney function. Luckily, kidney cysts rarely cause complex kidney problems.

Until now, doctors have not been able to find out clearly what causes kidney cysts. Generally, there is only one cyst that occurs on the surface of the kidney. However, there are times when an inj cyst may appear on one or both kidneys in humans.

Although it rarely causes chronic disease, it’s a good idea to see a doctor if you already feel symptoms such as pain in the back and stomach and fever. At worst, kidney cysts can cause complications such as blocking the urinary tract or the sac bursting and causing pain.

glomerulonephritis

Glomerulonephritis is the inflammation of the glomeruli that we discussed earlier. The sign, this disease affects the whole not just one glomerulus, but all glomeruli. Basically, this disease makes the fluid and waste that the glomeruli secrete from the bloodstream out of the body as urine.

Glomerulonephritis can have a variety of symptoms, because this disease can also indicate complications with other diseases. The most common symptoms found are urinating less often, muscle cramps, often feeling tired so often feeling nauseous and even vomiting.

There are several things that cause glomerulonephritis, namely bacterial infections, inflammation of blood vessels or, worst of all, due to autoimmune diseases such as lupus or Goodpasture’s syndrome. The last factor can be regarded as the most dangerous, because it can cause complications such as kidney failure and hypertension.

Kidney failure

Kidney failure occurs when the kidneys are suddenly unable to filter waste products from the blood. When the kidneys lose their ability to filter, there is a possibility that harmful toxins can accumulate there, thus throwing the chemical makeup of the blood out of balance.

Kidney failure has quite a number of symptoms that sufferers can experience. Some of the most dangerous symptoms include swelling of the feet, cold sweat, difficulty breathing, irregular heartbeat, and the potential for chronic seizures.

Kidney failure can be caused by two important factors, namely the obstruction of blood flow to the kidneys or the blockage of the urinary tract, so that dirt accumulates in the kidneys. Healthy people have a fairly high chance of recovering from kidney failure. However, for people who have experienced various illnesses, they must be prepared to spend their time in the hospital to recover.

Diseases that attack the kidneys are very dangerous for the survival of the body, which is one of the reasons why this organ in the body must be cared for and looked after properly, of course alongside other organs in the body.

Studying the kidneys as we discuss in this article can be one of the steps to prevent kidney disease. Sinaumed’s can study the kidney slowly and enjoyably by reading the book ” Human Organ Biology Series – Kidney & Bladder “.

How to Take Care of Kidneys

From earlier we have discussed how important it is to protect the kidneys so that we do not contract unwanted diseases. However, maybe there are still Sinaumed’s who don’t really understand how to take care of the kidneys properly and correctly.

Basically, what you need to do is as simple as carrying out a healthy lifestyle like taking care of other organs in the body. If Sinaumed’s has taken good care of other organs in the body, your kidneys should also be taken care of.

If Sinaumed’s wants more concrete and specific steps related to protecting the kidneys, below you can find four of the many ways to protect the kidneys. You might try to apply some of these methods first until you can be consistent.

1. Drink Enough Mineral Water

The first way is a way that can be said to be the most effective not only for protecting the kidneys, but also for protecting other organs in the body. Especially for the kidneys, there are several benefits that a person can experience if they consistently drink enough mineral water.

Mineral water is the best detoxification tool that can facilitate kidney performance. In addition, salt levels and sugar levels in the body can also be controlled with mineral water. Finally, mineral water can help people with kidney stones to remove the remnants of kidney stones from the body.

2. Reduce Sugar Consumption

Sinaumed’s needs to know that excess sugar levels in the body will make it difficult for the kidneys to filter blood and detoxify. This is because sugar cannot be used by the body, so the kidneys have to do extra work to filter blood that is heavily contaminated with sugar.

The simplest solution of this is to reduce sugar consumption. Foods or drinks that contain a lot of sugar, such as pastries, soda, candy or bottled coffee, besides being able to make the kidneys work harder, can also cause other diseases such as diabetes or cavities, so they should not be consumed regularly.

3. Control Body Fat Levels

Diseases caused by excess body fat such as obesity, diabetes and heart disease, will affect the work of the kidneys. Again, the kidneys will be made to work harder in filtering blood. This is exacerbated by other body parts that are not functioning optimally due to the influence of fat.

If possible, cutting consumption of fatty foods such as fried foods can be a good solution for Sinaumed’s in maintaining the kidneys. In addition, active exercise and outdoor activities can also reduce levels of fat in the body if done regularly.

4. Avoid Consumption of Alcohol and Drugs

Just like the first method, the last way to protect the kidneys is also very important to do. Kidney diseases can be caused because the kidneys are unable to filter out toxins in the body. These toxins are often found in cigarettes and alcoholic beverages.

Don’t let Sinaumed’s’ kidneys be damaged permanently by doing this unhealthy activity too often. There are many other activities that are more useful and also healthy and you can do to fill your free time instead of smoking or drinking alcohol.

Taking care of your kidneys is simpler than you think. Its application should not be that difficult either. Because as previously mentioned, living a healthy lifestyle can definitely protect your kidneys from unwanted diseases.

By maintaining the health of your kidneys, Sinaumed’s also indirectly maintains the health of other organs in the body. If Sinaumed’s is interested in reading other books related to body health, the book “My First Encyclopedia: Come on, Live Healthy” can be your reference.

Conclusion

With this, the article that discusses the function of the glomerulus and the kidneys as a whole ends. Sinaumed’s has studied various things about the glomerulus starting from the cells that form it, the location, and the function of the glomerulus itself.

Not only that, you also get information about the kidneys, especially regarding what diseases can attack the kidneys and how to treat them. Hopefully the explanation above can increase Sinaumed’s’ awareness of the importance of kidney organs and want to take good care of them.

We won’t get tired of reminding you, as long as Sinaumed’s always applies a healthy lifestyle in your daily life, you don’t have to worry about getting diseases in your internal organs. Remember Sinaumed’s, that pain is expensive. It is better to prevent illnesses before they come than to treat them when they arrive.

Lastly, I hope Sinaumed’s can find the information you need, whether it’s related to glomeruli or kidney organs. If you feel that the information you got is not enough, Sinaumed’s can try reading some of our recommended books above.

You can find recommended books from sinaumedia, #SahabatUnlimits , on our website, sinaumedia.com . You can also find books and various other articles according to your interests, which can certainly get you information and knowledge #MoreWithReading .

Author: M. Adrianto S.

Also read:

Functions of Mitochondria – Mitochondria are often referred to as the powerhouse of the cell. They help convert the energy we take from food into energy that cells can use. But, there’s a lot more to mitochondria than energy production going on, Sinaumed’s.

Present in almost all types of human cells, mitochondria are essential for our survival. They produce most of the adenosine triphosphate (ATP), the energy in the catabolic pathway, aka the energy currency of the cell. Mitochondria are also involved in other tasks, such as signaling between cells and cell death, also known as apoptosis.

Through this sinaumedia article, we will study the function of mitochondria, their shape, structure, how they work, and their roles in life. Last but not least, we will also know about what happens when the mitochondria, the powerhouse of the cell, stop doing their jobs properly.

Mitochondria are round to oval shaped organelles found in the cells of almost all eukaryotic organisms. This component produces the energy known as ATP for cells through a series of chemical reactions.

In 1850, for the first time Kollicker observed and isolated mitochondria from cells. This could happen because of his observations on the striated muscle tissue of insects. At that time, he found granules with a free structure, and had no direct relationship with the internal structure of the cell.

In language, the term mitochondria itself comes from a combination of two words, namely Mito and Chodrion which respectively mean thread and granular.

The number of mitochondria per cell varies widely, Sinaumed’s. For example, in humans, erythrocytes (red blood cells) do not contain any mitochondria whereas liver cells and muscle cells may contain hundreds or thousands of these components. The only known eukaryotic organism lacking mitochondria is the oxymonas species Monocercomonoides .

Mitochondria are unlike any other cellular organelle. This is because they have two different membranes, a unique genome, and reproduce by binary fission. These features suggest that mitochondria share an evolutionary past with single-celled organisms.

Mitochondrial Function

The following are the functions of mitochondria as organelles that are part of this cell. Let’s get to know each other well!

Function of Mitochondria in Energy Production

The outer mitochondrial membrane is freely permeable by particles to small molecules and contains specialized channels capable of transporting large molecules. In contrast, the inner membrane is almost impenetrable so that only very small molecules can cross into the gel-like matrix that forms the central mass of the organelle.

This matrix contains the deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) of the mitochondrial genome and the enzymes of the tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle, also known as the citric acid cycle or Krebs cycle, which metabolize nutrients into by-products that mitochondria can use for energy production.

Most of the ATP is produced in mitochondria through a series of reactions. Most of the energy production occurs in the folds or cristae of the inner membrane. Mitochondria convert the chemical energy from our food into forms of energy that cells can use. This process is called oxidative phosphorylation.

The Krebs cycle produces a chemical called NADH. NADH is the substance that enzymes embedded in cristae use to produce ATP. In the ATP molecule, chemical bonds bind energy and store it. When these chemical bonds are broken, energy can be used.

Other Mitochondrial Functions

Although the most well-known role of mitochondria is energy production, they also perform other important tasks. In fact, only about 3 percent of the genes needed to make mitochondria go into their energy production apparatus. Most are involved in other jobs that are specific to the cell type in which they are found.

Here are some other mitochondrial functions that are important for us to know.

1. Function of Mitochondria to Regulate Cell Death

Cell death which is also called apoptosis, is an essential part of life. When cells get old or damaged, they are cleaned and destroyed. It is in this case that mitochondria help decide which cells need to be destroyed.

This component releases cytochrome C which activates caspase , one of the main enzymes involved in cell destruction during apoptosis. In certain diseases such as cancer, there is a breakdown in normal apoptosis. This makes mitochondria considered to play a role in the disease.

2. Function of Mitochondria to Store calcium

Calcium is essential for a number of processes. For example, releasing calcium back into cells can initiate the release of neurotransmitters from nerve cells or hormones from endocrine cells. Calcium is also needed for muscle function, fertilization, blood clotting, and so on. Other roles of calcium in cells include regulating cell metabolism, steroid synthesis, and hormone signaling

Because calcium is considered so important, cells regulate it tightly. Mitochondria, in this case, have the role of absorbing calcium ions and holding them quickly until the time when calcium is needed.

3. Function of Mitochondria for Heat Production

When we are cold, we shiver to stay warm. However, the body can also generate heat in other ways, one of which is by using a layer of so-called brown fat.

During a process called proton leakage, mitochondria can generate heat. This is known as non-shivering thermogenesis. Brown fat is found at the highest level of 5 percent in infants, when we are more susceptible to cold. The level slowly decreases with age.

Here are some additional mitochondrial functions:

• Mitochondria have enzymes in liver cells. It works to detoxify ammonia.
• Controls various cycles in the cell.
• Building parts of hormones, such as estrogen or testosterone.
• Supervise the process of differentiation, growth, and development in cells.
• Where the processes of oxidative metabolism-cellular respiration occur.

Mitochondrial Structure

According to Sinaumed’s, what is the inside of the mitochondria, which looks oval and very small, like? Mitochondria, of course, still have several other components from the outside to the inside.

Mitochondria are small, often between 0.75 and 3 micrometers and are not visible under a microscope unless they are stained. Unlike other organelles (mini organs inside the cell), they have two membranes, an outer and an inner one. Each membrane has a different function.

Mitochondria are divided into different regions or compartments, each of which performs a different role. Some of the main regions of mitochondria include:

1. Outer membrane

As discussed earlier, small molecules can pass freely through the outer membrane. This outer covering includes proteins called porins, which form channels that allow proteins to cross. The outer membrane also houses a number of enzymes with various functions.

2. Intermembrane space

This is the area between the inner and outer membranes.

3. Inner membrane

This membrane holds proteins that serve several roles. There are no porins in the inner membrane, so this membrane is impermeable to most molecules that can only be from within special membrane transporters. Another fact, the inner membrane is where most of the ATP is made.

4. Cristae

It is an inner fold that increases the surface area of ​​the membrane thereby increasing the space available for chemical reactions.

5. Matrix

It is a space within the inner membrane that contains hundreds of enzymes, which are important in the production of ATP. Mitochondrial DNA is also stored here, Sinaumed’s.

The number of mitochondria varies depending on the type of cell. For example, mature red blood cells are completely devoid of mitochondria, while liver cells can have more than 2,000 of these organelles.

Cells with high energy requirements tend to have more mitochondria. Mitochondria take up about 40 percent of the cytoplasm in cardiac muscle cells.

Mitochondria are often described as oval-shaped organelles. However, they continue to divide (fission) and increase simultaneously (fusion). So, in fact, these organelles are linked together in an ever-changing network.

Also, in sperm cells, mitochondria rotate in the center and provide energy for tail movement.

Mitochondrial DNA

Although most of our DNA is stored in the nucleus of every cell, mitochondria have their own DNA sequence. Mitochondrial DNA aka mtDNA, interestingly, is more similar to bacterial DNA, Sinaumed’s.

Mitochondrial DNA or mtDNA stores instructions for a number of proteins and other supporting components in 37 genes.

The human genome stored in the nuclei of our cells contains about 3.3 billion base pairs, whereas mtDNA consists of less than 17,000. During reproduction, half of a child’s DNA comes from their father and half from their mother.

However, the child always receives mtDNA from the mother. For this reason, mtDNA has proven to be very useful for tracing genetic lines.

For example, mtDNA analysis has concluded that humans may have originated in Africa relatively recently, around 200,000 years ago, descended from a common ancestor known as the mitochondria of Eve.

Mitochondria and Human Evolution

Sinaumed’s, it seems that the mitochondria that we have can also trace our lineage to show traces of human evolution since our ancestors.

Maternal inheritance of mtDNA is important for research on human evolution and migration. This is because this allows the similarities inherited from generation to generation to be traced to a single ancestral line for several generations.

Research has shown that fragments of the mitochondrial genome carried by all humans living today can be traced to an ancestor of single women who lived an estimated 150,000 to 200,000 years ago.

Scientists suspect that this woman lived among other women but a process of genetic drift (fluctuations in the frequency of genes that affect the genetic constitution of a small population) caused her mtDNA to randomly replace other women as the population evolved.

Variations in mtDNA that are inherited by successive human generations have helped researchers decipher the geographical origins as well as migration chronologies of different human populations.

For example, studies of the mitochondrial genome suggest that humans who migrated from Asia to the Americas 30,000 years ago may have been stranded in Beringia for 15,000 years before arriving on the American continent.

Mitochondria and Aging

Researchers have been investigating the relationship between mitochondrial dysfunction and aging for the past few years. There are a number of theories around aging and the mitochondrial free radical theory of aging has become popular over the last few decades.

The theory is that reactive oxygen species ( ROS) are produced in mitochondria, as a by-product of energy production. These highly charged particles damage proteins, fats, and even DNA.

The damage caused by these ROS results in damage to the functional parts of the mitochondria. When mitochondria no longer function properly, more ROS are produced and exacerbate the damage further.

Although a correlation has been found between mitochondrial activity and aging, not all scientists reach the same conclusion. Their exact role in the aging process is still unknown, Sinaumed’s.

The Role of Mitochondria in Disease

Mitochondrial DNA aka mtDNA is very susceptible to mutations. Mostly because it lacks any strong and common DNA repair mechanisms. In addition, mitochondria are the main site for the production of reactive oxygen species (ROS; or simply free radicals) because of their high tendency for aberrant release of free electrons.

While several different antioxidant proteins in mitochondria seek out and neutralize these molecules, some ROS can cause damage to mtDNA.

In addition, chemicals, certain infectious agents, and alcohol abuse can also damage mtDNA. In such instances, excessive ethanol intake saturates detoxifying enzymes, and causes highly reactive electrons to leak from the inner membrane into the cytoplasm or into the mitochondrial matrix. There, they combine with other molecules to form lots of radicals!

There are many mitochondrial diseases that are inherited or acquired without heredity. Many of them present at various age ranges and vary greatly in their clinical and molecular features.

The severity ranges from a relatively mild disease affecting only one organ to a debilitating and sometimes fatal disease affecting multiple organs.

Both inherited and non-inherited mitochondrial dysfunction are involved in diseases such as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease. The accumulation of mtDNA mutations throughout an organism’s life span is thought to play an important role in aging, as well as in the development of cancer and other diseases.

Mitochondria are also a major component of apoptosis (programmed cell death) which is routinely used to rid the body of cells that are no longer useful or functioning properly. If the mitochondria are not functioning so that it inhibits cell death, then this organelle contributes to the development of cancer.

Symptoms of Mitochondria Associated Diseases

If the mitochondria are dysfunctional or there is disease, there are several symptoms that we can feel. Although the symptoms of mitochondrial disease vary widely, they may include the following signs:

• Loss of coordination and muscle weakness
• Problems with vision or hearing
• disability
• Heart, liver, or kidney disease
• Digestive problems
• Neurological problems such as dementia

Diseases that involve some degree of mitochondrial dysfunction include the following conditions:

1. Bipolar disorder
2. Schizophrenia
3. Chronic fatigue syndrome
4. Huntington’s disease
5. Diabetes
6. autism

Conclusion

Apparently, mitochondria have a very important role in life and disease in us, Sinaumed’s. Before reading this article, what did you know about mitochondria? Its function is very crucial and important in various processes that maintain the body.

This organelle also has an interesting structure, its own DNA, aka mtDNA, and plays a role in many processes that occur in our bodies. Not only that, if the mitochondria are dysfunctional, aka not working properly, we can also feel certain symptoms, or even suffer from diseases related to this dysfunction.

Interesting, isn’t it, studying mitochondrial function? For Sinaumed’s who want to find out more about mitochondria, you can get recommended books at sinaumedia ! As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

What are examples of interactions between individuals? Before discussing that, let’s get to know more about the important things in it. The important thing concerns the individual or human and an interaction.

Interaction is an activity that must be carried out by every human being. Every day, millions of people interact with other humans. How can this interaction occur? Find out the explanation and examples of interactions between individuals below.

Definition of Social Interaction

Therefore, every human being must interact with each other. Everyone must maintain good relations with each other. This is very important for the survival of fellow humans.

Since a human is born, that human has the instinct to live. They have an aura to get along with people around them. This instinct is one of the most basic human needs.

Used to meet the needs of life. Not only the basic necessities of life. However, like the need for affection, control to inclusion.

Human efforts in order to meet their needs can be realized through a process. This process is called social interaction. Social interaction can occur, if each party is aware of the presence of the other party.

Social interaction is a reciprocal relationship that occurs. This relationship can occur from individual to individual, individual to group, or group to group.

Characteristics of Social Interaction

• The number of interaction actors is more than one person.
• There is a communication between the actors.
• Communication occurs through social contact.
• Social interactions have clear aims and objectives.
• Social interaction can be carried out through a certain pattern or social system.

Social Interaction Between Individuals

Interaction between individuals is an interaction process that occurs when one individual provides a stimulus, influence or stimulus to another individual. On the contrary, when an individual is affected, he will give a response, response or a reaction.

Interactions that occur between individuals have a dynamic nature. Meaning that will be fickle. These changes will adapt to the circumstances and conditions that occur in a society.

The manifestation of the interaction between individuals has many forms. It can take the form of greeting or reprimanding each other, shaking hands, conversing and even fighting.

If the social interaction that occurs gives a reaction that tends to be positive, then the individual will lead to friendship. It can even lead to a partnership. However, if the opposite happens then this negative reaction will allow conflict or conflict between the two.

Ideal Terms of Social Interaction

• Social interaction has a clear purpose.
• Social interaction has clear needs as well as benefits.
• In social interaction, there is suitability, success, and usability according to the function in it.
• There is conformity with certain rules in a social interaction.

Examples of Inter-Individual Interaction

1. Greet each other

The first example of social interaction between individuals is greeting each other. Even though it looks short, greeting each other is an example of social interaction between individuals.

Like a schoolmate who is not in class. They met in the classroom corridor and were about to head to the cafeteria. When these two school friends greet each other, then social interaction has occurred. Although there was no continuation of the greeting.

2. Shake hands

The second example of social interaction between individuals is shaking hands. This social interaction is also often not realized by many people. Because, sometimes someone just shakes hands without saying a word.

An example is a teacher who used to wait and greet his students at the school gate in the morning. Usually the teacher just stands and greets students who come by shaking hands only.

Shaking hands in this case is done with the term “salim” or “shake”. Even though there was no chat between the teacher and students, social interaction had occurred. A student who comes to shake hands with the teacher, then the teacher responds and shakes hands with the student. It is enough to say as an example of social interaction between individuals.

3. Talking

Another example of social interaction between individuals is chatting. In this example, of course many are aware of this activity. Many people already understand that what they are doing is a social interaction.

This chatting activity is said to be social interaction because there is reciprocity among the communicators.

For example, like two brothers who are talking in the room. They talk to each other and give each other responses to their conversations. That is an example of interaction between individuals in a conversation.

4. Fight

The next example of interaction between individuals is fighting. Activities that lead to this negative direction are often not known that this is an example of interaction between individuals.

When two people fight, they are said to be having an interaction. Why is that? Because, they do reciprocity. When the first person hits, the second person responds.

The response can be a parry or dodge. It can also be in the form of counter-resistance, so that he hits the person back.

That is a brief explanation of social interaction and examples of interaction between individuals. Find things related to interactions or other things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

4 East Javanese Traditional Ceremonies You Must Know – Indonesia consists of various tribes and cultures. So that there are lots of traditional ceremonies and various traditions in the country, including in the province of East Java. Many traditional ceremonies in East Java are related to agriculture and water sources. This traditional ceremony is usually carried out as a form of gratitude to the ancestors and God Almighty. Berukur, several East Javanese traditional ceremonies that still exist today.

1. YADNYA KASADA

One of the tribes that is close to Mount Bromo, namely the Tengger tribe, has a special ritual that is routinely carried out every year. This ritual is commonly called Yadnya Kasada.

The Yadnya Kasada ceremony itself is carried out as a means of expressing gratitude. The Yadnya Kasada ceremony is carried out by making a tumpeng and bringing produce which will later be served to the summit crater of Mount Bromo on the 14th day of Kasada month according to the Javanese calendar.

In addition, it is not only the Tengger people who carry out this ritual. However, this ritual is also assisted by the government from the Bromo Tengger Semeru National Park Center.

HISTORY OF YADNYA KASADA

The history of Mount Bromo cannot be separated from the story of the couple Jaka Seger and Rara Anteng. The origin of the name of the Tengger tribe itself is also taken from the couple’s name.

Jaka Seger and Rara Anteng initially built a settlement which later they both ruled in the Tengger area. They are also often referred to as Purbowasesa Mangkurat Ing Tengger , which means “the virtuous ruler of Tengger”.

In their married life, this couple is not blessed with a single child. Therefore, Jaka Seger and Rara Anteng meditated on Sang Hyang Widhi. While they were doing their meditation, suddenly a magical voice appeared saying that their meditation would be fulfilled but with one condition, that is, if they have had children, the last child must be sacrificed to the crater of Mount Bromo.

The couple Jaka Seger and Rara Anteng agreed to these requirements, so they got 25 children. However, parental instincts still don’t have the heart to lose a child, even if only one.

Long story short, the time had come to sacrifice the last child of Jaka Seger and Rara Anteng, but the couple chose to break their promise. The god became angry and threatened to bring down calamity and calamity. Then, a disaster occurred, the sky became pitch black and the crater of Mount Bromo spewed fire.

Suddenly, Kesuma, their youngest child, disappeared from sight because of the flames and entered the Bromo crater. Simultaneously with Kesuma’s disappearance, a magical voice reappeared saying “O my dear brothers and sisters, I was sacrificed by both of our parents and Sang Hyang Widhi saved all of you. Live in peace and serenity, worship Sang Hyang Widhi. I remind you that every Kasada month, on the 14th day, give offerings to Sang Hyang Widhi in the crater of Mount Bromo.

Then, after the incident, this custom was followed from generation to generation by the people of the Tengger tribe. Apart from that, once a year a Kasada ceremony is also held in the potential of the sea of ​​sand and the crater of Mount Bromo.

THE TRADITION OF YADNYA KASADA CEREMONY

Judging from historical stories, the Yadnya Kasada ritual in Kasada month on the 14th day of the Javanese calendar is carried out with the hope that the community will avoid various kinds of disasters and distress by making offerings to Sang Hyang Widhi in the crater at the top of Mount Bromo.

This ritual is followed by people of the descendants of Rara Anteng and Jaka Seger who occupy the Tengger area in 4 district locations, namely Lumajang, Pasuruan, Probolinggo and Malang.

The offerings given to Sang Hyang Widhi at the summit crater of Mount Bromo are generally in the form of various foods, various livestock, and also agricultural products which are given voluntarily. This offering is useful to show gratitude for the sustenance that has been received by the people of the Tengger tribe.

The offerings and offerings that are floated in the crater at the top of Mount Bromo will later be contested by many people, after the people of the Tengger tribe pray for safety and blessings.

Various foods and side dishes which are part of the offerings will be placed on the crater rim, then incense sticks are stuck on it. When the offerings were thrown into the crater, many people had prepared on the slopes of the crater at the peak of Mount Bromo with tools in the form of nets used to fight over the offerings.

It is known that in the last few months of 2019, activity from Mount Bromo was considered quite active and erupted in February 2019 by releasing various volcanic materials.

However, the Yadnya Kasada ritual is still performed by the people of the Tengger tribe in the crater at the top of Mount Bromo. At that time, the status of Mount Bromo itself was still on alert level II which could make it possible for the community to carry out the ceremony.

2. KEDUK BEJI CEREMONY

The Keduk Beji Traditional Ceremony is a traditional ceremony carried out with the aim of cleaning the spring (lake) in the Tawun area, Kasreman District, Ngawi Regency. Keduk Beji comes from two words, namely Keduk and Beji. Keduk which means cleaning, while Beji is the name of the place that is cleaned.

Sendhang Beji is believed by the people of the Tawun area to be a sacred place. Sendhang Beji’s water source is used to irrigate agricultural land and to supply bathing water at the Tawun tourist spot. Beside Sendhang Beji, there is an ancestral grave from Tawun village.

According to the beliefs of the local community, Sendhang Beji has various mystical powers, so this place must be protected and sacred. Therefore, the community performs a ceremony of respect so that undesirable things such as disaster and distress do not occur.

HISTORY OF THE KEDUK BEJI CEREMONY

According to legend, in the 15th century in the Padas area (which is currently called Kasreman), Ki Ageng Metawun, a traveler who was passing through the area found a spring. Ki Ageng had two sons. The first child was named Seconegoro and the second was named Ludrojoyo. When his first child, Seconegoro, became an adult, he became a Senopati of Mataram, while his second child, Ludrojoyo, lived in the village and cared about the fate of the farmers.

The farmers feel that the water supply in their fields is lacking because the spring is in a lower place. Finally, on Thursday Kliwon, Ludrojoyo meditated by immersing himself in spring water. At midnight, suddenly the atmosphere of silence turned scary. The originally bright moonlight became obscured by thick clouds and there was a loud booming sound.

When the local people flocked to Sendhang Beji, Raden Ludrojoyo had disappeared and was not where he had meditated before. Along with this incident, sendang has also moved to a higher position than before. Then, the community did mutual cooperation to drain the water in the spring, but to no avail. They still couldn’t find Ludrojoyo.

Therefore, until now the people of Kasreman still respect this event by holding the Keduk Beji tradition.

KEDUK BEJI CEREMONY TRADITION

The Keduk Beji Traditional Ceremony lasts for five days, starting from Thursday Kliwon to Tuesday Kliwon.

On Thursday, the community will hold a tumpeng roast ceremony at the residence of a person who is the original descendant of Tawun. On Legi Friday, all the people from the four hamlets will gather together at Sarehan Sentono to hold a joint celebration.

The next day, on Saturday Pahing, there will be a Gunung Gunung event , in which the community works together to clean up the entire village environment. Then, on Sundays, the community rests and there are no activities related to Sendhang Beji.

The event was held again on Monday Wage, the community made mountains in the yard of Sendhang Beji. In addition, the community also put up janur decorations at the Sendhang Beji pavilion, and took a bath together which was attended by residents as well as the village head and started at 17.00 WIB.

Next, on Tuesday Kliwon, at 05.00 WIB the residents held a celebration event while slaughtering a goat. The peak of the event starts at 09.00 WIB, the community together cleans the village in the area around the spring. After that, just carry out the activities of cleaning Sendhang Beji which were carried out by all the residents who participated in the activity.

The rituals performed in the Sendhang Beji Traditional Ceremony are mud baths, silepan, and giving offerings. The mud bath ritual is performed by the youths, while cleaning every corner of the sendhang. At 00.00 WIB, then the diving or diving ritual is held. There will be someone chosen to perform this ritual and is usually a caretaker or descendant of village elders.

The caretaker will wear Oversized clothes, be smeared with powder, and marked with a leaf in the form of a leaf on the arm and head. Next, the caretaker will burn incense and dive for a few minutes in Sendhang Beji.

He dives while putting an offering of sticky tape water into a small jug located at the center of a water source in a cave. The meaning and philosophy of these rituals is as a form of expression of gratitude for the blessings that have been given through these springs.

3. LARUNG SEMBONYO

The Larung Sembonyo Traditional Ceremony is a traditional sea alms ceremony carried out by local people in the Prigi Beach area. Prigi Beach is located in the city of Trenggalek, East Java Province. This tradition is still carried out by the people around Prigi Beach, Trenggalek as a form of gratitude for the marine products provided by nature.

The Larung Sembonyo Traditional Ceremony has also become part of the sustainable culture known from the city of Trenggalek.

HISTORY OF THE LARUNG SEMBONYO CEREMONY

The history that is the background of the Larung Sembonyo Traditional Ceremony is the existence of a supernatural event.

This history began with the wedding ceremony of Tumenggung Yudha Negara, who came from the Mataram Kingdom. Tumenggung Yudha Negara is an envoy from the Mataram Kingdom to carry out land expansion or what is known in Javanese terms, namely babad alas .

Tumenggung Yudha Negara is believed to be a knight who has supernatural powers and is extraordinary in fighting and performing the chronicle of alas . When carrying out land expansion, Tumenggung Yudha Negara was not alone. He was assisted by his brothers.

However, the brothers from Tumenggung Yudha Negara were only given the mandate to guard and open new land in the area they visited, while Tumenggung Yudha Negara was given the mandate to continue their journey to the Prigi region.

At that time, the Prigi Beach area was known for its magical powers which were not easy to conquer. After carrying out meditation and meditation activities, finally the magical rulers of the area agreed to hand over the area to Tumenggung Yudha Negara.

However, this area was not given for free, the condition given was that Tumenggung Yudha Negara had to marry a princess named Putri Gambar Inten who was a ghost nation.

The marriage between the two worlds was held on Monday Kliwon, which is now being commemorated as the day of the Larung Sembonyo Traditional Ceremony.

THE TRADITION OF THE SEMBONYO LARUNG CEREMONY

After the supernatural event was carried out, Tumenggung Yudha Negara was able to open new land in the Prigi region. Prigi Beach can eventually be used by the community as a place to live and also as a place to make a living. Therefore, the local community feels grateful for the abundant territory and marine products by carrying out traditional ceremonies.

The traditional ceremony is called the Larung Sembonyo Traditional Ceremony which is held every Kliwon Monday in Tasik Madu Village, Prigi. Sembonyo is taken from the name of a fake bride in the form of a doll and is made using glutinous rice flour. The glutinous rice flour dough is shaped like a bride and groom and placed on a boat to be floated.

The equipment used in the Larung Sembonyo Traditional Ceremony is also equipped with offerings and offerings as in Javanese traditional wedding ceremonies. The Larung Sembonyo traditional ceremony is also often known by other names, namely Clean Sea, Sedekah Laut, and Mbucal Sembonyo .

4. FOOLS

Kebo-keboan is one of the traditional ceremonies of the Osing Tribe, Banyuwangi village, East Java province. In this ceremony, kebo-keboan or humans will be made up to resemble a buffalo. The Kebo-keboan ceremony is a form of gratitude for the Osing people for the crops they get. Besides that, this ceremony also has a function as a village clean ceremony so that the community is protected from various kinds of danger.

THE HISTORY OF THE FUCKING CEREMONY

The Kebo-keboan ritual ceremony was carried out in only two villages, namely Aliyan village and Alasmalang village. Aliyan Village is one of the villages located in Rogojampi District, while Alasmalang Village is located in Singojuruh District. The Kebo-keboan ceremony has a long history and is related to the story of Buyut Karti. Great-grandfather Karti is a figure who lived in the 18th century AD. At that time, there was a threat of an epidemic that was difficult to cure. Until one day, Buyut Karti admitted that he had a dream or an inspiration to hold a village cleaning ceremony. In the wangsit, all participants participating in the ceremony must dress up to resemble a buffalo.

Later, the use of buffaloes meant that these animals were “friends” of the farmers in cultivating the fields. Great-grandfather Karti then conveyed the inspiration he received to the surrounding community. After it was agreed, Buyut Karti and several farmers then dressed up to resemble a buffalo and this later became a tradition that is being carried out to this day.

THE TRADITION OF THE FUCKING CEREMONY

As previously stated, the Kebo-keboan traditional ceremony was carried out in two villages, namely Aliyan village and Alasmalang village. In general, the implementation of the ceremony is the same, but there are still some differences between the two villages. In Alasmalang Village, the kebo-keboan ceremony is not only a traditional ceremony but also an attraction for tourists. Meanwhile in Aliyan village, the kebo-keboan ceremony is relatively more sacred, has strong customary rules, and is carried out in a more structured manner.

1. Implementation in Alasmalang Village

The kebo-keboan ceremony in Alasmalang village is generally carried out in three stages.

The first stage, in the form of salvation using twelve tumpeng along with side dishes, sengkolo jenang, and seven servings of suro jenang. The cone is then eaten together along the village road. Besides that, village elders also perform rituals in various places that are considered sacred, such as Watu Laso, Watu Gajah, and Watu Tumpeng.

The second stage, namely parading thirty people who have been dressed like buffalo to surround the four corners of the village led by traditional leaders. Behind the procession of buffalo people, there is a carriage used by Dewi Sri. Dewi Sri is the symbol of the goddess of rice and fertility.

The third and final stage is the planting of rice seeds by buffalo humans in the fields.

2. Implementation in Aliyan Village

The implementation of the kebo-keboan ceremony in Aliyan village is carried out in five stages.

1. The first stage or preparatory stage, namely the installation of colorful banners along the village road.
2. The second stage, namely making puddles whose location has been adjusted to the route of the buffalo human procession. The puddle is a symbol of the rice nursery which will later produce rice grains.
3. The third stage, namely the manufacture of gunungan from agricultural products. This gunungan is made from various agricultural products such as fruits which are a symbol of prosperity.
4. The fourth stage, namely ider bumi, is to paraded the buffalo people all over the village.
5. The fifth stage is the closing stage which is called ngurit . Ngurit is a figure who plays the role of Dewi Sri giving rice seeds to traditional leaders. By the customary leader, the seeds will later be given to the farmers to be planted.

Also read:

• East Java Traditional Clothing: Types, Uniqueness, and Explanations
• East Java Traditional House: From Philosophy to the Functions of Each Room
• Get to know Javanese Market Days and the Origins of the Calendar
• Get to know more about 6 tribes on the island of Java
• 5 Examples of the Most Popular Javanese Proverbs Accompanied by Meanings

Theory of the Origin of the Indonesian Nation’s Ancestors – Indonesia is a large nation with various ethnicities, races, religions and territories. That is why it is natural that the Indonesian nation also has many cultures. Including natural wealth, intellectual property, and ancestral wealth. From the breadth and size of this nation, has Sinaumed’s ever thought about how the theory of the origins of Indonesian ancestors existed? 

As a generation, we certainly need to know the history of this theory of the origins of Indonesian ancestors so that we can learn many things about the development of the lifestyle of our nation’s ancestors. We may be more popular with the history of our nation, starting from Dutch colonialism until finally the history of the independence of the State of Indonesia. 

In fact, long before occupying that historical period, we also have a history of how we ended up having various tribes and cultures in several regions. Starting from Sabang to Merauke, they have a long history until they finally became part of the Indonesian ethnic group. 

There are several theories of the origin of Indonesian ancestors which are popular among experts, both experts or experts from within the country or from abroad. The following are theories about the origins of Indonesian ancestors that Sinaumed’s needs to know: 

Theory of Origin of Indonesian Ancestors

There are four main theories that Sinaumed’s needs to know about the origins of the Indonesian nation’s ancestors, as follows: 

1. Greek theory

The ancestors of the Indonesian people had an excellent marine culture, namely as the inventor of the original outrigger boat model which was the hallmark of Indonesian ships at that time. The Austronesian people who were still included in the archipelago area then settled and were finally called Indonesian Malays. 

These people are the direct ancestors of the Indonesian nation today. Experts who agree with this theory include JR Logon, RH Geldern, JHC Kern, and JR Foster. The main basis for Yunan’s theory is the discovery of old axes in the Indonesian archipelago which have the same characteristics as old axes in the Southeast Asian region. 

This discovery indicates a process of human migration in the Southeast Asian region to the islands in the Indonesian Archipelago. The existence of human migration is due to the pressure factor of a stronger nation. Based on these events, the Greek theory postulates that there were three waves of arrival, namely Proto-Malay, Deutro-Malay, and Melanesian. 

The thing that underlies Yunan’s next theory is the discovery of similarities in the language used by people in the archipelago with the language in Cambodia, namely Polynesian Malay. This phenomenon indicates that the Cambodian people came from Yunan by way of going down the Mekong River. 

The flow of migration or movement is then continued when some of them continue the movement to the archipelago in the archipelago. So the similarity of the Malay language with the Cham language in Cambodia indicates a connection with the Greek plains. 

The Yunan theory is also supported by a domestic expert named Moh. Ali who stated that the theory of the origins of Indonesian ancestors was that humans came from Yunnan. This is based on allegations of displacement or migration of people in the Mongol area to the south due to pressure from other nations, especially nations that are stronger or more powerful. 

The three waves of displacement or migration in Greek theory are explained in more detail as follows:   

a. Proto Malay

Proto Malays or Old Malays are Austronesian people who came from Asia who first arrived in the archipelago around 1500 BC. The Proto Malays entered the archipelago with two routes, namely the western route through Malaysia-Sumatra and the eastern route through the Philippines – Sulawesi. 

The Proto-Malays had a culture that was higher than the previous ancient humans. The culture was new stone or it is also called the Neolithic Age, where the stones were refined. Based on Van Heekeren’s research in Kalumpang or North Sumatra, there has been a combination of the square and oval ax traditions. 

This tradition was brought by Autranesian people who came from the north or through the Philippines and Sulawesi. Sinaumed’s needs to know that the original descendants of the Proto Malay people are the Dayak and Toraja tribes who are part of the Indonesian ethnic group.  

b. Deutero Malays

The Deutero Malays or Young Malays then succeeded in pushing and eventually assimilating with their predecessor nation, namely the proto Malays. This happened in the period around 400-300 S, namely the second wave of Indonesian ancestors came to the archipelago. 

This young Malay nation entered the archipelago with the western route by taking the route from Yunnan, more precisely the Gulf of Tonkin, Vietnam, the Malaysian peninsula, and finally arrived in the archipelago. This nation already had a more advanced culture than its predecessor nation (Proto Malay) because it was able to produce goods from bronze and iron. 

For example funnel axes, serpatu axes, and forms of drums. Apart from metal culture, this nation has also begun to develop a megalithic culture. For example, making menhirs or stone monuments, and terraced terraces. The descendants of the Deutro Malays or Young Malays are Javanese, Malays and Bugis who belong to the Indonesian ethnic group. 

c. Melanesoid 

The Melanesoid nation also began to appear around the Papua region at the end of the ice age 70,000 BC.

d. Primitive Nation

Prior to the arrival of Malay national groups (Proto Malay and Deutro Malay) in the archipelago, actually there were already groups of people who had already lived in this region. This group belongs to a primitive nation with a culture that is still very simple. The following is a detailed explanation of primitive peoples in the archipelago: 

Pleistocene (Ancient) Man

Early humans at that time always lived a nomadic life, aka moving from place to place with very limited abilities. Likewise with the culture they have so that their style of life cannot be followed again. Except for a few aspects, such as the technology which is still very simple or also known as paleolithic technology. 

Wedoid Tribe

The remnants of the Wedoid tribe still exist today, namely the Sakai tribe in Siak and the Kubu tribe on the border of Jambi and Palembang. This tribal group survives by collecting forest products and has a simple culture. That is why it is difficult for the Wedoid tribe to adapt to modern society. 

Negroids

In Indonesia, the remains of the Negroid tribe are no longer found. But there are still in the interior of Malaysia and the Philippines from the descendants of this Negroid tribe. The tribes included in this tribe are the Semang tribe in Peninsular Malaysia and the Negrito tribe in the Philippines. 

2. Archipelago Theory

The main basis of the Nusantara theory is based on the Malay nation which is a nation with a high civilization. This assumption is based on the hypothesis that the Malay people have gone through a process of previous cultural development in their region. So in conclusion, the original Malays in the archipelago eventually grew and developed on their own without moving to the region. 

The Nusantara theory is also supported by the discovery that there is a coincidence between the Malay language and the Cambodian language. Then the discovery of Homo Soloensis and Homo Wajakensis on the island of Java is a sign that the descendants of the Malay people have competence from Java. 

Based on language differences, this happened because the languages ​​of the Austronesian peoples experienced development in this area of ​​the Archipelago with languages ​​that had developed in the Central Asian region, namely Indo-European languages.  

3. Out Of Africa Theory

Brands then migrated from Africa to Australia, which is already close to the Archipelago. This theory then reveals that African peoples migrated or made moves towards West Asia around 50,000-70,000 years ago. Around that year the earth was entering the end of the glacial age, when sea levels became shallower because the water was still in the form of glaciers. 

At that time it was possible for humans to cross the ocean using only simple boats. Migration of African peoples to Asia then split into several groups. There are groups who live temporarily in parts of the Middle East or Southwest Asia, and there are other groups who migrate along the coast of the Arabian Peninsula to India, East Asia, Australia, including Indonesia. 

This phenomenon is strengthened by the discovery of male fossils in the Lake Mungo region. In addition, there are two routes that are thought to be the areas taken by the Africans at that time, namely the route to the Nile Valley. The area crosses the Sinai Peninsula then northwards through the Arabian Levant and the route which also passes through the Red Sea.   

4. Out Of Taiwan Theory

The main basis of the first Out Of Taiwan theory is the absence of the same genetic pattern between the chromosomes of Indonesian humans and Chinese humans. Still based on this theory, the language used and developed in the archipelago is a language that belongs to the Austranesian language family. 

This language of the Austronesian family was used by the ancestors of the Indonesian people, especially those who settled on Formosa Island. So in terms of language it is clear that the people of the archipelago adopted the Autranesian culture and developed it to become the Indonesian nation it is today.  

Well, that’s an explanation of the theory of the origins of Indonesian ancestors. Is there a theory that Sinaumed’s believes is the theory of the origin of our nation? The assumption of the theory is of course based on data, evidence, and a lot of research. This indicates that to study history we need a lot of references in order to find pieces of the answer. 

If Sinaumed’s is interested in learning history about the theory of the origins of Indonesian ancestors or the history of other nations, then you can visit the sinaumedia collection at www.sinaumedia.com . Sinaumed’s can also find book references for history lessons at school, starting from elementary school, junior high school, high school, vocational school and equivalent, to books with a broader perspective.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books about the history of the Indonesian nation that Sinaumed’s can read: Happy Learning. #Friends Without Limits. 

BOOK RECOMMENDATIONS ON “THEORIES OF THE ORIGIN OF INDONESIAN ANCIENTS AND THE HISTORY OF INDONESIA”

History of Mankind by Hendrik Van Loon was first published in 1921, and then received the John Newberry award in 1922. This book has been updated to the social media era by Robert Sullivan who is a history writer. That is why this book is the most complete human history book in terms of timeline, besides that it is also simple and fun to read for all people and ages even though it has a strong historical smell with descriptions and stories.

If Sinaumed’s had ever seen a photo of bare-chested Balinese girls in the pre-independence era, we might have thought “Could it be possible that Ken Dedes, the Queen Singhasari from a Hindu-styled kingdom, was also shirtless, even in front of her people?”

Furthermore, many questions will arise, such as whether the occurrence of the rebellion that had been proclaimed by Prince Diponegoro to trigger the Java War was a pretext for crowning himself free from the throne of the Mataram kingdom? Is it true that the Tambora eruption swept away the Islamic sultanate-style civilization until it left no trace at all? 

Is it true that the roots of Bung Karno’s thoughts are the theosophical teachings of the Masonic Order which he received from his father? “The Hidden History of the Archipelago” is a book that contains historical fragments that have been found, either because they were deliberately hidden or hidden (no research has revealed this). 

This book is then divided into four periods, namely the Hindu-Buddhist period, the Islamic period, the Colonial period, and the Post-Independence period of Indonesia. In essence, there is no ultimate truth, but the ultimate truth only exists in the sky. Likewise with historical truth because basically, history is discontinuous, as Foucault said.

 

Just imagine that the money used by the people of Medan is different from that used by the people of Surabaya? What if that happens in many areas in Indonesia? History records that this difference has occurred in Indonesia, namely when the circulation of the Republic of Indonesia’s Oeang was disrupted. At that time, the government issued regional money that was temporarily valid, which was then referred to as the Regional Republic of Indonesia Oeang. 

ORIDA: Oeang Republik Indonesia Daerah 1947–1949 is a book that not only serves as a reference for numismatics activists, but also frames Indonesia’s historical heritage. By presenting the story behind each regional currency, photographs and explanations, this book manages to portray how the Republic tried to maintain its sovereignty in the early days of independence. 

This book will clearly become an important foothold and guide for every nation’s child to understand Indonesian history through a collection of currencies circulating at the time.

 

 

36 Types of Medical Profession in Indonesia – What types of medical profession exist in Indonesia? Not only general practitioners, of course we already know more or less about the types of medical professions that exist. Then, what kind of medical profession is there? This article will discuss the 36 kinds of medical professions that exist. Check out the explanation below!

Definition of Doctor

Doctors are people who are experts in the field of health. However, the doctor’s understanding is not limited to that. A doctor is a person who has the proper license and authority to perform services in the health sector.

Specifically assigned to examine and treat diseases that are carried out according to law, in health services as part of their profession. In general, the medical profession requires education and people who are considered experts in the medical field. The doctor will be the first point of contact for a patient.

It aims to solve all health problems that are being faced. Regardless of age group, organology, type of disease, plenary, ethnicity, race, as a whole, gender, continuously, as early and as possible, in coordination and collaboration with another health professional.

By using the principle of effective and efficient service. As well as upholding responsibility in specialization, ethics, morals, professionalism, and law.

Understanding Doctors According to Experts

1. KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary)

According to KBBI, a doctor is a graduate of medical education who is an expert in disease and treatment.

2. Muhammad Mulyohadi Ali (2006)

According to Ali et al, a doctor is someone who has the potential to cure a sick patient. So that doctors can be regarded as one of the components in service providers in the health sector. Where health services are often the goal of patients who come from various clinics, independent practice of doctors, and hospitals.

3. Hariyani Safitri (2005)

Hariyani Safitri argues regarding the definition of a doctor. A doctor is a person who has expertise in the medical field. In this doctor’s position, a doctor is a person who is considered an expert in the field of medicine.

4. Endang Kusuma Astuti (2009)

According to Astuti, a doctor is a person who has the proper authority and permission to perform a health service. Especially to examine and treat various diseases. Of course this is done based on the law in the service of the health sector.

Seeing from several definitions of doctors from a number of experts, it can be concluded that the medical profession is someone who works in the field of health workers. They will be the first place for patients to solve health problems.

This is done by a doctor regardless of anything. Good age group, type of disease, gender, and so forth. By using efficient and effective principles, and upholding responsibility in ethics and morals, law, and professional responsibility. The services provided are limited to basic competencies from the field of medicine obtained during medical education.

Medical Professional Ethics

This keeps the quality and quality of the medical profession maintained in an honorable way. It can be said that medical professional ethics means a set of behaviors or attitudes of doctors in maintaining their relationship with patients, society, colleagues, work partners, and family.

Physician Obligations in Health Services

1. Providing medical services, in accordance with standards in the profession and standards in operational procedures. The doctor must also look at the patient’s medical needs.
2. Refer the patient to a doctor or other doctor who has better abilities or expertise, if he is unable to carry out a treatment or examination.
3. Keeps all the secrets he knows about the patient. Even after the patient died.
4. Perform emergency aid based on humanity. Unless he believes there will be someone else on duty and capable of doing so.
5. Increase knowledge, and keep abreast of developments in the field of medical science.

The Doctor’s Role

1. Providing health services or  care providers , who are responsible for the social, physical and mental needs of a patient. Day doctors ensure that a patient can receive curative, promotive, rehabilitative services in an integrated manner and according to their high standards, as well as preventively.
2. Decision making or  decision maker . A doctor must be able to make the best decisions with ethical treatment, as well as the costs required.
3. Good communicator or  communicator . Doctors must be able to communicate well with patients, the community, the surrounding environment, and families. Doctors must be able to provide persuasion and education to improve the health of their patients.
4. Community leaders or  community leaders . A doctor will act as a community leader. And will provide direction and input related to improving the health quality of the community.
5. Management manager or  manager . Doctors have adequate management capacity in providing quality health services.

Kinds of Medical Profession

1. Pediatrician (Sp. A)

Doctors who specialize in treating pediatric patients are known as  pediatrics . About the age of patients who enter the child group is from 0 years to 18 years. Pediatricians will make a doctor more focused on dealing with various types of disorders or health problems that occur in a child’s body.

In the midst of the process of treating a patient, this pediatrician will also work closely with other doctors. Especially doctors who have expertise in problems or disorders in the child’s patient’s body.

2. Cardiologist and Blood Vessel Specialist (Sp.JP)

Cardiologists are doctors who must and specifically treat various types of heart disease, and disorders that occur in blood vessels. This cardiologist is urgently needed regarding his presence. Given the high number of people with heart disease and blood vessels in Indonesia.

This heart and blood vessel specialist has several duties. Such as making a diagnosis, giving patients treatment, to helping patients with heart and blood vessel disorders.

3. Internal medicine specialist (Sp.PD)

Not only cardiologists, internal medicine specialists are also well-known in Indonesian society. This internal medicine specialist can also be referred to as  an internist . Intern doctors   have a duty to diagnose and treat patients who have various internal medicine disorders.

Examples of diseases handled by specialists in this are kidney disorders, diabetes, respiratory disorders, and hypertension.

4. Obstetrician and Gynecologist (Sp.OG)

This doctor is often famous among women. Obstetricians and gynecologists have expertise in the field of pregnancy. Such as reproductive health and the birth process.

However, it’s not only pregnant women who have to visit this obstetrician. However, other patients such as patients who have reproductive problems can also visit this obstetrician.

5. Surgeon Specialist (Sp.B)

Surgeons are one of the medical professions that are needed in the medical world. Surgeons have competence in all types of fields related to surgical procedures.

This surgeon is synonymous with activities in the operating room. However, under certain conditions, surgery also requires other specialist doctors. Such as oncology surgeons, who specialize in surgery on cancerous tissue.

6. Ophthalmologist (Sp.M)

An ophthalmologist will be responsible for dealing with health problems related to the organs in the eye. There are various types of eye problems that can occur. Starting from impaired vision, old eyes which are the result of aging, to irritation.

The ophthalmologist will do his job by diagnosing. Then provide consultation on related conditions. After that, the doctor will take certain actions.

7. Pulmonary Specialist (Sp.P)

Pulmonary specialists have responsibilities in the field of treating patients with lung disease. Health workers in this field have a scope of expertise regarding lung organs. Like the possibility of interference that will attack the lungs.

And will find a solution how to overcome it. The pulmonologist has the right to diagnose and provide treatment. As well as taking action if needed by the patient.

8. Skin and Gender Specialist Doctor (Sp.KK)

The presence of a skin and venereal doctor is apparently also needed by the community. Skin and genital specialists will treat problems related to skin and genital problems. Both men and women.

Some disorders that can be consulted with a dermatologist include yeast infections, skin cancer, skin allergies, and other problems related to skin and genital health.

9. Mental Health Specialist Doctor (Sp.KJ)

Doctors who specialize in mental health are known as psychiatrists. Psychiatrists will provide treatment to patients who experience various types of psychiatric and emotional disorders. Some examples of psychiatric conditions that need to be consulted with this specialist are autism, schizophrenia, OCD, depression, and bipolar.

10. Oral Surgeon (Sp.BM)

Oral surgeons actually fall into the category of dentists. Apart from performing oral surgery, there are several specialties that dentists can pursue. Starting from conservation of teeth, orthodontics, prosthodontics to children’s dental problems.

This oral surgeon requires his doctors to master cases of conditions that exist in the mouth and teeth. If you need surgery.

11. Ear Nose Throat Specialist-Head Neck Surgeon

This ENT specialist is known as  an otolaryngologist . ENT doctors have a range of duties from diagnosing patients to treating ear infections, inflammation and tumors.

12. Neurologist or Neurologist (Sp.S)

A neurologist is also called a neurologist. This neurologist will carry out examinations, to treat patients who have disorders of the nervous system.

Several types of diseases that this specialist can treat are seizures, strokes, muscle disorders and so on.

Kinds of Other Medical Professions

13. Anesthesiologist (Sp.An)

14. Andrologist (Sp.And)

15. Cardiovascular Thoracic Surgeon (Sp.BTKV)

16. Plastic Surgeon (Sp.BP)

17. Medical Emergency Specialist (Sp.EM)

18. Forensic Medicine Specialist Doctor (Sp.F)

19. Clinical Pharmacology Specialist Doctor (Sp.FK)

20. Dental Conservation Specialist (Sp.KG)

21. Pediatric Dentistry Specialist (Sp.KGA)

22. Nuclear Medicine Specialist Doctor (Sp.KN)

23. Sports Medicine Specialist Doctor (Sp.KO)

24. Clinical Microbiology Specialist Doctor (Sp.MK)

25. Orthodontic Specialist Doctor (Sp.Ort)

26. Occupational Medicine Specialist Doctor (Sp.Ok)

27. Radiation Oncology Specialist Doctor (Sp.Onk.Rad)

28. Orthopedic and Traumatological Surgeon (Sp.OT)

29. Periodontist (gum tissue and supporting teeth) (dentist) (Sp.Perio)

30. Anatomical Pathology Specialist (Sp.PA)

31. Clinical Pathology Specialist Doctor (Sp.PK)

32. Oral Disease Specialist (Sp.PM)

33. Doctor who specializes in prosthodontics (making prostheses or dentures) (dentist) (Sp.Pros)

34. Radiology Specialist Doctor (Sp.Rad)

35. Medical Rehabilitation Specialist Doctor (Sp.RM)

36. Urology Specialist Doctor (Sp.U)

That is a complete explanation of the types of medical profession that exist. Find other things about health and professions at  www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• Most Popular Types of Jobs in Indonesia Complete
• Termination of Employment and Sample Letter
• Job Prospects for the Department of Tourism and Hospitality
• What is Content Creator? Job Prospects and How to Become a Content Creator
• Job Prospects for Graduates of Communication Studies
• 7 Job Prospects of Agrotechnology Majors, Promising Majors in Agricultural Countries

Names of Traditional Weapons from All Provinces in Indonesia – As a country with an archipelagic shape, various regions of Indonesia are spread over 34 provinces. With a relatively large number of provinces, almost every region in Indonesia has its own unique culture, for example, the names of different traditional weapons.

Different names of traditional weapons owned by each province are different. Because the cultural background and history of each region has its own characteristics.

Traditional weapons used by various regions in Indonesia have the function of protecting oneself, attacking enemies or fighting, facing a challenge, and so on.

With the existence of traditional weapons, you as the nation’s successor need to learn the names of traditional weapons from each province in Indonesia in order to introduce Indonesia’s cultural heritage to future generations.

Each province develops weapons and their manufacturing techniques are passed down from generation to generation. Each province may have more than one name for traditional weapons, depending on the needs of the local community.

In this discussion, traditional weapons will be discussed one by one in various provinces of Indonesia.

A. Names of Traditional Weapons in Each Region

Here are various names of traditional weapons in each region, including:

1. The name of the traditional Rencong weapon from Aceh

Rencong is the name of a traditional weapon originating from the province of Aceh. This weapon has a shape similar to the letter L and is similar to a dagger. The hilt of this traditional weapon is in the form of Arabic letters and is taken from the equivalent of the word bismillah.

The word bismillah itself is a symbol that shows the characteristics of the people of Aceh who strongly adhere to the glory of Islamic teachings. The Rencong weapon was used by the time of Sultan Ali Mughayat Syah when he ruled the kingdom of Aceh in 1514-1528.

2. The name of the Hujur Traditional Weapon from North Sumatra

The name of a traditional weapon from North Sumatra is called the hujur weapon. This weapon is a spear found by the Batak tribe. These traditional weapons are made of metal and are used for war and hunting.

The shape of the hujur weapon is similar to a flat leaf and has a length of about 25 cm and a width of about 55 cm. The stalk of this hujur weapon is made of wood with a length of about 2 meters.

3. The name of the Jenawi Sword Traditional Weapon from Riau

The Jenawi sword is the most popular traditional weapon in Riau province. The Jenawi sword was used by the commanders during the royal war.

In ancient times, only powerful, respected, and intelligent people could own this sword. This Jenawi sword is similar to the katana sword used in Japan.

4. The name of the Traditional Weapon of Badik Crushed Pepper from the Riau Archipelago

The pepper-mashed badik weapon is one of the traditional keris-like weapons in the Riau Islands. This weapon is used for slicing, stabbing, and attacking when in short rare battles.

Based on the custom of the Riau Islands, if the pepper-mashed badik weapon has been pulled from the scabbard, then something must be stabbed, for example objects or animals. Traditional weapons range from 27 to 29 cm in length.

The width of the blade itself ranges from 3.5 to 4 cm. At the base of the back of the sheath, there is a translucent carving which has a flat round shape.

5. The name of the Karih traditional weapon from West Sumatra

The name of the traditional weapon comes from West Sumatra named Karih. Karih weapons are generally worn by men and placed in front of the waist. Karih is one of the stabbing or sharp weapons used as a means of self-defense.

6. The name of the traditional arrowhead spear from Jambi

The name of this next traditional weapon comes from Jambi, it is called the spear of the eye or commonly known as the Kuju weapon. This weapon was designed in the Sungai Full area and until finally it was still being produced. This arrowhead spear includes the eye, manau coating iron butts.

The size of the handle of this weapon ranges from 20 cm. The color of the stalk is yellow and the head is black. The material for making eyes is selected iron which is burned to a certain degree of heat.

This stalk is made of bamboo. Generally, the timbak is bathed twice a year for treatment and covered with incense.

7. The name of the traditional Kerambit weapon from Bengkulu

The next name of the weapon from Bengkulu is the kerambit weapon. This weapon has a specific shape and usage. The kerambit weapon has a curved shape and can only be used by people who are good at martial arts.

This karambit is made to order by a skilled blacksmith. The main ingredient in the manufacture of this traditional weapon is iron containing only steel. The length is 12 cm along with a base width of about 2 cm. Meanwhile the upstream has a length of 8 cm. Skeleton measures 13 cm.

8. The name of the Siwar Traditional Weapon from South Sumatra

This traditional weapon called siwar comes from the province of southern Sumatra. This weapon is also known as badik. The difference lies in the back of the badik’s eye. Badik is generally referred to as straight back siwar.

Siwar is included in the weapon library and now it is no longer being produced in general. Quite a number of heirs and community leaders who can make this weapon.

9. The name of the traditional machete weapon from the Bangka Belitung islands

The Parang weapon is a traditional weapon of the people from the Bangka Belitung Islands. This weapon is used as a means of fighting at short range.

The tip of this machete weapon is designed to be wide and heavy to increase the weight so that the target can be cut quickly. The medium-sized machete is used for felling trees because the tip is bigger and heavier.

10. The name of the Payan Traditional Weapon or Spear from Lampung

The spear based on the Lampung language is called payan. According to the shape, spears are categorized into short spears and long spears.

The long spear is a spear that has a wooden handle measuring more than 150 cm. Meanwhile, the short spear is a spear whose hilt has a size of no more than 90 cm.

The two spears have spearheads measuring 34 to 40 cm. Spears are classified into four classifications, namely heirlooms, ceremonial tools, hunting tools and religious objects.

11. The name of the Mandau Traditional Weapon from West Kalimantan

Mandau is a traditional weapon that is almost similar to the traditional weapon Jeni machete originating from the culture of the Dayak tribe in Kalimantan. The traditional mandau weapon is carried by the owner wherever he goes because it functions for one’s honor and identity.

In ancient times, the saber was considered to have magical powers. So that it is only used for certain events, such as wars, ceremonies, and traditional dance equipment. This part of the mandau includes the blade, sheath, and handle.

12. Traditional Weapon Names of Chopsticks from East Kalimantan

Traditional weapons from East Kalimantan are not much different from traditional weapons from West Kalimantan. This Mandau is used by the Dayak tribe in East Kalimantan. There is also a traditional weapon called chopsticks.

Chopstick weapons are generally used for war or hunting and traditional ceremonies as well as traditional Dayak wedding ceremonies. The way to use this traditional weapon is simply by blowing it. Based on the beliefs of the Dayak tribe, chopsticks cannot be used to kill others.

This traditional chopstick weapon has a length of 1.9 to 2.1 m. Meanwhile, the diameter of this weapon is 2 to 3 with a hole in the middle with a hole diameter of 1 cm. The hole serves to enter the child dumpit.

13. The name of the traditional weapon of the Keris Bujak Beliung from South Kalimantan

The bujak beliung keris is a traditional weapon from South Kalimantan which has a length of up to 30 cm. The distinctive feature of this weapon lies in the distinctive Kalimantan carving motifs because it has its own philosophy in it.

14. The name of the Dohong Traditional Weapon from Central Kalimantan

The dohong weapon is a traditional weapon from the Dayak community in Kalimantan. This weapon is similar in shape to a dagger, but bigger and sharper. Hulu dohong itself is made of horns. While the scabbard is made of wood. Traditional weapons are only used by tribal chiefs.

15. The name of the traditional weapon, the machete from Banten

The ciomas machete is a traditional weapon from Banten, or to be precise, from the Ciomas area. This machete weapon is very famous because of the sharpness of the weapon and the mystique contained in this machete weapon. In ancient times, this weapon was used as a weapon to repel invaders.

Ciomas machete weapons are only made during the birth month of the Prophet Muhammad and need to go through a series of rituals and special iron placement. This traditional weapon is popular because of the balance of shape, sharpness and smoothness of forging.

16. The name of the Machete from DKI Jakarta

This Golok weapon is a traditional weapon from the people from DKI Jakarta. In the past, Betawi people only used this machete to decorate their waist, both when they were inside or outside the house to protect themselves from attacks by criminals.

For the Betawi people, the existence of this machete weapon is enough to have an impact on West Javanese culture. The difference between the two can be seen from the model shape and the name. The Betawi people are divided into 4 categories, namely the betok machete, the tipped machete, the gobang machete, and the badik-badik.

17. Name of Kujang weapon from West Java

This traditional cleaver weapon comes from West Java. This weapon has a unique shape with a bulge at the base, jagged on the sides, and curved edges.

Kujang weapons have a length of 20 to 30 cm with a width of 5 cm. In the eyes there are as many as 1 to 5 holes. This weapon weighs approximately 300 grams.

18. The name of the Keris Weapon from Central Java

Keris is a traditional weapon that you can find in Central Java. Keris weapons have various forms, such as curved blades and straight blades.

The procedure for using this keris weapon varies in each region. As in the Java region, this weapon is placed on the back of the waist, but will be placed on the front during war.

19. Name of Keris Weapon from Yogyakarta

This traditional weapon from Yogyakarta is called a keris. Keris weapon is a kind of sharp weapon made using metal. The parts of this yogyakarta keris consist of blades, carvings, and sheaths.

20. The name of the sickle weapon from East Java

The sickle weapon is a traditional weapon from the Madurese people in East Java. This weapon has a curved blade shape.

Previously, celurit was just a sickle that was often used by farmers to mow grass in the fields or as a tool for making fences. After that, the sickle turned into a self-defense tool used by the people when facing enemies.

The shape of this weapon is curved like a crescent moon. This weapon is made of iron or steel. The sickle blade is attached to the hilt. While the handle is made of wood.

21. Name of Keris Weapon from Bali

Balinese people use traditional keris weapons to defend themselves and represent someone to attend a wedding. Not only that, they also have a belief that a keris can heal someone from a venomous animal bite by immersing the line in water.

The carvings of this Balinese keris are very varied. There are kerises that have the shape of statues, dancers, and so on. The handle of this keris is made using wood, but there are also keris that are quite large and long.

22. The name of the sundu weapon from East Nusa Tenggara

The weapon is a traditional weapon originating from East Nusa Tenggara which is similar to the traditional weapon keris. The people of East Nusa Tenggara regard this weapon as a sacred object.

This weapon has a straight shape. The handle or handle is similar to the shape of a bird’s wing. Meanwhile, the sundu sarong has a circular horizontal motif.

23. Name of Sampari weapon from West Nusa Tenggara

The sampari weapon is a kind of keris originating from West Nusa Tenggara. Precisely this traditional weapon is a typical weapon from the eastern island of Sumbawa.

24. Name of Weapon Wamilo from Gorontalo

The wamilo weapon is a traditional weapon from Gorontalo which has a shape similar to a machete. The difference lies in the upstream end which is slightly curved downwards.

25. Name of Badik weapon from West Sulawesi

Badik weapons are traditional weapons originating from the provinces of West Sulawesi and South Sulawesi. This weapon is used by Malay people with a shape similar to a knife but has a deep curve at the end.

26. Name of Weapon Pasatimpo from Central Sulawesi

The Pasatimpo weapon is a traditional weapon that is similar in type to a machete. This weapon has a length of approximately 40 cm and is made using brass or copper.

27. The name of the Peda weapon from North Sulawesi

Peda weapon is a traditional weapon originating from North Sulawesi province. This weapon belongs to the type of machete weapon. Usually used for farming. This weapon has a short shape with a size of 50 cm and is made using iron.

28. The Name of the Spear Weapon from Southeast Sulawesi

The javelin is a traditional weapon originating from the province of Southeast Sulawesi. This weapon is usually used for hunting, war, and traditional ceremonies from generation to generation.

29. Name of Badik Weapon from South Sulawesi

The Badik weapon is a traditional weapon originating from the Malay, Makassar, Bugis, and also Mandar regions in West Sulawesi and South Sulawesi with its short size.

This weapon has the shape of a dagger. Badik weapons are made using materials such as steel, prestige, and iron. With a blade length ranging from 20 cm to 30 cm.

30. The name of my Salawaku Machete is from North Maluku

The Salawaku Parang Weapon is a traditional weapon originating from the Maluku region. This weapon has a shape like a machete and shield.

This traditional weapon has a length of 90 to 100 cm. It is also made of special iron. Meanwhile, the head of the machete is made of iron wood or commonly known as gapusa wood.

Meanwhile, the shield is decorated using motifs that symbolize courage. With the material in the form of wood which is quite hard. This weapon is usually used for war or hunting purposes.

31. The Name of the Maluku Spear Weapon

The spear weapon is a traditional weapon originating from the Maluku region. This weapon is generally used to catch fish. The spear consists of a stick used as a handle and a sharp spearhead.

The head of the spear or the eye of the spear is made using materials such as steel or iron. The tip of the spear which has a straight shape, sharp on both sides and sharp at the end.

32. Name of Dagger Weapon from Papua

Daggers are traditional weapons originating from the Papua region. This weapon is made using a cassowary bird’s leg bone. The upper part of the dagger is decorated with cassowary feathers. This weapon is usually used for war and hunting.

33. Names of Arrows and Bows from West Papua

Just like weapons from Papua, daggers are also used for traditional weapons in West Papua. Not only that, there are also traditional weapons in the form of bows and arrows.

This bow weapon is made using materials from bamboo and wood. While the bowstring is made using rattan. The arrows are made using bamboo, wood, or bone.

That is the name of traditional weapons in Indonesia. Hopefully the above information can provide knowledge about traditional weapons. So that you can pass it on to your children and grandchildren later.

Book & Article Recommendations Related to Traditional Weapon Names

What is a Non-Ministerial Government Institution? How is it different from government agencies in general? To answer these questions, see the full explanation below!

Definition of Non-Ministerial Government Institutions

Government affairs consist of various complicated and complex matters. To run a competent standard of government, the State of Indonesia has an institution. The institution is a non-ministerial government agency.

Before becoming a Non-Ministerial Government Institution, this institution was called a Non-Departmental Government Institution or LPND. These changes are listed in Presidential Regulation no. 145, 2015 regarding the Eighth Amendment of Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001. Concerning Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure and Working Procedures of Non-Ministry Government Institutions.

Non-ministerial government agencies or commonly abbreviated as LPNK are institutions created by the government. This institution was formed to carry out certain government tasks. The specific task is given by the president.

However, these duties remain in accordance with the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations. Non-ministerial government agencies are responsible for and are under the president directly. Heads of non-ministerial government agencies will report directly to the president. This responsibility begins through ministerial-level officials who coordinate it.

Position of Non-Ministerial Government Institutions

The position of non-ministerial government institutions is basically the same as the ministry. This LPNK is under and directly responsible to the president. In carrying out its duties, LPNK will carry out certain governmental tasks directly from the president. However, this is still in accordance with the provisions and regulations of the applicable law.

Functions of Non-Ministerial Government Institutions

Reporting from  the Central Government Institutional Organizing Model , in general the functions of non-ministerial government agencies are as follows:

1. Has a function to carry out support functions to institutions or ministries in the field of government.
2. Has a function to carry out support functions to institutions or ministries in the field of certain government substances.
3. Has a function to carry out public regulatory functions and service functions.
4. Must focus on the duties and functions of research and assessment.

Coordinator of Non-Ministerial Government Institutions

To carry out their duties, every non-ministerial government institution will be coordinated. The coordination will be carried out by each minister. The following is a list of several ministers who coordinate non-ministerial government agencies:

1. The Minister of Defense coordinates with the National Crypto Agency.
2. The Minister of Health coordinates with BPOM and BKKBN.
3. The Minister of Education and Culture coordinates with the National Library of Indonesia or the National Library of Indonesia.
4. The Minister of State Apparatus Empowerment and Bureaucratic Reform coordinated with BKN, ANRI, LAN, and BPKP.
5. The Minister of Research and Technology coordinated with Bapeten, BSN, Batan, Lapan, BPPT and LIPI.

Legal Basis for Non-Ministerial Government Institutions

The following is the legal basis or regulations on which non-ministerial government institutions operate. Are as follows:

1. Presidential Decree No. 103, Year 2001

Regarding Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Departmental Government Institutions.

2. Presidential Decree No. 3, 2002

Regarding Amendments to Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001 concerning Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Departmental Government Institutions.

3. Presidential Decree No. 46, 2002

Regarding Amendments to Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001 concerning Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Departmental Government Institutions as Amended from Presidential Decree No. 3, 2002.

4. Presidential Decree No. 30, 2003

Regarding Amendments to Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001 concerning the Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Departmental Government Institutions As Amended Several Times Lastly from Presidential Decree No. 46, 2002.

5. Presidential Decree No. 9, 2004

Regarding Amendments to Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001 concerning the Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Departmental Government Institutions As Amended Several Times Lastly from Presidential Decree No. 30, 2003.

6. Presidential Regulation no. 64, 2005

Regarding the Sixth Amendment to Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001 concerning Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Departmental Government Institutions.

7. Presidential Regulation No. 145, 2015

Regarding the Eighth Amendment to Presidential Decree No. 103, 2001 concerning Position, Duties, Functions, Authorities, Organizational Structure, and Working Procedures of Non-Ministry Government Institutions.

Non-Ministerial Government Institutions in Indonesia

The following is a list of non-ministerial government agencies in Indonesia:

1. National Archives of the Republic of Indonesia (ANRI)

2. Geospatial Information Agency (BIG)

3. State Intelligence Agency (BIN)

4. State Civil Service Agency (BKN)

5. National Population and Family Planning Agency (BKKBN)

6. Investment Coordinating Board (BKPM)

7. National Coordinating Agency for Surveys and Mapping (Bakosurtanal)

8. Meteorology, Climatology and Geophysics Agency (BMKG)

9. National Narcotics Agency (BNN)

10. National Disaster Management Agency (BNPB)

11. National Agency for Combating Terrorism (BNPT)

12. National Agency for Placement and Protection of Indonesian Migrant Workers (BNP2TKI)

13. Food and Drug Supervisory Agency (BPOM)

14. Nuclear Energy Monitoring Agency (Bapeten)

15. Financial and Development Supervisory Agency (BPKP)

16. Environmental Impact Management Agency (Bapedal)

17. Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology (BPPT)

18. National Development Planning Agency (Bappenas)

19. National Land Agency (BPN)

20. Central Bureau of Statistics (BPS)

21. National SAR Agency (Basarnas)

22. National Standardization Body (BSN)

23. National Nuclear Energy Agency (BATAN)

24. Logistics Affairs Agency (Bulog)

25. State Administration Agency (LAN)

26. Indonesian Institute of Sciences (LIPI)

27. National Defense Institute (Lemhannas)

28. National Institute of Aeronautics and Space (LAPAN)

29. National Crypto Agency (Lemsaneg)

30. National Library of the Republic of Indonesia (Perpusnas)

31. Government Goods/Services Procurement Policy Institute (LKPP).

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• 15 Definition of Public Policy According to Experts
• Power Theory: Definition, Legitimacy, and Sources of Power
• What is the Purpose of ASEAN Formation? Accompanied by Benefits and Obstacles
• Indonesia’s National Development Goals and Development
• Understanding the Politics of Fighting Sheep in Indonesia

Farewell Words for Friends – Separation is indeed unavoidable in the journey of life. It’s okay because everyone in this world must have felt a separation, be it to parents, spouse, friends, to friends.

Sinaumed’s must have known that a breakup, must be very sad. However, Sinaumed’s should not be sad for too long to remember the breakup. There are many ways you can do to reduce the burden on your heart when you are remembering a breakup.

One of them is to express what is in your heart to someone who is parting ways with you, for example a friend. In expressing this heart’s content, Sinaumed’s can send various sad words of farewell to friends.

Separation from friends can occur for various reasons, for example because of each other’s dreams, personal problems, family problems, to God’s destiny.

It seems like a trivial thing, but it turns out that sending farewell words to friends can be useful too, you know …. Namely so that the sadness that Sinaumed’s feels can be channeled properly and your best friend can know that Sinaumed’s has lost a lot because of the separation that occurred.

So, what are the words of farewell that can be conveyed to friends so that they know that Sinaumed’s really feels the loss of the separation? Let’s look at some of the following quotes !

• “A friend is someone who knows all about you and still loves you..” – Elbert Hubbard
• “May I hate goodbyes? Because after a separation, there is always a longing that is difficult to calm down…” – Ronikomaraa
• “When we first met, we always fought. Then after being together always need. And finally, after long and needing each other, separated by each other’s dreams. Friend.” – Mr
• “Thank you for being one of the best things I have. I feel lucky and happy about it…” – ax
• “A true friend is someone who thinks you are a good egg even though he knows that you are slightly cracked…” – Bernard Meltzer
• “The older we get, the more people we meet. The more people we know, the more people who claim to be our friends. However, the less people we know, if they are really friends…”
• “In the future, hopefully we can still meet face to face and talk. It’s not about loyalty or betrayal, but about a longing as a friend who has long been separated by God’s destiny…” – opage
• “Friendship is not about who you’ve known the longest. It’s about who walked into your life, said “I’m here for you” and proved it…”
• “Sustenance is not only about money. Getting friends who are always there, and always reminding which things are good and which things are bad is also a fortune…” – Said Itsna

• “If you have a friend who always helps you in obedience to Allah, then hold on to him tightly and don’t ever let him go. Because finding good friends is difficult. But letting go is very easy…” – Imam Al Shafi’i
• “How lucky am I to have something that makes saying goodbye so hard” – Winnie The Pooh
• “It wasn’t much good having exciting like floods if you couldn’t share them with somebody…” – Winnie The Pooh
• “I hope we’re friends until we die. And then I hope we stay ghost friends and walk through the walls and scare the shit out of people”
• “I’m connected with you, no matter where you are…”
• “Some people go to find, some go to lose. Some people leave because of meetings, some people leave because of loss. In the end, those who disappear will be found, and every encounter will result in loss…” – Fiersa Besari
• “A strong friendship doesn’t need daily conversations; it doesn’t always need togetherness. As long as the friendship lives in the heart, true friends will never part.”
• “We parted ways but promised not to forget each other, without us realizing that memories are lost with a parting…” – Putricorn
• “Dear besties. No matter how many friends I have, no matter how much I talk to them and spend time with them, always remember that no one can replace you. You were, are and will always be irreplaceable. You will always have a special place in my heart.”
• “True friends are never apart, maybe in distance but never in heart..”
• “Everyone has a friend during each stage of life. But only lucky ones have the same friend in all stages of life…”
• “We are strangers, even though we promised to remain friends. We were once as close as a pulse, but now we are as far as the sun. I miss…” – 1205
• “A good friend is like a four-leaf clover, hard to find and lucky to have..” – Irish Proverb
• “Good friends are like stars. You don’t always see them, but you know they’re always there…”

• “…and if you call me at 4 am, it’s too sad to even say hello, I will listen to your silence until you fall asleep…”
• “I used to think that friends were the people you could laugh and talk to. Now I know that friends aren’t that, they’re the people who touch your heart. They’re the people you can share your secrets with, cry with, laugh with, and just have fun with. They don’t judge you or make you change. They accept you exactly as you are…” – Life Learned Feelings
• “Hey friends, friends, friends, or whatever it is. He said, that friend is someone close to us? True, friends are people who are around us and are always there for us no matter what. Thank you for agreeing to be friends with me, someone who might not even be considered a friend…”
• “That sad moment when you can feel that you and your best friend are slowly drifting apart…”
• “The most beautiful discovery true friends make is that they can grow separately without growing apart…”
• “Happiness is meeting an old friend after a long time and feeling that nothing has changed…”
• “A simple friend thinks the friendship is over when you have an argument. A real friend knows that it’s not a friendship until after you’ve had a fight…”
• “We shouldn’t let negativity break us down. We shouldn’t let negativity become the main vibe that we have now… ” Mark Lee

So, those are some farewell words that can express the contents of the heart to a friend. Of course, Sinaumed’s can make these words a status on social media accounts or even send them directly to friends. Show them that Sinaumed’s loves his friends very much and is sad about the separation that has occurred. Apart from that, these words can also be used to show that Sinaumed’s really loves his friends and appreciates every moment spent together.

Other Books & Quotes

1. Books

• Quotes Book
• English Dictionary book
• Poetry Book
• Arabic Dictionary book
• Jack Ma Biography book
• Jokowi’s book

2. Quotes and Other Words of Wisdom

• Friendship Quotes
• Islamic Words of Wisdom
• Gokil Funny Words
• 179 Words of Romantic Love
• Words of Wisdom About the Struggle
• 115 Cool Words
• Sad Words of Love
• Words of Wisdom For Children

Examples of Religious Norms – Sinaumed’s must have known that Indonesia is a country that prioritizes religion. Moreover, in the foundation of our country, namely Pancasila, especially in the first precepts, very much in the name of God and religion for each individual. Therefore, it is only natural that the existence of religious norms in this country is used as a rule for members of society, especially in carrying out daily life.

The existence of this religious norm will still be related to other living norms, starting from decency, decency, to law. In religious norms, generally will contain orders and prohibitions that come from God Almighty. Then, what are examples of religious norms that we can apply in our daily lives? How do religious norms need to be taught to children from an early age so that they can grow into religious communities?

31 Examples of Religious Norms in Everyday Life

You need to know , Sinaumed’s , that the existence of religious norms in everyday life actually has to be applied in any environment. Starting from the school environment, work environment, community environment, to even the family environment. Moreover, it is not uncommon for us to often encounter a nuclear family where each family member adheres to a different religion. This of course requires mutual respect when carrying out religious norms.

So, here are some examples of religious norms that can be practiced in our surroundings.

In the Family Environment

1. Do not have sexual relations or commit adultery with family members.
2. Appreciate the worship process carried out by other family members.
3. Keep reading a short prayer every time you want to carry out activities, be it sleeping, eating, traveling, going to the bathroom, and so on.
4. Continue to carry out mandatory worship on the sidelines of carrying out daily activities.
5. Say hello to other family members.
6. Do not insult and issue harsh words to other family members.
7. Not slandering other family members for the sake of inheritance.
8. Not defrauding other family members for wealth.

In the School Environment

1. Do not ridicule the religion and beliefs held by friends.
2. As much as possible, avoid jokes related to differences in belief and religion.
3. Invite friends to carry out their worship.
4. Don’t take anything that belongs to a friend.
5. Prevent friends from doing things that have been forbidden by religion.
6. Still appreciate and respect the teacher even though he doesn’t teach in our class.
7. Do not consume liquor or alcohol.

In the workplace

1. Not insulting and denouncing the religious attributes of co-workers.
2. Be honest with colleagues if you have something to talk about.
3. Do not have intercourse or commit adultery with co-workers, especially if they are not their legal partner.
4. Do not commit malfeasance.
5. Continue to carry out mandatory worship on the sidelines of office activities.
6. Do not slander colleagues for the sake of satisfaction.

In the Neighborhood

1. Do not make racist comments about other religions in social media posts.
2. Not making fun of other religions using memes.
3. Keep respecting the procession of worship of other religions.
4. Do not invite others to consume liquor or alcohol.
5. Don’t do gambling.
6. Always respect your parents, even if they are not your biological parents.
7. Do not slander others.
8. Don’t kill others for profit.
9. Don’t cheat others for money.
10. No need to feel jealous and jealous of the success of others.

 

Get to Know What Religious Norms Are

If you look at KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), the term “norm” will have the meaning of ‘rules and provisions that bind citizens as a group in society’ . That is, the existence of norms, be it religious norms, norms of decency, norms of decency, so that legal norms are in an unwritten form but have taken root in the life of Indonesian society so that they can control the behavior of members of the community. Since the Indonesian nation is a nation that always prioritizes decency and religious values, the existence of this norm has existed since the time of our ancestors and will continue to be taught to their children and grandchildren in the future.

Then, if there is a question about “What is a religious norm?”, how do you answer it? Basically, religious norms are rules of life that come from God Almighty, so they are usually written in the holy books of each religion. Since Indonesia has recognized the existence of six religions for its people, religious norms will still depend on the religion one adheres to. Well, here is the description:

• For Muslims, religious norms originate from the Al-Quran and the hadith of the Prophet Muhammad SAW.
• For Catholic Christians and Protestant Christians, religious norms originate from the Bible.
• For Hindus, religious norms originate from the Vedic scriptures.
• For Buddhists, religious norms originate from the Tripitaka scriptures.
• For followers of the Confucian religion, religious norms originate from the Si Shu and Wu Jing scriptures.

Almost the same as the norms of decency or decency that exist in society, if these religious norms are violated by members of the community, they will still receive sanctions. Sanctions obtained by perpetrators of violating religious norms can also be in the form of social sanctions, namely by being ostracized by society. In the application of religious norms, the highest authority for imposing sanctions is in the hands of God Almighty. Therefore, sanctions for violating religious norms will be related to acts of worship to God, not to society.

However, even though the sanctions for these violations are in the hands of God, this does not mean that people will remain silent. As previously mentioned, people who are proven to have violated religious norms will receive social sanctions from society, namely by being ostracized by their surroundings. In fact, not only himself was ostracized, but also other family members. People tend to give the perception that violators of these norms have weak faith, especially if the violation occurs in a religiously devout environment.

It is true that the “true” sanction for violating religious norms can only be obtained at the Last Day or the Last Days. But still, in this world the violators of these religious norms still get sanctions which are felt by themselves. These sanctions are for example:

• There is a feeling of misgivings.
• Life becomes unsettled and will constantly be haunted by feelings of innocence.
• No longer trusted by others.
• Ostracized by society, even to other relatives.

The existence of these religious norms actually functions the same as other norms in life, namely in the form of:

• As a regulator of behavior, people’s attitudes are in accordance with the values ​​that apply and are mutually agreed upon, especially in God’s commands and prohibitions.
• Creating order and justice in the community environment, so that every member of the community who lives in that environment will feel comfortable and safe.
• As a basis for giving sanctions, consequences for members of society who violate the rules that exist in the norms.
• As a deterrent, so that there are no conflicts of interest between members of the community with one another.
• As a guide, guideline or handbook that can be used by the community to live a comfortable and safe life in the environment where they live.

How is the Implementation of Religious Norm Values ​​in Early Childhood?

It’s the same as formal learning in schools which must be taught as well as possible to children so that when they grow up they can apply it, as well as the values ​​that exist in religious norms. Yep, the values ​​of these religious norms must actually be taught to children from an early age so that later they become adults, they can get used to implementing them in everyday life. The learning process regarding the values ​​of religious norms is not only carried out in places of worship, but also in the family environment!

Generally, everyone wants their children to grow as well as possible and understand the basis of religion, the value of decency and other character education. Well, the purpose of developing religious norms in children is so that they are able to lay the foundations of faith with a pattern of piety to Him and the beauty of morality. Meanwhile, there are other objectives regarding the development of religious values ​​and religious norms for early childhood, namely in the form of:

• To develop a sense of faith and love for God Almighty.
• Familiarize children to worship God.
• Make it a habit so that his behavior and attitude are indeed based on the values ​​of the religion he adheres to.
• Helping children grow to become individuals who believe and fear God.

This form of teaching regarding religious norms can be developed using learning strategies, which are usually carried out by teachers at school. However, that doesn’t mean that the family environment just hands off, because if the habit of worship at school is not carried out in the home environment, then it will be in vain. So, if you follow the learning strategies for implementing the values ​​of religious norms in early childhood, they are as follows:

• Routine Activities

Namely in the form of activities that are carried out on a scheduled and routine basis. For example: praying before carrying out any activity, carrying out religious services together, to maintaining personal hygiene and health.

• Spontaneous Activities

Namely in the form of activities carried out on an unscheduled basis and in special events. For example: greeting older people, throwing trash in its place, queuing when they want to buy something, dealing with fights that occur between friends, and so on.

• Exemplary Activities

Namely in the form of activities carried out in everyday life. For example: praying before doing any activity, dressing neatly, speaking good language, helping friends, praising the goodness or success of others, being patient, and many more.

The implementation of the values ​​of these religious norms can indeed be taught in the school and family environment using methods that attract the attention of children. Why does teaching religious norms require a variety of methods? So that children are interested in learning religious norms and values ​​that will make an impression on their minds until they become adults. Several methods that can be used for learning the values ​​of the norms are as follows:

a) Playing Method

We all know that children really like playing activities. So, therefore, this play method can be used as a tool to develop and teach religious values ​​to children.

b) Demonstration Method

This method can be done by explaining and practicing it directly about what activities are included in religious norms. For example: teaching worship on time, praying before eating, being honest, and others.

c) Storytelling Method

This method can be done by telling stories that are interesting and worthy of being imitated by children. The story that is conveyed, of course, may be in the form of a fable in general. Then it is also told about why we must set an example in accordance with God’s commandments.

The Existence of Religious Norms in Legislation in Indonesia

Does Sinaumed’s realize that in the life of the nation in Indonesia, the existence of religious norms is always associated with the process of forming laws and regulations? Not only religious norms, but also decency norms, decency norms, and legal norms. But in this description will discuss these religious norms.

Real evidence of the existence of religious norms in Indonesian laws and regulations can be seen in the basis of the state, namely Pancasila, especially in the first precepts. This first precept explains that every citizen is obliged to acknowledge the existence of God. In fact, this principle has also been emphasized in the Preamble to the 1945 Constitution which reads ” By the grace of Allah the Almighty “. Therefore, the Indonesian state also gives freedom to each of its citizens to carry out and practice religious norms according to what they have embraced. It also means that all citizens have the right to carry out and practice religious norms with the principle of mutual respect and respect among fellow citizens and adherents of religions.

The existence of the first precept of Pancasila also confirms other things, namely that Indonesia as a Pancasila state is a religious country that does not allow the attitude of rejecting the existence of God or being anti-religious. The principle of freedom of religion is also contained in the 1945 Constitution Article 29 paragraphs 1 and 2 which reads:

(1) Everyone is free to embrace their own religion and to worship according to their religion and beliefs. (2) The state guarantees the freedom of everyone to embrace their own religion and to worship according to their religion and beliefs.

Not only that, Article 28E also provides for every citizen to be free and practice religion, as well as the freedom to express or express thoughts, opinions or attitudes.

From these things it can be concluded that the formation of laws and regulations in Indonesia will actually look at the prevailing religious norms. These religious norms are not only limited to Islam, but also five other religions. Apart from that, Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution are actually the foundation in building and accommodating the values ​​of religious, cultural, political and economic diversity. Even though Indonesia is not a religious state, Pancasila, which has been used as the ideology of this country, has acknowledged the existence of religious norms. Especially if you look at the first precepts in Pancasila which are clearly related to religious norms.

So, that’s a review of what are examples of religious norms and how the existence of religious norms in the process of forming legislation in Indonesia. Has Sinaumed’s properly implemented religious norms in its surroundings?

Examples of Fact Sentences – In the midst of easy access to information, it is not without gaps. It is like two blades. One side gives benefits and one side gives bad. The easier it is to share and access information, the more false information or rumors or hoaxes will circulate.

Hoaxes can spread massively and quickly. It targets everyone. It doesn’t matter if it’s a teenager or an adult. If this is not handled wisely, it will make people consume more and more false information.

In order to understand more about hoax sentences. Sinaumed’s can listen to the following explanation regarding examples of fact sentences that have been summarized from various sources on the internet.

Fact Sentence Concept

Sentences that we encounter in news articles or other writings can be seen from the side of the language regarding the validity of the information. If examined, sentences can be divided into fact and opinion sentences. A proficient reader can usually feel or distinguish between opinion sentences and fact sentences.

Facts in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) mean things (circumstances, events) which are reality; something that really exists or happens. Facts do not mean things that only exist in the head, fiction, or things that have no basis.

From the above understanding, it can be concluded that a fact sentence is an arrangement of language that is real or actually occurs without any opinion, opinion, or author’s perspective regarding an event or phenomenon that is the subject of discussion in the sentence.

Sentences of fact do not mix with the opinion of the author. It is written based on real events without adding or subtracting information. The information here can be used as the main idea in a sentence.

Opinion sentences can be recognized by the opinions, responses, and thoughts of the author of the events that occurred. Opinion sentences are influenced by subjective personal elements. The characteristics of opinion sentences usually contain the words maybe, very, could be, impossible which refer to one’s subjectivity.

In the fact sentence itself there is a conclusion that contains facts, opinions, and supporting responses regarding an event. The conclusion becomes the final opinion of the information. Sinaumed’s will find complementary collaborations between fact sentences and opinion sentences in an editorial text.

In it, fact sentences and opinion sentences are arranged in such a way that they complement each other. The text contains evidence, facts, and logical reasons so that the reader or listener can understand the issue or problem well.

Features of Fact Sentences

The main characteristic of a fact sentence is having accurate data and several other characteristics. Launching from the dream.co.id page, the following are the characteristics of fact sentences.

1. Have Accurate Data

Fact sentences must have accurate data. In every fact sentence regarding an event there is data. The data here can be in the form of dates, statistical numbers, time of events, and other things that have been verified.

2. Be objective

Being objective is interpreted as a statement in a sentence of facts that is general in nature and has been acknowledged for its truth. The truth is recognized by various parties, especially official bodies or institutions.

3. It Really Happened

Fact sentences must be written according to the conditions that occur in them. “Really happened” can be interpreted as an event that happened seen by other people or eyewitnesses. Only hearing reports from parties who have authority is also included in the characteristics of “actually happened”.

Summarizing from the katadata.co.id page, in simple terms, fact sentences can be identified by the following characteristics.

• Facts can be proven true.
• Contains accurate data, for example the date, place and time of the incident.
• Facts from trusted sources.
• Its objective nature means what it is and is not contrived.
• These sentences are added with adverbs and data to describe events.
• Sentences answer the 5W+1H questions, namely what, who, where, when, how much, and how.
• The answer is certain.
• Events turned out to be true.
• Information extracted in accordance with the facts in the field.
• Sentences of facts based on findings and using quotations to strengthen the author’s argument.

Types of Fact Sentences

Summarizing from the dream.co.id page, fact sentences are grouped into the following types.

1. Data Sentences

Sentence data usually contains data about an event. The existence of data in the sentence will support that the sentence contains facts. Therefore, the data is valid, comes from a clear source. and really can be proven true.

Sinaumed’s can find data sentences in news texts both in online media, newspapers, magazines, and other forms of text reporting. Data sentences in news texts are important because they involve the nature of news, namely conveying true information.

The following is an example of a data sentence.

“First, Malaysia is an oil exporter (Net Exporter) while Indonesia is a Net Importer. Second, the population of Malaysia is 32 million. This is far less than the total population of Indonesia which reaches 260 million people.” (News source Merdeka.com )

2. Sentence Statement or Confession

The next type of fact sentence is a statement or acknowledgment sentence. It is concerned with providing evidence or legitimacy regarding a certain event that actually occurred. Even a person’s response can be used as a sentence of fact if given as a response.

For example a statement from an expert, researcher, doctor, teacher, and so on. Usually they will be asked to provide feedback on an event that occurred.

Sinaumed’s can better understand statements or confessions from the following examples.

“Pieter Lydian, Country Director Meta in Indonesia stated another important finding in this study is that Indonesian digital consumers utilize many integrated channels such as video and business messaging in their buying process.” (News source Merdeka.com )

3. Sentence News

News sentences consist of facts because they are influenced by the nature of the news itself. The news sentence usually contains information that shows the truth of the news. It contains elements of 5W + 1H ( What, When, Where, Why, Why and  How).

The following is an example of a news sentence.

“Corruption Eradication Commission (KPK) investigators arrested Mimika Regent Eltinus Omaleng. The corruption suspect was arrested at a hotel in Jayapura, Papua, Wednesday (6/9).” (News source Merdeka.com )

Examples of Fact Sentences

The following are examples of factual sentences adapted from the katadata.co.id  and bola.com pages.

1. The Minister of National Education inaugurated the Faculty of Medicine, University of Muhammadiyah Jakarta, on June 5, 2003.
2. The country of Indonesia consists of large and small islands.
3. The multiplication result is 2×5=10.
4. The number of IPA 4 students is 20 people.
5. The Indonesian national flag consists of two colors, namely red and white.
6. Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand are members of ASEAN.
7. Indonesia is located on the continent of Asia.
8. The UGM campus is located in the city of Yogyakarta.
9. Ball shape is round.
10. Lions are carnivorous animals.
11. 1 hour consists of 50 minutes and 3,600 seconds.
12. Jokowi is the 7th President of the Republic of Indonesia.
13. Facebook and Instagram are social media.
14. Smartphones can be used for photos.
15. The author of the Harry Potter novels is JK Rowling.
16. Indonesia is directly bordered by Malaysia and Papua New Guinea.
17. Russia is a country that has a vast territory.
18. Indonesia’s independence day is August 17, 1945.
19. Burning fossil fuels produces carbon dioxide gas emissions.
20. Jakarta is the capital city of Indonesia.
21. The lungs function as a respiratory tract.
22. Hillary Clinton lost the 2016 United States presidential election.
23. The mosque is a place of worship for Muslims.
24. The province of Aceh was hit by the massive tsunami in 2004.
25. The sun rises from the east and sets in the west.
26. The moon is a satellite of the earth.
27. Indonesia is an archipelagic country, consisting of five major islands, namely Sumatra, Kalimantan, Sulawesi, Papua and Java.
28. Sugar can make drinks sweet.
29. Indonesian is the national language and the official language used in everyday life.
30. Chickens and birds are included in the category of animals that reproduce by laying eggs.
31. In the porcupine’s body there are thorns which are used as a tool to defend itself from attacks by other animals.

Opinion Sentence Examples

After listening to the explanation above, Sinaumed’s already knows examples of fact sentences. To better understand fact sentences, Sinaumed’s can pay attention to the following opinion sentences which have been adapted from the bola.com and pages. Thus, the hope is to find the difference between fact sentences and opinion sentences.

1. Thin people must rarely eat.
2. It will rain today, because the sky is overcast.
3. Girls are smarter than boys.
4. Learning English is easier than learning German.
5. Raditya Dika is the best novelist in Indonesia.
6. Indonesia will be prosperous if it is led by a military.
7. The woman looks prettier when wearing a brightly colored hijab.
8. Liverpool looks set to win the Premier League this season.
9. Cats are adorable animals.
10. If security is properly regulated, there will be no incidents of convicts escaping from prison.
11. My crowded classroom can be filled with 40 pairs of windows and chairs.
12. It’s best to postpone the tour at the end of December because the roads will definitely be jammed.
13. The coffee is suitable to be eaten with cakes.
14. Without the hot chilies, the food lacks flavour.

To better understand writing Indonesian sentences, Sinaumed’s can adopt the following books.

 

List of Hijaiyah Letters – Hijaiyah letters are important for Muslims. Because hijaiyah letters are the basis for reading the Koran. Usually learning hijaiyah letters begins when we are small. In childhood, hijaiyah letters will be taught through the Iqra book.

Hijaiyah letters are the main requirement in reading the Koran. Because this letter is the basis for the formation of words and sentences in the Qur’an. If you already know the hijaiyah letters, of course you will also be able to read the Koran.

In the Al-Quran, these hijaiyah letters do not stand alone, but are connected to one another. There are several hijaiyah letters that can be connected and cannot be connected. You must be able to distinguish and read letters that have been connected and which have not been connected. The unspliced ​​and unspliced ​​letters have some differences as well.

To get to know more about what hijaiyah letters mean, hijaiyah letters vowel, how to teach, and what is the role of hijaiyah letters. Let’s look at the reviews below.

 

This book introduces children to the forms of hijaiyah letters using objects, animals and plants. Children can while learning to write hijaiyah letters and also color the sheets, because each activity sheet is provided in black and white. Children can learn to recognize hijaiyah letters in a way that is more fun and in accordance with their imagination.

Definition of Hijaiyah Letters

Hijaiyah letters are letters of a kind of alphabet. Hijaiyah letters are commonly used for writing in the Koran. Because as the basis for writing the Koran, it means that all Muslims must know it.

Hijaiyah letters are the basis for forming words and sentences in Arabic. The hijaiyah letters are taken from the Arabic language الهجائية which means spelling or spelling. Not only is it used in the Quran, but this hijaiyah letter is also used in everyday writing of the Arabic language.

This hijaiyah letter has terminology rules that are different from other alphabets. This letter is written from right to left, in contrast to the alphabet which is written from left to right as you are reading right now. Hijaiyah letters have a total of 29 letters, and have different writing and reading methods depending on vowel and tajwid

List of Hijaiyah letters and how to read them

Hijaiyah letters have a total of 29 letters. Each of these letters has its own way of reading. The following will be presented in the form of a table filled with 29 hijaiyah letters along with how to read them.

No	Hijaiyah letters	How to read	Latin transliteration
1.	ا	Alif	No crest
2.	ب	Ba’	B
3.	ت	Ta’	Q
4.	ث	tha’	TS
5.	ج	Jim	J
6.	ح	Ha’	H
7.	خ	Kha’	KH
8.	د	Dal	D
9.	ذ	Dzal	Dz
10.	ر	Ra’	R
11.	ز	Za’	Z
12.	س	Sin	S
13.	ش	Syn	sy
14.	ص	Shad	sh
15.	ض	Dhad	DH
16.	ط	Tha’	th
17.	ظ	zha’	ZH
18.	ع	‘Ain	Vowels in quotation marks (‘a, ‘i, ‘u)
19.	غ	Gains	GH
20.	ف	Fa’	F
21.	ق	Qaf	Q
22.	ك	caf	K
23.	ل	Lam	L
24.	م	Mim	M
25.	ن	Miss	N
26.	و	Wow	W
27.	ه	Ha’	H
28.	ء	Hamzah	Vowels enclosed in quotation marks (a’, i’, u’)
29.	ي	Yes’	Y
30.	لا	lam alif

The explanation from the table regarding the hijaiyah letters and the pronunciation in Latin is not completely correct, because the hijaiyah letters have differences in their pronunciation. The difference is in the pronunciation of the letters read. In the pronunciation of this letter is called makhraj or articulation. You can study this Makhraj with an ustadz or a Koran teacher.

Why Should You Learn Hijaiyah Letters?

Hijaiyah letters are very important to learn for Muslims, this is because these letters are the basic letters for reading the Qur’an. It’s a shame if Muslims can’t read the Koran. For that, like it or not, we have to learn these hijaiyah letters so we can read the Al-Qur’an. Usually these hijaiyah letters are taught when we are small.

For this reason, if your child still does not understand hijaiyah letters and reading the Qur’an, it is better to teach them immediately. Remembering that small children are usually easier to accept something new, for this reason this is the right time to teach hijaiyah letters to children. What’s more, getting used to reading the Qur’an from an early age to children is one of the steps to educate children to be pious and pious children.

Hijaiyah Learning Aid Tool

You may need some books or tools that can be used to assist you in conveying hijaiyah letters and how to learn the Qur’an. We highly recommend the following books for you to own:

1. Boardbooks

The Boarbook entitled “Hello Toddler Sali Saliha: My Hijaiah (Boardbook)” will help children recognize and memorize hijaiyah letters, the child will be invited to recognize and play through the games in this book.

2. Smart Poster Hijaiyah

Posters that are very suitable for hanging on bedroom walls, on study tables or on blackboards. The advantage is that the child will see the posters regularly and help memorize hijaiyah letters.

3. Hijaiyah Letter Card

Apart from being in the form of boardbooks and posters, the method of learning to memorize hijaiyah letters can also use letter cards. With the card method you can invite the child to play and learn at the same time, so that the child doesn’t get bored easily and is more effective at memorizing hijaiyah letters.

4. Hijaiyah Letter Book

If your little one likes reading, maybe this hijaiyah letter book will be suitable for your baby. The contents are packaged as attractively as possible so that children like them don’t get bored easily and are interested in continuing to read them.

Hijaiyah Letter Harakat

Harakat is used in hijaiyah letters to make it easier to read Arabic letters. This vowel has a role in determining the sound of each letter like the vowels in the alphabet. Examples such as reading a, i, and u. The vowels in hijaiyah letters have 9 kinds. The following is the hijaiyah vowel.

1. Fathah

Fathah is a vowel that has the form of a small oblique line which is located above the hijaiyah letters. This fathah vowel emits the sound “a”. Every letter that has a vowel fathah above it will be read with the vowel a.

Example: جَ ثَ تَ بَ اَ

So, with the vowel fathah in the hijaiyah letters above, it is read as a, ba, ta, tsa, ja.

2. Dhamma

This dhammah vowel has a shape like the letter waw ( و ) but is small in size which is located above the hijaiyah letters. When a hijaiyah letter has this vowel above it, the letter will be read with the vowel “u”.

Example: رُ زُ دُ خُ حُ

So, the hijaiyah letters above which contain the vowel dhammah are read as ru, zu, du, khu, hu.

3. Kasra

Kasrah is a vowel that looks like a small oblique line which is located under the hijaiyah letters. When a hijaiyah letter has this vowel below it, the letter is read with the vowel “i”.

Example: طِ ضِ صِ شِ سِ

So, the hijaiyah letters above have a kasrah sign at the bottom of the letter so that they are read as thi, dhi, shi, syi, si.

4. Breadfruit

Breadfruit is a vowel shaped like the letter ha ( ه ) which is placed above the hijaiyah letter. This breadfruit turns off a hijaiyah letter. Letters that have the vowel breadfruit above them are only read like consonants.

Example: سْ لْ كْ قْ فْ

So, the letters above which have the vowel breadfruit will be turned off, so they are read as s, l, k, q, f.

5. Fathahtain

Fathahtain can also be called tanwin fathah. This vowel has the form of two small oblique lines located above the hijaiyah letters. The letter above which has this vowel can be read as -an.

Example: قً فً غً عً ظً

So, the letters above have fathahtain marks at the top of each letter, so they can be read qan, fan, ghan, ‘an, zhan.

6. Dhammatain

This Dhammahtain can be called tanwin dhammah. This vowel has a combined form of the vowel dhammah and breadfruit, and has a position above the hijaiyah letters. Letters that have this vowel will be read as -un.

Example: وٌ نٌ مٌ لٌ كٌ

So, the hijaiyah letters above have the vowel dhammahtain which, when read, becomes wun, nun, mun, lun, kun.

7. Kasrahtain

Kasrahtain can be called tanwin kasrah. This vowel has the form of two small oblique lines which are located under the hijaiyah letters. Letters that have this vowel will be read as -in.

Example: طٍ اٍ ءٍ يٍ ذٍ

So, hijaiyah letters that have the vowel kasrahtain underneath can be read as thin, in, in, yin, dzin.

8. Tasidid

This tasyid can also be called a syaddah. This vowel has a shape like the head of the sin letter which is above the hijaiyah letter. Letters that have this tasydid sign will be emphasized. This means that the letter is read as having two consonants.

Example: مَدَّ مَرَّ اَ وَّ اَ نَّ اَ مَّ

So, hijaiyah letters that have tasydid signs will be emphasized to become madda, marra, awwa, anna, amma.

9. Long Reading

The vowels above can be symbols so that the letters can be pronounced long. This sign usually uses letters that have the same vowel as their respective vowels, such as the letter alif with the vowel fathah, the letter ya’ breadfruit with the vowel kasrah, and the letter waw breadfruit with the vowel dhammah. Each letter that has this ending can be pronounced in length.

Example: بَتيْ بَجُوْ بُكُوْ بَتَا سَبَا

So, hijaiyah letters that contain certain letters that previously contained vowels fathah, kasrah, and dhammah can be read as batii, bajuu, Bukuu, bataa, sabaa.

This book contains an introduction to hijaiyah letters and numbers which are equipped with examples of Arabic vocabulary. In addition, it is also equipped with attractive and colorful illustrations. The illustrations are in the form of everyday objects that represent hijaiyah letters or numbers that are being introduced. The ring that binds these cards can be removed so that parents can use these cards freely. When you’re done using it, the card can be tied back with the iron ring so that it stays neat and doesn’t get scattered.

Writing hijaiyah letters that are connected and not connected

In writing, the hijaiyah letters have two differences, namely being spliced ​​and not spliced. The point is that there are hijaiyah letters which in writing can be connected and cannot be connected.

In addition, there are also several letters that have different shapes after being connected and before being connected. For more details. Let’s look at the following reviews.

1. Hijaiyah letters that can be connected before or after the letters

Hijaiyah letters in this category have provisions that they can be connected to the previous letter if it is in the middle of a sentence. Then, this letter can be connected with the previous letter if it is in the middle and at the beginning of the sentence. Hijaiyah letters like this can also be interpreted as flexible letters, meaning they can be connected to any position.

The hijaiyah letters include:

ببب – تتتت- ثثث – ججج- ححح – خخخ – سسس – ششش – صصص – ضضض – ططط – ظظظ – عععع – غغغ ففف –   ققق – ككك – للل – مممم ننييه – هيهه –

2. Hijaiyah letters that cannot be connected with the following letters

Hijaiyah letters in this category cannot be connected with the letters after it. If one of the letters in this category is in the middle of the sentence and at the beginning of the sentence then the letter will not be connected with the letter after it even though the sentence is not finished. However, this letter can still be connected with the previous letter.

The hijaiyah letters include:

ا – د – ذ – ر – ز – و

Teaching hijaiyah letters

As we know that hijaiyah letters must be learned from an early age by Muslims in order to be able to read the Koran fluently. Therefore, as adults, you can teach this to your children or younger siblings from an early age.

There are many methods for teaching hijaiyah letters to children. You can teach the Baghdahdiyah method, the Iqra’ method, the A’ Ba’ Ta’ Tsa’ method, the Asy-Syafi’iy method, and other methods.

In this teaching there must be learning about writing and also pronunciation. To learn enough that’s just introduced. If it’s a little fluent, then you can teach things like tajwid and other rules.

Besides that, you can also guide him to listen to the recitations of the Koran so that he is also trained in how to read properly and correctly. This hearing exercise is also effective for children.

The Importance of Learning Hijaiyah Letters

Learning hijaiyah letters is very important, especially for Muslims. By learning hijaiyah letters, it will make it easier for you to read the Koran. In this learning, of course, it must be supported by listening to Al-Quran recitations from other people. The more you hear it, the more you know how to pronounce it properly and correctly.

Not only reading, of course you also have to be good at writing. Not infrequently when at school Muslims are given the task of writing fragments of letters in the Koran. This makes you also have to be able to write hijaiyah letters properly and correctly.

Learning hijaiyah letters can also improve your mastery of Arabic. If you can already read and write it, you can if you want to learn its meaning. Of course, it will be easier if you already know how to read and write it first. This of course increases your mastery of the language.

The Role of Hijaiyah Letters in Arabic Writing

Hijaiyah letters certainly have an important role in Arabic writing. In ancient times, Arabic script was used as part of the Arabic-Malay language. Most of our ancestors used to use it to write even though they still read it in Indonesian.

We can find this Arabic-Malay writing now in the National Library. You can visit it to see various Arabic-Malay writings in various media such as bamboo, leaves, and others.

In addition, as has often been said, this hijaiyah letter is very important for Muslims so that it is easy for them to read the Koran. By mastering hijaiyah letters, it will be easier and more frequent for you to read the Koran.

If you don’t study it, of course you as Muslims should be ashamed, because the Koran is the source of the Islamic religion which we must read and understand its contents. The Qur’an is a guide for us so that our behavior remains in accordance with the rules that Allah has set.

Using Arabic will also make it easier for you if you want to go to Mecca to perform the pilgrimage. You will find it easier to socialize with Arabs easily. You can also read the writings and know their meaning while in Mecca. Of course it’s nice to be able to learn languages ​​other than Indonesian.

 

This book contains the introduction of hijaiyah letters and numbers, which are complemented by the introduction of everyday objects, in which the first letter of the object is the letter being introduced to the little one (in Arabic). Each animal object in this book is accompanied by a description in the form of a short narrative. This information is useful as a guide for parents in explaining the object to their little one. Illustrations are presented in the form of photos so that they are very easy for children to recognize.

Examples of Propositional Sentences – When studying a sentence in Indonesian lessons we are required to always pay attention to the correct sentence structure in compiling a sentence so that it can be understood properly.

No exception in a proposition sentence. Propositional sentences or generally known as declarative sentences that have full or intact meaning. Therefore, in a propositional sentence, we will find several statements that can mean justification, denial, or doubtful sentences that must be proven true. In summary, a proposition sentence is a statement sentence that must be proven true or not in a sentence structure.

For this reason, if there are still Sinaumed’s friends who are confused or want to know more about propositional sentences and examples in writing, in this discussion we will discuss propositional sentences and explain examples to make it easier for Sinaumed’s friends to understand them.

Further discussion of propositional sentences and examples can be seen below!

Proposition Sentence Definition

Proposition is a term used for a sentence that has a full and complete meaning. This means that the proposition must be believed, doubted, disproved or proven true or not. In short, propositional sentences are statements about things that can be judged to be true or false.

Propositions refer to utterances or can also be called statements that describe a situation that is not necessarily true or false in the form of a message sentence. Proposition itself is a term used in logical analysis.

A proposition is a logical statement which is a statement about the relationship between two or more things that can be judged to be true or false. There are also those who interpret propositions as verbal expressions of decisions involving the recognition or rejection of something (predicate) about something else (subject) that can be judged to be true or false.

Proposition is a term used for a sentence that has a full and complete meaning. This means that the proposition must be believed, doubted, disproved or proven true or not. In short, statements are statements about things that can be judged to be true or false. In general, a sentence consists of four elements, two of which are the subject of the sentence, while the other two refer to the statement itself:

A proposition- sentence or statement is a statement or expression that we can doubt, deny or believe and we can prove whether it is true or not. The relationship itself consists of three elements:

Themes, organization and relationships.

The proposal consists of four parts, two of which are subject to the proposal and the other two are interrelated. Assume four elements:

• term as subject,
• term as a predicate,
• subjunctive and quantifier.

In general, the things which are considered capable of carrying a truth value are propositions which philosophers separate from propositions in different ways and for different reasons. However, this proposal has become a controversial issue. Attempts to find a theory of claim, or even a theory that tries to disprove it, must first solve some metaphysical problems. A statement is not a sentence, but something that can be true or false. Only “significant” or “special” sentences can make statements.

Types of Propositional Sentences

1. Propositions according to form

According to their form, propositions are classified into two categories: singular and compound. A single proposition expresses only one statement which is supported only by subject and predicate (single sentence).

• A singular proposition is a sentence consisting of a subject and a predicate. For example, an example sentence: I’m dating, my sister is sleeping.
• A compound sentence is a sentence that consists of a subject and more than one predicate. For example, for example, Salwa learned to cook and listen to music;

2. Based on the nature of justification or denial

Based on the nature of justification and denial, there are two types of propositions: categorical and conditional. Categorical propositions refer to absolute justification or denial; definitely right or definitely wrong. In other words, truth happens unconditionally.

Next are conditional propositions, which refer to conditional or optional justification or denial. The conditional clause category itself can be divided into two categories, namely the hypothesis and the differentiating proposition.

A hypothesis conditional statement is a statement that shows a conditional justification. This means that if the proposal is made, then the truth happens. We can see this in the sentence If it rains then the ground is muddy, then the ground will be muddy if it rains. Unlike the subjunctive conditional, an exception clause is also known as a substitution clause. It is based on justification in the form of choice. These clauses often use the word or as in sentences:

Amir has to help his parents or clean the yard.

1. Categorical proposition:

The justification or denial of a proposition is absolute (certainly true or false definitively), so that the justification of an absolute proposition is unconditional.

Examples of categorical propositions: All living things will taste death, everyone needs to eat and drink.

2. Conditional proposition:

Refers to a proposition as a conditional justification or denial or a possible choice. For example, the example sentence, if I don’t have breakfast, then I will starve; If Nadya sleeps late, she will wake up late.

Conditional propositions are divided into two categories: hypothetical conditional propositions and disjunctive conditional propositions.

Hypothetical conditional propositions refer to conditional justifications. When the proposition is fulfilled, the truth occurs.

Examples of hypothetical conditional proposition sentences:

In the dry season, the land becomes arid. So that the earth will dry if there is a drought.

Disjunctive conditional propositions refer to justification by choice and often use the word “or”.

Examples of disjunctive conditional proposition sentences:

I have to learn to be smart or I will carry stupidity for the rest of my life.

3. Based on a broad understanding

Based on a broad understanding, propositions are divided into three categories: universal (general), particular (special) and singular (unique). Universal propositions are propositions that cover all aspects or parts. This is indicated by the words:

all, all, each, every time, everything. For example in the sentence: No one in the world lives happily

Then the second proposition is a special proposition, namely a proposition that represents a portion of all aspects. Tasks mark specific suggestions as some, some, not all, most, many. For example:

Not all students study hard. The word “not all” in the sentence above is a single clause, which only includes certain aspects.

And the last proposition is the singular proposition, which expresses only one aspect, between the signs of this word and that of another.

Examples of its use in sentences:

This house is for sale, from this house there is only one element. If there are two elements in it, then a sentence cannot be called a singular proposition.

1. General (universal) proposition:

A clause with a predicate that supports or denies all objects. Propositional signs are the words “all”, “each”, “all”, “all”.

Examples of general propositions:

All students must do homework given by the teacher.

2. Particular (Special) Propositions:

Propositions with special statements stating that a particular object is part of the predicate. It can also be said that a special proposition expresses several aspects.

Example of a special proposition:

Several students on this campus are scholarship recipients.

3. Singular Proposition (Unique):

A proposition that expresses only one aspect. Single clauses are marked with the words “this” and “that”.

Example: This coconut tree will be cut down.

4. Based on quality and quantity

Proposition Based on Quality:

• Positive, or Affirmative, propositions are those whose predicate justifies the subject. For example, all Europeans have white skin.

• Negative proposition, is a proposition whose predicate does not support/justify the subject. For example, all African people have no white skin.

Proposition Based on the Quantity:

• General proposition (universal), is a proposition where the predicate supports or denies all subjects. For example, all citizens of the world must reject all forms of discrimination and racism.

• Special Proposition (particular), is a proposition where a special statement affirms that part of the subject is part of the predicate. For example, the majority of Indonesian citizens are Muslim.

Propositions are simply divided into four types, namely:

1. The universal proposition is positive

Affirmative universal propositions are statements with universal properties that justify the existence of a relationship between subject and predicate, usually formulated or denoted by “S” and “P”.

2. The universal proposition is negative

Negative universal propositions are clauses with universal properties that can be used to deny or negate the relationship between subject and predicate, which can be formulated or symbolized by “S” and “P”.

3. Affirmative specific propositions

Affirmative special propositions are clauses with special properties that determine the existence of a subject-predicate relationship that can be formulated or symbolized by “S” and “P”.

4. The special proposition is negative

Negative special propositions are statements that have a specificity that prevents a subject-predicate relationship that can be formulated or symbolized by “S” and “P”.

Selltiz et al., Nazir (1988) in the book Research Methods says that propositions that already have a wide enough scope and are supported by empirical data are called propositions (scientific laws). In other words, postulates mean information about the relationship of certain properties that is more general than the empirical observations on which the postulate is based.

Proposition Forms

The proposition has a number of forms, namely:

• Proposition form A: is a form of proposition which states that every subject is a predicate. For example: God created the entire universe and everything in it..
• Proposition form E: is a form of proposition which states that every subject is not a predicate. For example: every woman is not a housewife.
• Proposition form I: is a form of proposition which states that some subjects are predicates. For example: Almost all officials are corrupt.
• Propositions of form O: are propositions which state that some subjects are not predicates. For example: Some Indonesian citizens are poor.

Proposition Sentence Forming Elements

The elements contained in a propositional sentence include:

• Subjects, especially those mentioned in prepositional sentences, can be objects, places, people, or events.
• Predicate, namely the things stated in the subject.
• A copula or conjunction is a word that connects a subject and a predicate.

Here is an example of a propositional sentence with its constituent parts.

From the sentence “everyone must be breathing”, it can be explained that the subject of the sentence is “people”, the predicate of the sentence is “breathing”, and the word “certainly” can be called a copula. The word “all” in the sentence is a number.

Examples of Propositional Sentences

Examples of compound proposition sentences

• Most women prefer pink, while most men prefer black.
• Some animals cannot lay eggs, while some plants cannot bear fruit.
• Some students choose to major in science while others choose to major in social sciences.
• Some recent graduates choose to work as office workers, while others choose to become entrepreneurs.
• All humans are living beings and must die.
• Everyone must eat and drink.
• Most teenagers are stupid weeaboos and kpopers.
• Jakarta is the capital city of the Republic of Indonesia and the provincial capital of DKI Jakarta. People definitely need genuine love and care.
• Jakarta is the capital of the Republic of Indonesia, while Paris is the capital of France.

Single proposition sentence examples

• Most teenagers like loud music bands.
• Some women don’t like pink.
• Of course everyone needs love and affection.
• Jakarta is the capital city of the Republic of Indonesia.
• Some trees cannot bear fruit.
• Everyone is a living being.
• Humans are all eaters.

• All living things will surely die.
• All living things need food.
• Some men like women with a nice body.

Another example of a proposition sentence

• Each child should have their own interests and talents.
• Not all graduates go on to study for a doctoral degree.
• Not all students stand out because of their academic success.
• The moon is a natural satellite of planet Earth.
• Some viewers don’t like horror movies.
• Everyone has their own problems.
• Everything in the universe is God’s creation.
• Michael Jordan is not a soccer player.
• Rendang is a dish that CNN rated as the best.
• Today, most people need multiple devices.
• Not all men like dark clothes.
• Not everyone is proud to have a private vehicle.
• Sadewa is the youngest child of Pandu and Dewi Kunti.
• IPS stands for social science.
• Communication is not an exact science.
• Evan Dimas is not a technocrat.
• Poetry is not a kind of sentence.
• Arjuna was not the son of Basudewa Kresna.
• Gareng is a clown.
• The poem I Want is a poem by Sapardi Djoko Damono.
• Ernest Hemingway is not an Indonesian writer.
• Multatuli is the pseudonym of Eduard Douwes Dekker.
• Some high school graduates inevitably choose to continue their studies at the university level.
• Cats are not herbivores.
• Humans are not tailed creatures. Bandung is not the capital city of East Java.
• Chairil Anwar is a poet who is famous for his poem I.
• Today, most people must have various types of social media accounts.
• Anyone who is an adult must have experienced puberty.
• Not all men are mean to women.
• Not all women like pink.
• Not all teenagers like Japanese manga and anime.
• All creatures breathe.
• All living things need food.
• All living things will surely grow and develop.
• Each of them has its own characteristics and characteristics.
• All living beings pass through the stages of birth and death.

 

Conclusion

Thus a brief discussion of the meaning and examples of proposition sentences. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of propositional sentences but also discusses the proper use of propositional sentences, types, and examples of propositional sentences.

Understanding propositional sentences really helps us understand the correct linguistic structure in language learning which helps us more easily understand and properly understand the function and proper use of propositional sentences.

Thus a review of the meaning of propositional sentences. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the meaning of propositional sentences and knowledge related to language and other literature, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

Interrogative Sentences: Definition, Characteristics, Types and Example Sentences

Examples of Conjunction Sentences and Their Definitions, Functions, and Types

Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Invitation Sentences

Imperative Sentences & Verbs: Definition, Types, Functions and Examples

Understanding the Definition of Complex Sentences to Examples

 

Examples of Non-Fiction Books – Many say that reading non-fiction books is heavy, makes you sleepy, and difficult to understand. It’s not like a fictional story that can shake the emotions and imagination of its readers. Judgments like this are wrong from the start, because books are not to be compared. After all, there are quite a lot of non-fiction books that are light, fun, and fun to read in bookstores.

In fact, lately non-fiction books are on the rise. Especially books that discuss mental health, self-development, self-acceptance, and self-actualization. Uniquely, most of these books are written in light, easy-to-understand language, and even include some humor in them.

So what exactly is meant by a non-fiction book? What are the types? And why should you read it? Let’s discuss one by one here.

What Is a Non-Fiction Book?

Non-fiction is writing that contains stories from real events or is compiled based on existing facts. Thus, non-fiction books are books that contain real events so that they tend to be informative.

Moreover, writers of non-fiction books must make observations and collect data for writing materials so that the books written can be accounted for. That’s why many people make this type of book as one of the main sources of information.

Because of its informative nature, writers tend to use language that is clear, precise, and what it is–according to the facts that happened. Language like this is also known as denotative language. In other words, language that is able to make the reader immediately understand what the author wants to convey.

With quite “heavy” characteristics and functions, the process of writing a non-fiction book cannot be completed in a hurry. The author must dig up information, find as many references as possible, even if necessary, conduct interviews with sources to get the data needed.

The efforts made by the author will produce a book that provides many benefits for its readers. Well, we will discuss these benefits further at the end of this article. Before that, Sinaumed’s needed to know the types and examples of non-fiction books.

Examples of Non-Fiction Books by Type

In general, “non-fiction” is a genre of books that can be further divided into several types. Sinaumed’s needs to know these types so you can decide what book to write or read.

1. Biography Book

Biographies are writings that tell stories and various information about someone who has had an impact on the lives of many people. Usually the writing is made with the aim of motivating or inspiring readers.

There are also those who call a biography a book of someone’s life history. Whatever you call it, this type of book always contains information that has a broad impact on readers and the general public. Therefore, the characters told are usually used as role models because their thoughts, works, or achievements can inspire their readers.

Apart from books, biographies can also be made in visual form or audio recordings. What is important, the contents still tell the events and circumstances of the character’s life as completely as possible. So a biographical essay must be prepared based on the facts experienced by the character directly.

To meet these criteria, biographers are required to conduct research and also study the life of the character to be written in depth. The goal is that his writings can be accounted for the truth.

Therefore, when Sinaumed’s reads a biography, you will find facts and descriptions about figures that are accurate and in accordance with their history. Some examples of biographical non-fiction books include:

1. Gus Dur Kh Abdurrahman Wahid: A Brief Biography 1940 – 2020 by Muhammad Rifai.
2. Mohammad Hatta: Short Biography 1902 – 1980 written by Salman Alfarizi
3. Soekarno: Short Biography 1901 – 1970 from Taufik Adi Susilo
4. Becoming by Michelle Obama
5. Rudy: The Visionary’s Youth Story written by Gina S Noer
6. Reading Sukarno From the Closest Distance from Eddi Elison

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. Autobiographical book

Next is an autobiography or autobiography. Just like a biographical book, this type of book also contains stories, events, and the life journey of a character. The difference, what is told is what is experienced by the author himself. So in short, the author makes a piece of writing that introduces himself to his readers.

In terms of content, autobiographical books and biographical books have similarities. That is, in both types of non-fiction books there are stories about the success achieved by the characters, important events or incidents that many people need to know about, the difficult times experienced by the characters, failures. In essence, the life story of the character from childhood to success.

Sutarno, in the book Accurately in Indonesian (2019) reveals that autobiographical books are written to show the author’s biography to readers.

Examples of autobiographical non-fiction books that you can read are:

1. Autobiography of Mahatma Gandhi
2. Autobiography of Tan Malaka: From Prison to Prison
3. For My Country: A New Edition of Muhammad Hatta’s Autobiography
4. An Autobiography (Agatha Christie)

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Motivation book

Motivational books are a type of book that is often used to restore life motivation by its readers. Everyone sometimes needs encouragement from outside to get back the lost enthusiasm for various reasons.

Therefore, for Sinaumed’s who are feeling a lack of motivation, lack of confidence, unsure of making choices, afraid of leaving their comfort zone, worried about the future, afraid of failure, or something else, try to find the right motivational book to help you overcome this condition.

You see, motivational books usually contain psychological studies about the spirit of life, useful tips, or it could be the life story of someone who has made it past the lowest point in his life to achieve success.

Some examples of motivational non-fiction books include:

1. BJ Habibie’s Inspiration & Motivation
2. We are (Not) Jongos Ties
3. Bob Sadino’s 100 Business Testaments
4. Dare to be Disliked
5. Think And Grow Rich
6. The Power Of Habits
7. Success Life With Five Fingers Latest Edition

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Literature Books

Literature books are often used as a source of reference for various activities in the world of education. This means that this book is always sought after by people who need important information.

For example, like academics who are looking for learning materials, references for further reading, or the theories of experts who are used to support the validity of the scientific papers they write.

Literature books are synonymous with heavy language, a large number of pages, and are very specific or discuss certain sciences. That’s why this book is more aimed at students, teachers, or lecturers. Even so, from this book they get important information in the world of education.

Here are some examples of literature books that you can find at the sinaumedia Official Store:

1. Basics of Education Science Revised Edition
2. Curriculum And Learning
3. Reading Technique
4. Library Information Organization: Theory & Practice Approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Companion Book

As the name suggests, a companion book is a book that functions as a companion to the main book. Also known as an enrichment book. Thus, this book is usually written after the author has finished writing the main book for school children.

Yes, this enrichment book is for students and is more general in nature. In addition, it also contains discussions that act as additional explanations from the main book. This means that when there is material in the main book that is not explained in detail, this companion book will fulfill the task.

Examples of enrichment books that are often used in schools are:

1. Enrichment Book Series for Teachers: Becoming a Teacher Who Is Willing and Able to Teach in a Fun Way
2. Enrichment Book Series for Teachers: Becoming a Teacher Who Is Willing and Able to Make Books
3. Chemistry Enrichment Book: Atoms, Ions, and Molecules

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. Health book

Next is a health book that is needed by those who work in the world of health and also the general public. It contains information about health, both specifically and generally. That is why health books must be written by doctors or other health professionals.

Generally, the writing of this book is done after the author has conducted research and sorted out important experiences that can broaden the reader’s horizons. There are those who discuss health theories, various kinds of knowledge about diseases, or ways to deal with certain diseases.

Some of the titles included in the health book include:

1. Therapeutic Management of Diseases of the Respiratory System
2. Physiological Anatomy
3. A to Z AUTOIMUMINE rheumatic DISEASES
4. Cancer Early Detection & Diagnosis
5. Travel of Oral Drugs in the Body
6. Nursing Care for HIV/Aids Infected Patients (E2)
7. Management of Stoma With Psychoneuroimmunology

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. Academic Papers

Academic papers in short are non-fiction writings or books compiled by academics to earn their academic degrees. Examples include theses for bachelor’s degrees, master’s theses, doctoral dissertations, and so on.

Inside there are papers or assignments that are arranged to find out the author’s understanding of the topics discussed in the academic paper. With the aim as a condition in fulfilling certain tasks.

Academic papers must be prepared in a structured manner according to the rules set at the university or those suggested by experts.

8. Personal Literature

Personal literature can be said to be a type of non-fiction book that is still young. The distinctive feature of this type of personal literature is that it contains stories or true stories experienced by the author himself (facts). Then the writing style is more relaxed and uses light language so that it is easy to read.

First popularized by Raditya Dika in the mid-2000s through his books filled with witty comedies. Raditya Dika himself calls this type of non-fiction a rewriting of personal stories that have been experienced.

Generally personal literature stories take the form of short stories and are presented in several layers. This means that each story is not necessarily related, but all of them have a common thread that forms a big theme.

The examples of personal literature books are:

1. Love the Brontosaurus, Male Goat, Half Salmon, and Crumpled Koala
2. An Art To Understand Lover

 

 

 

 

9. Encyclopedia

In general, an encyclopedia can be interpreted as a work that presents information and summarizes certain topics comprehensively. Usually encyclopedias are written in volumes in order to be able to present complete information on the topics discussed. The form is similar to a dictionary so that information is arranged alphabetically and added with additional information. Some of the topics discussed by the encyclopedia include the types of animals and plants on earth, science, the human body, the islands of Indonesia, and so on.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits of Reading Non Fiction Books

As previously stated, reading non-fiction books can provide many benefits. Because in this book there is a lot of information that can add knowledge.

There is a proverb that says “the fuller the rice, the lower it ducks” meaning that people who have a lot of knowledge usually think before speaking. In addition, the more knowledge they have, they feel even more ignorant because they realize that knowledge is very broad.

So, here are some of the benefits you can get by reading non-fiction books:

1. Broaden your point of view about things in life

With various discussions in non-fiction books, Sinaumed’s has a broad perspective on life, especially the various perspectives that exist. Every fact, data, and information in non-fiction books can also broaden Sinaumed’s’ mindset in understanding every difference.

In the end, Sinaumed’s’ mindset will be more mature and able to accept new perspectives, reasons, and points of view so that you won’t be easy to judge unilaterally.

2. Add insight

Every non-fiction book provides new information and knowledge that will broaden your horizons. With data and facts written by the author, your insight will understand various things.

Besides that, you can also share factual information in non-fiction books with others so that it will be more useful and you won’t easily forget it. Even Sinaumed’s can find answers to questions that are difficult for you to answer yourself.

3. Increase vocabulary and improve communication skills

By reading non-fiction books, you can also add new vocabulary that you may have never used or found before. In addition, communication skills in everyday life will also increase.

The reason is, when Sinaumed’s has a wide vocabulary, you can choose words that suit various situations and conditions. So that your interlocutor will more easily understand what you are conveying.

Not only that, the author’s style when conveying information can also have an impact on your communication skills. Whether you realize it or not, the more often you read non-fiction books, the more communication styles you absorb.

Good communication skills will be very useful when you face various kinds of situations. For example, such as interviews, meetings, presentations, or when opening small talk with friends.

4. Media self-development

Yup, you can also use non-fiction books as a medium for self-development through certain information and tips in them. Especially if you like reading self-development books, whether they discuss lifestyle, ways of thinking, or daily habits.

So the more books you read, it will be easier for Sinaumed’s to improve themselves. Moreover, in self-development books there are many new insights that will help you realize the important things in life.

This is a discussion of examples of non-fiction books that have many benefits for Sinaumed’s. We hope that you will become more interested in reading various types of non-fiction books so that you can have #MoreWithReading information, especially reading books that you can get at sinaumedia.com.

Islamic Morning Aphorisms – As Muslims, we must start the morning with enthusiasm for the day. It would be nice if every morning we express gratitude to Allah SWT for the grace and favors that He has given.

This positive energy can be obtained by reading Islamic morning pearls of wisdom. Through these pearls of wisdom indirectly suggest that we can get through this day with enthusiasm and happiness.

You can also share these pearls of wisdom with your friends via posts on social media. This can be an invitation to your friends to be excited together in living this day.

30 Aphorisms Morning Islamic Day

So, here are some references to morning pearls that can make you more excited and have positive energy!

1.  Good morning.

A hope and a way always come for those who always pray and fight without knowing the meaning of the word surrender. – 1001Ukataan.com

2. Assalamualaikum good morning.

There would be no starlight if there was no darkness.

Likewise with life, there will be no glory if there is no sacrifice. – mariati

3. Fortune is not only money, but also longevity.

Enjoy health surrounded by goodness.

4. “Bismillah”

Start your morning by saying the name of Allah, and always remember Allah, because that way you will be far from actions that are in vain and will harm you.

5. Life is not all about chasing desires that you don’t necessarily have.

But about how to be grateful for what you already have.

6. Morning Advice

“Every time you fix your intention, Allah will fix your situation.

And every time you wish good for others, you will get good from where you do not expect.

And when we live to make others happy, Allah will give us sustenance in the form of other people who will make us happy.

So try to give not to receive, because every time you give, you will receive without even asking…”

7.  For you breadwinners

May your shoulders be strong, your heart steadfast, your soul steadfast, your days patient, your sustenance blessed and abundant, your activities worthy of worship, your sweat as a melting pot of sins, and every step you take raises your level to go to His heaven. Amen….

8. Good morning

When the work is not appreciated, then at that time we are learning SINCERITY.

When all efforts are not considered, then at that moment we are learning SINCERITY.

When you have to be tired and disappointed, then at that moment you are learning REALITY.

9. Life is more beautiful if faced wisely, lived sincerely, patiently framed, covered with kindness, and wrapped with a heart full of compassion.

10. Good morning

Stay humble, no matter how high our position. Stay confident, how lacking we are. Stay grateful in all circumstances.

11. Good morning

Start with BISMILLAH.

Coupled with a SMILE.

May today be a blessed day for all of us. Amen….

12. Assalamualaikum good morning.

If today you fail to achieve something, the only thing you have to do, is to try again tomorrow. Keep trying and praying. God willing.

13. Good Morning Friday…

There is always HOPE for those who pray.

There is always a WAY OF HELP for those who try.

There is always the BEST for those who put their trust in it

God willing. Have faith in GOD.

14. Storms of life may come. However, the spirit of life should not leave our lives.

Keep it up. Good morning my brother…

15. Good morning.

Endless patience, endless gratitude.

There is no happiness that comes continuously, and vice versa.

No matter how bitter life is, don’t stop moving.

keep going…

16.  COMPLAINING will only make our lives more stressful.

Meanwhile, being GRATEFUL will always lead us to the path of EASY.

My best friend, good morning. Always healthy and enthusiastic.

17. Hopefully this Monday is better than last Monday.

Hopefully this week is more useful than last week.

May unanswered prayers come true this week.

Hopefully there is good news in this life.

Have we been grateful today?

18. Bismillah.

May Allah guide every step so that whatever we do becomes a blessing and whatever we try bears beautiful fruit.

19. My prayers this morning.

May all today’s affairs be eased by Allah.

Smoothly without any hindrance.

20. Good morning.

Smile and say Alhamdulillah because Allah still allows us to be with those we love.

21. Good morning.

Don’t get tired of doing good.

When we pray for the good of others, we unknowingly bring good for ourselves.

22. Good morning.

Dear dream chasers.

You have to get up this evening.

Greet the sun this morning.

With passion in heart.

Work sincerely from the heart,

so that the sustenance you get is not just worldly,

but because of God.

23. Excited to live today

Don’t worry about yesterday’s mistakes.

Just take it as a lesson so it doesn’t happen again.

24. Good morning

Life is not about getting what we want.

However, about appreciating what we have and being patient with what we dream of. – Taqy Story

25.  There are two choices of life in the morning.

Go back to sleep to continue your dream, or wake up to make your dream come true.

26. No matter how God gives you sustenance, don’t regret it once in a while.

Be grateful because He has chosen you to be His servant who sees His world.

Happy looking for sustenance and good morning.

27. Obedience to God will require us to overcome uncertainty and bring us closer to Him.

28. Good morning.

Life seeking perfection will make us depressed.

However, a life that seeks pleasure will bring sincerity and peace to the soul.

29. Morning spirit.

For a heart that always hopes for Divine Ridho.

Because life will never stop.

Until the pulse has died stopped.

Always include Allah in every step of the foot.

To make it easier to tread every day.

Because actually Allah is closer than our own veins.

30. Good morning…

Make your morning as beautiful as the color of the rainbow and your day as bright as the sun.

Greetings beauty and good morning.

May our lives be blessed by God.

So, those are references to morning pearls of wisdom that Sinaumed’s can use as statuses or posts on social media. Of the thirty pearls of wisdom, indirectly invites Sinaumed’s to be enthusiastic about going through the day and don’t forget to pray to Allah so that the activities we carry out will be given smoothness.

Other Books & Quotes

1. Books

• Quotes Book
• English Dictionary book
• Poetry Book
• Arabic Dictionary book
• Jack Ma Biography book
• Jokowi’s book

2. Quotes and Other Words of Wisdom

• Friendship Quotes
• Islamic Words of Wisdom
• Gokil Funny Words
• 179 Words of Romantic Love
• Words of Wisdom About the Struggle
• 115 Cool Words
• Sad Words of Love
• Words of Wisdom For Children

Source: Pinterest

Types of Female Voices – Does Sinaumed’s realize that human voices are different? Yep, there are people whose voices are squeaky when they speak, but there are also those whose voices are louder. In fact, there is also someone who when he is talking or chatting, his voice gets bigger but when he sings his voice can be melodious. These things are actually normal because basically every human being has a different voice.

It is no exception that the female gender also has various types of voices. Usually, these types of voices are very useful, especially when participating in a choir activity, because in that activity the distribution of votes is very much needed. Not only in choir activities, knowing the type of voice is also very useful when you want to start a vocal practice, especially if Sinaumed’s dreams of becoming a singer.

Then, what types of voices are owned by humans, especially women? How do we keep our vocal cords “flexible” when used for singing? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands this, let’s look at the following review!

3 Types of Female Voices

The type of sound produced by the human vocal cords usually depends on the ambitus of the voice. Ambitus is the range or pitch range that can be achieved by the human voice or a musical instrument so that it can be used in a musical composition. This ambitus is usually related to the timbre or color of the voice, which is also included in the building blocks of a piece of music.

Basically, the types of voices possessed by humans vary, especially in age and gender. Especially for women, there are 3 levels of voice types, namely soprano, mezzo soprano, and alto.

1. Soprano Female Voice Type

The type of voice that is owned by women, especially in adult women is soprano. This type of sound is the highest sound when compared to other types of sound. That’s because a soprano voice can only be called that if it can reach the notes C1 to C3, or it can also reach the notes range C4 to G5.

If you look back at the history of Western music in the 16th century, this type of soprano was usually sung by boys. This was because at that time, Christianity in the European region forbade adult women from appearing in public especially by singing songs using this type of soprano voice. However, after the opera performance developed, adult women actually played a lot of important roles, especially for choral activities. Since then, the term soprano for this highest pitch range has been used for female voices. Meanwhile for children, the soprano voice is called a treble soprano.

Soprano Voice Category

This type of soprano voice can be categorized into several more types, namely:

• Soprano Koloratura Lyrics

It is the highest soprano requiring a high, light voice to sing melodies of high complexity. Usually the sound range is C4 to F6. One of the famous singers who has the ability to sing a song with this soprano is Sumi Jo.

• Dramatic Coloratura Soprano

Usually used to sing music with elaborate ornaments and accompanied by an orchestra. The sound range is C4 to F6. One opera singer who has the ability to sing a song with this coloratura soprano is Diana Damrau.

• Lyric Soprano

Usually used to sing music with a legato melody and warm tones compared to the Koloratura Soprano. This polite category sounds softer. The sound range is C4 to C6. One opera singer from Russia who has the ability to sing a song with this lyrical soprano is Anna Netrebko.

• Spinto’s soprano

Usually this soprano is used to sing an opera with a tragic role, so it will end with a dramatic sound. This category of soprano voice tends to have singing that is soft and strong, but not too long. The sound range is C4 to C6. One opera singer from America who has the ability to sing a song with this lyrical soprano is Martina Arroyo.

• Dramatic Soprano

Usually this soprano is used to accompany an orchestra. When singing a dramatic soprano, it generally seems as if you have an authoritative role so that the power is greater than the other soprano categories. The sound range is C4 to C6. One opera singer from America who has the ability to sing a song with this lyrical soprano is Deborah Voigt. Deborah successfully sang this soprano in the operas by Wagner and Richard Strauss.

• Heldensopran

This category of soprano is rare because it requires a large voice and is usually used for Richard Wagner’s operas. In an opera by Richard Wagner, it is not uncommon to have a role that requires the singer to sing a loud soprano accompanied by a high tessitura and a long time. Even according to world history of opera, there are only 2 people who are able to sing this heldensopran sound. The sound range is F3 to F6. One of the opera singers from Norway who has the ability to sing a song with this heldensopran is Kirsten Flagstad who is also an opera legend.

2. Mezzo Soprano Female Voice Type

This Mezzo Soprano voice type is basically in the middle. Usually owned by women with a tone between soprano and contralto (alto) ranges. Its pitch ranges from the A below middle C to the A two octave above it. But the range in this type of voice can also be called extreme, because from the notes of G3 to C6.

Mezzo Soprano Voice Category

• Mezzo Soprano Coloratur

It usually ranges from the notes of G3 to B5, but it is rare for some voices to reach C6 or D6. The main difference between this category and the Soprano voice is that in the Mezzo Soprano category the Colorature usually sounds heavier and singers will also be more comfortable using low notes than high notes. One of the singers with the voice of Mezzo Soprano Coloratur is Jennifer Larmore from America. 

• Lyrical Soprano Mezzo

It has a sound range from G3 to B5 and sounds very soft and touching. One of the most famous Lyrical Mezzo Soprano singers is Janet Baker who comes from England. Janet is also known as the singer of Benjamin Britten’s Italian opera.

• Dramatic Soprano Mezzo

Has a sound range from the tone of G3 to B6. The voices in the mezzo soprano category sound stronger than the previous categories. One of the opera singers from America who is famous for her Dramatic Soprano Mezzo voice is Regina Resnik.

 

3. Alto Female Voice Type

Usually in a choir, this type of alto voice describes the highest part of the voice, especially in the fourth part of the choir. The range of notes in the alto voice of the choir is about the notes G3 (below middle C) to F5 (in the second octave above middle C). So that it can be said that this type of Alto voice has a range of notes from F to D.

The alto voice type is generally in the third level down from the soprano, even though they have the same height, but different pitches. In adult women, the alto voice can be achieved if it has a low level of ambitus, but in adult men it is actually owned with a high level of ambitus. When someone succeeds in singing in an alto voice, the sound produced will be characterized as low, heavy, and authoritative. Therefore, usually in opera performances, usually the role of a queen is played by those who have alto voices.

Get to Know What are the Elements of Music

Any type of voice usually tends to be used for singing and music activities. Both ambitus and timbre are included in the building blocks of good music. Music itself is a work of art which expresses its ideas through sound, with its basic elements being melody, rhythm and harmony. In a music that has a special rhythm arrangement that contains a certain feeling value.

Basically, musical elements which must be in harmony in order to form a unified whole can be grouped into two things, viz

• The main elements, namely in the form of harmony, rhythm, melody, and song structure.
• The elements of expression, namely in the form of tempo, dynamics, and tone color.

Well, here is a description of the elements of music.

1. Harmony

Namely the form of sound harmony which is a combination of two or more tones that differ in high and low. Harmony can also be referred to as a combination of several tones sounded simultaneously or sequentially. Even though some of these notes have different highs and lows, they will sound harmonious and have a unanimous unity.

2. Rhythm (Rhythm)

Rhythm or rhythm is the most basic element in making music, namely the element of time in a piece of music. Namely a group of sounds with various note lengths and notes stress. Rhythm can also be referred to as rhythm, which is the arrangement of short and long notes and depends on a note point value. In a piece of music, this rhythm will be formed from a group of sounds with varying lengths of time and length. A rhythm will generally be composed on the basis of a beat, whether it’s a strong beat or a weak beat.

3. Melody

Namely the arrangement of a series of tones (sounds with regular vibrations) that sound sequentially and simultaneously. This melody is usually used in a song arrangement as a fill or core vocal.

4. Song Structure

Is the arrangement or relationship between musical elements in order to form a unit and produce a meaningful song composition.

5. Timbre or Tone Color

Timbre or tone color is the sound or sound produced by a musical instrument. Even though the instrument plays the same note, the sound or sound produced can be different. While in the human voice, this timbre can be related to the type of voice, which is based on gender and age.

6. Song Time

The time signature is the beat in a piece of music, usually marked with a fractional number. For example 2/4, 6/8, and others. The number 2 (quantifier) ​​will indicate the number of beats in one measure, while the number 4 (the denominator) will indicate the note value in one measure.

7. Tempo

Tempo is a measure of speed in a song’s measure, usually measured with a tool called a metronome and a special tool called a keyboard. Especially in the keyboard tool, there will be a digital metronome that functions as a speed meter in a measure.

The existence of tempo in a music can be divided into 3 groups, namely slow tempo, medium tempo, and fast tempo. Well, here is the description:

a) Slow Tempo

• Grave: very slow and solemn, with a speed of about 40-44 MM
• Largo: slow and majestic, with a speed of about 46-50 MM
• Adagio: slightly faster than Largo, at around 52-54MM
• Lento: slow, with a speed of about 56-58MM

b) Moderate Tempo

• Andante: as fast as a walking person, with a speed of about 72-76 MM
• Andantio: faster than Andante, with a speed of around 80-84 MM
• Maestoso: majestic and noble, with a speed of about 88-92 MM
• Moderato: medium, with a speed of about 96-104 MM

c) Fast Tempo

• Allegretto: rather fast and carefree, with a speed of around 108-116 MM
• Allegro: fast, lively and exuberant, with a speed of about 132-138 MM
• Vivace: lively and carefree, with a speed of about 160-176 MM
• Presto: fast, with a speed of about 184-200 MM

In addition, there are also several other signs that indicate the tempo or speed of the song, namely:

• Accelerando: faster
• Ritardando: getting slower
• Fermata: forever arranged by singer or conductor
• Staccato: disjointed

8. Expression

The element of expression is also an important element in a piece of music, because in music there must be a sentence that contains that meaning. Through these song sentences, artists will express their ideas and feelings through a song, so of course expression becomes an important element. The biggest challenge for a singer is retranslating the song and performing it with the right expression. There are several signs of expression in a song or music, namely:

• Agianto: happy and excited
• Con Animo: earnestly
• Con Animato: very animated
• Con Spirito: with passion
• Con Antaibile: by exclaiming
• Con Bravura: valiantly
• Vivace: lively and lively
• Marcato: decisively and emphatically
• Maestoso: is noble and noble
• Ambile: interestingly
• Cantabile: melodious feeling
• Con Amore: feeling full of love
• Con Doloroso: feeling sad, sad, and sad
• Con Espressione: with feeling
• Con Sostenuto: with feeling

So, that’s a review of the types of voices in women and the elements that make music into a unified whole. Is Sinaumed’s one of the owners of these types of voices?

Also Read!

• 13 Variety of Regional Musical Instruments from West Java
• Definition of Traditional Music and Musical Instruments
• The Origins of Gamelan Musical Instruments and How to Play It
• Understanding What is the Art of Music
• Studying While Listening to Music, Can You Focus?
• Understanding Five Tone Intervals
• The Development and History of Dangdut in Indonesia
• Definition and Order of Scales

The role of Pancasila in national diversity – The ideology of Pancasila is rooted in the flesh and blood of the Indonesian people. After Indonesia’s independence from Japanese colonialism on August 17, 1945, Pancasila was formed as a national guideline that should be instilled and applied in all our actions.

As Sinaumed’s knows, there are 5 precepts that you can find in Pancasila. The 5 precepts read: belief in one almighty God, just and civilized humanity, Indonesian unity, democracy led by wisdom in representative deliberations, and social justice for all Indonesian people.

It is not without reason why these precepts were chosen and made into the contents of Pancasila. The figures behind the creation of Pancasila ideology have thoroughly discussed the essence of the Indonesian state, before determining these points according to our identity.

One of the things that distinguishes Indonesia from other countries in the world is its diversity, both in terms of ethnicity, culture and religion. Then, the contents of Pancasila successfully describe the diversity that we have well.

In this article, Sinaumed’s will study the role of Pancasila in the diversity of the Indonesian nation. It is hoped that after Sinaumed’s reads this article, you will be able to understand more and more the essence of the diversity that Indonesia has, and appreciate this diversity even more.

The Role of Pancasila in the Diversity of the Nation

If we draw out the role of Pancasila in the diversity of the Indonesian nation, we can find at least 3 main discussions. From these 3 discussions, Sinaumed’s was also able to learn more about the role of Pancasila in the diversity of the Indonesian nation based on the existing Pancasila points.

Below, Sinaumed’s will receive an explanation in advance regarding the main points regarding the role of Pancasila in the diversity of the Indonesian nation. After that, then we will discuss these points based on Pancasila points. Check out the discussion below.

As a State Guide

Pancasila as the state guide has the ability to regulate the attitudes and behavior of the nation, in this case, attitudes and behavior in dealing with diversity. Here, Pancasila functions so that it can return Indonesian society to the right direction if they have committed deviant behavior and are not in accordance with the essence of Pancasila.

As the Foundation of the State

Apart from that, Pancasila is also the foundation of the Indonesian state, which should become a way of life for every Indonesian, regardless of status, age, gender, and of course, ethnicity and religion. Apart from that, of course, respecting diversity in this country is mandatory for all of us.

As a Benchmark for State Values ​​and Norms

It cannot be denied that the progress of science and technology (IPTEK) in the era of globalization has made Indonesia have a new culture and diversity that has never been seen before. Pancasila can be used as a filter to determine which diversity is compatible with national identity and which is not.

Based on the explanation above, maybe some of Sinaumed’s are asking themselves, is Pancasila so important that it can regulate the attitudes and behavior of its citizens? Is his role really that important to the point that people have to follow what is contained in Pancasila?

Sinaumed’s needs to know that the existence of Pancasila is not to dictate what its citizens should do. However, here the existence of Pancasila serves as a reference so that Indonesian people can behave properly and correctly, in accordance with the ethics and norms that exist in society.

Not only that, it is certain that respecting the diversity of a nation is something that must be done by its people. Appreciating the diversity of our own nation means that we also appreciate what our ancestors and predecessors have created for the country of Indonesia. In fact, appreciating can increase unity and oneness.

Understanding Indonesia’s diversity has become a learning topic in Citizenship Education subjects. This topic has even been discussed since students entered elementary school (SD), given the importance of understanding the topic. One of the books that can help elementary students to understand the diversity of nations is the book ” SD/MI/Erlangga X-Press Us PPKN “.

Application of Pancasila Points in National Diversity

As discussed earlier, the points in Pancasila also have their respective roles in the diversity of nations. Each precept was made in such a way by our predecessors, so that every Indonesian could live amidst differences without feeling left behind because they are different from the others.

Below, we will learn about what is contained in each Pancasila point regarding the role in the diversity of the Indonesian nation. It would be nice if Sinaumed’s read this role carefully, and tried to apply it to each of your daily lives.

Belief in the one and only God

As Sinaumed’s knows, Indonesia has a variety of beliefs spread across the country. This diversity in religion is one of the factors that makes Indonesia unique and beautiful when compared to other countries.

It is only natural for us as good Indonesian citizens to always respect someone’s beliefs, and not force them to follow our own beliefs. Because, of course, no one wants you to be forced to follow a different belief from yours, right?

Just and civilized humanity

Indonesia’s diversity lies not only in religion. You must already know that Indonesia also has ethnic and cultural wealth. Each region has different habits, customs, and traditions from other regions.

This difference must always be supported by a human attitude that is full of compassion and morals. We should not behave differently which tends to be negative towards other people who are different from ourselves. Instead, we must accept the difference between the person and each other with open arms.
the unity of Indonesia

The motto ” Unity in Diversity ” or ” Different but still one ” is the motto that best describes Indonesia’s diversity, while at the same time showing that the third precept is true. Don’t let the differences between one person and another bring division.

Supposedly, with the diversity that Indonesia has, we must always try to respect each other. Because, regardless of religion, ethnicity and culture, our identity on paper will always be the same, namely as Indonesian citizens.

Democracy Led by Wisdom of Wisdom in Representative Deliberations

Of course there are times when the diversity that we have with other people can lead to different views or opinions on a matter. This is something that is normal in a country with its diversity. However, as previously stated, we should not be at odds because of this difference.

If you find differences in views or opinions because of background with other people, it would be nice if you discussed these differences in deliberation until a consensus was reached. It is not wise for you to choose the path of violence to resolve your differences.

Social justice for all the people of Indonesia

And one other important thing that must be implemented by good Indonesian citizens is not to discriminate against other people based on religious background, ethnicity, culture, and even gender. We must be fair to anyone, whenever and wherever we are.

There is no reason why we should act differently because someone does not share the same background as us. Being discriminating or categorizing someone just because of this difference in background has entered into an act of discrimination or even racism.

Based on the explanation above, Sinaumed’s can conclude that Pancasila has a big role in shaping the thoughts and understanding of the Indonesian people regarding diversity in this country. Even so, the application of attitude towards the differences that we have is not something that is difficult to do, right?

Pancasila is something that every Indonesian will learn, even when they no longer have any education. This lesson can be found on various occasions, and can be done anytime and anywhere. One way is to read books, such as the book ” Pancasila Insights – Ed. Comprehensive ”.

Examples of Good Attitudes and Bad Attitudes in the Face of Diversity

Lessons on the topic of Indonesia’s diversity have been instilled in children from an early age. This planting is of course intended so that children can know how to properly and correctly respond to differences in Indonesia, and can apply them until they are adults.

Luckily, this lesson has proven to be quite effective in increasing children’s awareness of Indonesia’s diverse culture. Many of them already understand the importance of respecting the differences of the people around them.

Unfortunately, even though they have been intensively outreached to children, there are times when they still often act as they please and do not care about the diversity around them. There are various factors that can be the reasons behind this indifference, starting from friendship factors, parental factors, to educational factors from educators.

Below, Sinaumed’s will get some explanations regarding examples of good attitudes in dealing with diversity, and bad attitudes in dealing with diversity. The explanation below will be explained briefly and simply, suitable for Sinaumed’s who want to learn quickly or for children.

Good Attitude in Facing Diversity

Respect

Respect basically has the meaning of respecting others. In the case of this diversity, Sinaumed’s means respecting the differences that a person has, regardless of their background, showing that you have applied the principles of Pancasila properly and correctly.

Mutual cooperation

Gotong royong has been the identity of the Indonesian state since the colonial era, which means “cooperation”. Those of you who have carried out mutual cooperation means that you already have the ability to face and appreciate the differences and diversity of the Indonesian people.

Empathy

Broadly speaking, empathy is a person’s ability to feel the emotions of others. Someone who has the ability to empathize with other people can also be interpreted as a form of respecting the diversity of the Indonesian nation.

Tolerance

The meaning of tolerance is more or less similar to the definition of empathy, namely the ability for someone to respond to differences between one another. Those of you who are able to tolerate each other means that you already understand the beauty of Indonesia’s diversity because you want to respect and respect these differences.

Bad Attitudes Dealing with Diversity

racist

Racist is a bad attitude where someone feels that their race, ethnicity, religion or ethnicity has a higher position than other people. In fact, in reality there is no race, ethnicity, religion, or ethnicity that is in a higher position. All of them are the same and have their own contribution in the social order.

Discrimination

Discriminatory attitudes can be interpreted as actions that treat people differently because of their background. Difference here refers to the negative, and is definitely not something that is allowed to be done in the wider community.

Isolate

One form of discrimination above is to isolate people who are considered different. Isolating other people means not thinking that this person is among them, and practicing indifference and not wanting to care about anything that happens to this person.

It should always be emphasized that civics education is something that is important to learn for Indonesians regardless of their age. Adults also need to study this topic, so they don’t quickly forget their national identity in the midst of globalization. The book “New Paradigm of Citizenship Education: Guide to Lectures in Higher Education” can be Sinaumed’s reading material to deepen knowledge about citizenship.

Conclusion

Since 1945, Indonesia has succeeded in liberating the country after hundreds of years of being colonized by foreign nationals. At that time, Indonesia also had a state foundation as a guideline and reference for the life of the people of this nation, namely Pancasila.

Pancasila is the basic formulation of the state that has been established by our predecessors. Pancasila itself has been planned in such a way, to adapt to what has been the essence and identity of the Indonesian nation for a long time and one of the things that is most attached to Indonesia is its diversity.

The diversity in this country can be found right down to the roots of its people. Almost all Indonesian people have different backgrounds, and this is not only limited to their religion, ethnicity and culture. If we look deeper, the differences between these communities can also be found in other factors, starting from education, economy, social environment, and other factors. Therefore, it would be nice if we started appreciating the differences that surround us.

This is because you can find the differences mentioned above in various situations and conditions. As long as you are still in Indonesia, it will be difficult to keep away from the diversity of its people.

For this reason, the role of Pancasila as a guide and reference in the life of the Indonesian nation cannot be dismissed. As discussed above, there are many roles of Pancasila in the diversity of nations . So, it is only natural for us, Indonesian citizens, to try to apply the teachings of Pancasila in our lives as best we can.

After all, Pancasila does not contain things that can make us deviate from the right path. Conversely, Pancasila contains any teachings that are in accordance with moral and ethical values ​​in everyday life. This further strengthens the main reason why Indonesians should follow Pancasila.

At the end of this article, I hope that none of the Sinaumed’s want to leave the teachings of Pancasila. Of course, after reading this article, it is hoped that it will further strengthen Sinaumed’s’ sense of responsibility to carry out the life of the nation and state in accordance with the teachings of Pancasila.

In addition to the articles and a number of book recommendations above, sinaumedia, #SahabatTanpaBatas, also has various other reading materials related to citizenship on our website, namely sinaumedia.com . The more diligently Sinaumed’s reads, the more likely you are to get #MoreWithReading knowledge and information.

Author: M. Adrianto S.

Also read:

3 The Role of Government Households in Economic Activity – Do you know what economic activity is? Actually economic activity exists at all levels in society. Economic activity is any activity that involves money and the exchange of products or services.

All actions related to the production, consumption and distribution of goods or services at all levels in society can be said to be economic activities. Economic activity can also be interpreted as a series of activities that produce, sell, trade, distribute goods or services involving monetary transactions.

Grouping businesses that provide products or services to institutions or end consumers is an economic activity. If interpreted simply, economic activity is an activity to get money, wealth, and income.

The interaction between economic actors will lead to economic activity. There are important elements in building an economic activity.

Economic actors are one of the elements that must exist in economic activity. It can be said that economic actors are parties in an economic system that carry out economic activities.

Individual subjects as well as organizations or governments are economic actors who carry out economic activities in the form of production, consumption and distribution. Economic actors can also be interpreted as a person or organization that has influence on economic motives, namely by producing, buying, or selling.

4 Types of Economic Actors in Indonesia

In Indonesia itself there are four types of economic actors which are divided into consumer households, producer households, government households, and foreign communities. The four types of economic actors have different roles.

In simple terms, examples of the activities of economic actors are housewives who buy various foodstuffs, such as rice, eggs, meat, vegetables, and so on. This article will bring you to know the role of government households in economic activity.

However, beforehand, let’s add to our knowledge by tracing the role of economic actors in economic activity. The first type of economic actor is the consumer household or what is often abbreviated as RTK.

A group of people or entities that carry out consumption activities is called a consumer household. As a consumer household, the role played is to consume the use value of an item or service provided by the producer. Then the other role is to provide various factors of production.

What are the factors of production in question? The factors of production are labor or human resources, capital, and land or land funds. Consumer households that provide factors of production will later receive remuneration from producer households.

Remuneration for services provided can be in the form of capital interest, wages, operating profit, and rent. Consumer households in economic activities must also bear the tax burden provided by the government.

The next type of economic actor is a producer household or commonly abbreviated as RTP. Organizations or business entities established by a person or group to produce goods or services to meet community needs are called producer households.

Producer households in economic activity have two important roles, namely as producers and as consumers. When carrying out their role as producers, producer households will produce goods or services.

Goods or services produced will be distributed to other economic actors in an effort to meet the needs of life. Then when carrying out their role as consumers, producer households will consume the factors of production provided by consumer households.

These factors of production will be processed through the production process. Similar to consumer households, producer households also need to bear the tax burden provided by the government.

After knowing the producer households, now is the time for Sinaumed’s to know the role of government households. This one economic actor has a special characteristic whose role is to produce goods or services to fulfill the public interest.

Government households in economic activities have three important roles, namely as producers, consumers, and controllers of the economy. Just like other economic actors, when carrying out their role as household producers, the government will produce goods or services in order to fulfill the public interest.

The production of goods or services is carried out by government agencies, namely BUMN . Then when carrying out their role as consumers, government households will allocate funds to purchase various factors of production that will be used to produce goods and services.

Meanwhile, government households will carry out their role as economic controllers by establishing policies related to the economy. The various policies implemented are fiscal policy, monetary policy, and international economic policy.

The last type of economic actor is the foreign community. This type of economic actor also has an equally important role.

The presence of foreign communities will trigger economic activity in the form of exports and imports. Then the government can earn foreign exchange from export and import activities. What is foreign exchange?

Foreign exchange is a source of state revenue that can stabilize the financial sector and economic growth. After knowing the roles of the four types of economic actors in outline, now is the time for Sinaumed’s to focus on increasing knowledge about the role of government households in economic activity.

It should be noted that the Indonesian government has an important role in supporting the running of the country’s economy. It is the duty of the government to regulate, control and control the wheels of the economy so that the country can grow and develop.

This is all done for the sake of enabling the people to live a decent and peaceful life. The government behaves as a producer and consumer in a country’s economic activities.

When acting as producers, government households are tasked with providing various public facilities. The government will monopolize production sectors, such as fuel, water and food. Then when carrying out their role as consumers, government households will consume by routine spending which consists of paying the salaries of government employees.

As previously explained, the government takes the most important part in a country’s economic activity. Broadly speaking, the task of the government in the country’s economic activities is to create a healthy and dynamic economic climate.

Government Household Functions

If summed up, here are some points of government household functions in a country’s economic activities:

• Increase employment growth and development.
• Fully responsible for the advancement or decline of the community’s economy.
• Maintaining economic stability by formulating various economic policies.
• Controlling price levels and inflation.
• Act as a supplier and  demander
• Using tax proceeds to build public facilities.
• Withdraw direct tax or indirect tax.

3 The Role of Government Households in Economic Activities

As described above, in household economic activities the government has an important role in running the wheels of the economy. The country’s economy needs to be controlled with various favorable policies.

Government households as economic actors have the main role as controllers of economic policies that can prosper the entire community. The government’s economic activities include making fiscal policies, monetary policies, international financial regulations, and so on.

Fiscal policy as a government economic activity is made in relation to state income and expenditure. Then monetary policy is made by the government to regulate the amount of money in circulation in order to control the inflation rate.

Furthermore, the government makes international financial regulations in economic activities. These regulations are in the field of finance related to the international world, both economic cooperation with other countries, international trade, and so on. Other economic activities carried out by the government are preparing short, medium and long term economic plans.

The government also helps finance domestic development by borrowing from abroad. In economic activities, the government seeks to establish state companies that will function to stabilize the economy. Meanwhile, the government participates in carrying out economic activities by providing the people with currency needs and hiring skilled workers to help carry out monetary policy.

There are three important roles for government households in economic activities, namely regulators, producers and consumers. The following is a complete explanation of the three important roles of government households in economic activity.

1. Regulators

First, the role of government households in economic activities is the regulator or regulator of the economy. Government households play a role in regulating the economy for the welfare of society so that there are no gaps. In carrying out its role, government households continue to strive to create a just and equitable economy for all levels of society.

The government creates rules or regulations in the form of granting subsidies to domestic companies. Why? This is done to ensure that domestic products can compete with foreign products.

In addition, government households play a role in determining the amount of taxes. The government sets a progressive tax rate in order to create a fair policy.

The rich will be taxed high and the poor will be taxed low or even not taxed. Are there any supermarkets or minimarkets around your neighborhood?

If so, then the government is carrying out its role in regulating the economy. Because government households have the authority to issue permits for the establishment of supermarkets and minimarkets. This authority illustrates the government’s role as a regulator or regulator of the economy.

2. Manufacturers

Second, the role of government households in economic activity is producers. In carrying out this role, the government produces goods and services.

Producing households in the country are in the form of State-Owned Enterprises or abbreviated as BUMN under the auspices of the government. The State Electricity Company or PLN and PT Kereta Api Indonesia are examples of producers in government households.

3. Consumers

Consumers are the third role of government households in economic activity. Government households also have a role as consumers, as well as family households. The government in carrying out this role requires facilities and infrastructure to support the economic system.

The necessary facilities and infrastructure are purchased from producer households. In simple terms, government offices need various writing tools every day to be able to work or do activities. This need can be met if the government buys various stationery products from manufacturers or companies.

Also read:

Those are some of the roles of government households in economic activities. Harmonious synergy is needed between regulators, producers and consumers in running the wheels of the Indonesian economy so that it continues to spin. Hopefully this article is useful for adding to Sinaumed’s’ knowledge regarding the role of government households in economic activity.

Scale formulas – Most of the Sinaumed’s probably have difficulty understanding basic math. Now, these subjects may seem trivial to you, but in the past, there was a possibility that you would need to spend quite a bit of time to master one topic.

These topics may include integers and negative numbers, fractions and decimals, plane and geometric shapes, and measuring scale. The topics above are some of the things that have made it difficult for elementary school children, although in the end they will certainly be able to master these topics.

In this article, Sinaumed’s will be reminded of your childhood when studying basic mathematics. Now, we will study the topic of scale, starting from the definition of scale to the scale formula that you will often use.

Explanation Regarding Scale

If explained simply, scale can be interpreted as a representation or copy of an object that is either larger or smaller than the actual size of the original object. However, usually the scale model is smaller than the original and is used as a guide for creating objects at full size.

So, it can be concluded that one of the greatest uses of scale is to create approximate models before someone creates the actual shape of these objects. These objects can be of various types, ranging from statues, buildings and also houses.

However, it is not uncommon for someone to measure the scale to make a smaller miniature of an object. Their needs also vary, ranging from educating other people or just displaying them. These objects can be vehicles, bridges, or even things that may no longer be categorized as “objects”, such as parks or housing.

Before we go into the next discussion about scales, Sinaumed’s needs to know that scales in mathematics have a fairly broad scope of discussion. Even so, elementary school children usually only learn one type of scale measurement, namely the scale on a map.

This is because the scale on the map has a number of variables which are easier to teach to elementary school children than other types of scale calculations. Not only that, calculating the scale on a map is also not complicated, but it does require precision and patience.

Returning to the explanation of the scale, we can state that the scale uses four ways, namely using words which are also commonly referred to as lexical scales, as ratios, as fractions, or as graphical scales in the form of bar charts.

Therefore, if there is a mention of a scale that is written as “one centimeter per hundred meters”, then Sinaumed’s can write it in the form of numbers such as 1/100 or 1:100 according to the request asked by the question giver or the client.

Topics regarding this scale are usually taught when elementary school children have entered grade 5, where many subjects have a higher level of difficulty. The book ” Summary of Material and Practice Math Questions for Grade 5 SD/MI ” can help Sinaumed’s’ children, cousins, or nephews who have entered grade 5 elementary school so they are not left behind in mathematics.

Scale formula

Usually, when there are questions that discuss the topic of scale, you won’t be asked to just calculate the scale. Apart from the scale, elementary school children will generally be asked to calculate other things related to the scale such as the actual distance or the distance on the map.

For this reason, before we enter into the discussion of scale formulas, Sinaumed’s must first know the form of these formulas as a whole. Fortunately, this form or format of calculation is also common in other math topics, so learning it shouldn’t be difficult. You will find a more detailed explanation in the image below.

As Sinaumed’s can see above, you can find this triangular model of calculation in other math topics, such as calculating the formula for speed, distance and time. You can apply the same calculation method to the formulas to calculate the scale.

With the above understanding, we will now jointly discuss the formulas for calculating scale, starting from the formula for calculating scale, the formula for calculating actual distance, and the formula for calculating distance on a map.

Not only that, we will also work on several problems regarding the calculation of scale together. The hope is that Sinaumed’s can gain your understanding of the topic of scales and be able to recall one of the topics in this mathematics subject.

The formula for calculating the scale

Based on the picture above, the position of the scale is below the distance on the map and next to the actual distance. If we apply the formula to calculate the scale using this information, it can be translated as follows:

S = Jp ÷ Jb

Problems example

It is known that the distance between the cities of Jakarta and the cities of Bandung is 150 kilometers (km). If the distance between these two cities is only about 3 centimeters (cm), what scale is used to draw the map?

To get the scale used on the map, what you need to do first is change the distance units to be the same between the two. In this case, we’ll convert kilometers to centimeters to make the calculation easier. 150 km if converted to centimeters must be multiplied by 100,000.

150 km x 100,000 = 15,000,000 cm

After converting km to cm, you only need to enter the variables above into the formula. The variable in question is the actual distance, namely the distance between the cities of Jakarta and Bandung, and the distance on the map. So, the calculation will be more or less like this:

S = Jp ÷ Jb
S = 3 cm ÷ 15,000,000 cm
S = 1 ÷ 5,000,000 cm

Your calculations can end there. With this, Sinaumed’s has found the scale used to draw a map between the City of Jakarta and the City of Bandung, which is 1:5,000,000 or 1/5,000,000. That is, every one cm used to describe the map, is 5,000,000 cm or 50 km in the original distance.

The formula for calculating the actual distance

Based on the image above, the actual distance position is below the distance on the map and next to the scale. If we apply the formula to calculate the scale using this information, it can be translated as follows:

Js = Jp ÷ S

Problems example

It is known that the distance on the map between Malang City and Surabaya City is 5 centimeters (cm). If the scale used to depict the map is 1:1,800,000, what is the actual distance between these two cities?

Before we go into the discussion of questions, Sinaumed’s needs to know that later you will be faced with calculations using large numbers. However, you don’t need to worry about this. The key is to remain patient, thorough and not panic, because believe it or not these numbers are not difficult numbers to calculate.

Once you are ready, Sinaumed’s can plug the above variables into the formula. The variable in question is the scale used and the distance between cities written on the map. So, the calculation will be more or less like this:

Js = Jp ÷ S
Js = 5 cm ÷ 1:1,800,000 or 1/1,800,000
Js = 5 cm x 1,800,000
Js = 9,000,000 cm

Calculations regarding the actual distance from the two cities can actually stop here. However, generally you are asked to convert distances from centimeters to kilometers as these are the most commonly used units with numbers that large. You just need to divide by 100,000.
9,000,000 cm ÷ 100,000 = 90 km.

After achieving these results, it is a sign that Sinaumed’s’ calculations are completely finished. You no longer need to add or change anything from the results above, so the conclusion is that the actual distance between Malang City and Surabaya City is 90 km.

Formulas for Calculating Distances on a Map

Based on the picture above, the position of the distance on the map is above the actual distance and also the scale. If we apply the formula to calculate the scale using this information, it can be translated as follows:

Jp = Js x S

Problems example

It is known, the distance between the city of Padang and the city of Medan on the island of Sumatra reaches 770 kilometers (km). Calculate the distance that will be drawn on the map using a scale of 1:11,000,000.

First, Sinaumed’s must realize that these two variables are different from each other, because as discussed earlier, the 1:11,000,000 scale above means “1 cm every 11,000,000 cm at the original distance”. For that, we have to convert one of these variables into the same unit of measure.

Here, Sinaumed’s is advised to convert the original distance in km to cm. This is because we follow the scale used and the scale cannot be changed even if it is only for calculation purposes. To convert km to cm, you need to multiply by 100,000.

770 km x 100,000 = 77,000,000 cm

Only then was Sinaumed’s able to enter the variables above into the formula. The variable in question is the scale used on the map and the actual distance between the city of Padang and the city of Medan. So, the calculation will be more or less like this:

Jp = Js x S
Jp = 77,000,000 cm x 1:11,000,000 or 1/11,000,000
Jp = 77,000,000 cm/11,000,000 or 77,000,000 cm ÷ 11,000,000
Jp = 7 cm

The results above indicate the end of the calculation regarding the distance on the map between the City of Padang and the City of Medan, which is 7 cm long. There’s nothing else that Sinaumed’s needs to do or look for in these calculations.

How about it, Sinaumed’s? The scale formula is not as difficult and complicated as you imagine, right? You only need to read the questions carefully, adjust the variables according to the formulas requested, and finally you can use these formulas according to the purpose of the calculation.

As long as Sinaumed’s is diligent in practicing questions and willing to learn from mistakes, over time you will definitely find math to be fun. As presented in the book ” Why? Mathematics 1 “, a book that allows you to learn about mathematics in an exciting and fun way.

How to Learn Maths Effectively

The scale formula above not only teaches Sinaumed’s how to calculate scale, but also the basics of multiplication, division, and length conversion. So, basically you can learn many things about mathematics from just one topic.

Even though you can learn many things from there, Sinaumed’s might not be the type of person who can learn many things in one meeting. You may be a person who needs to learn slowly but surely in order to understand a topic.

This is not a problem at all. Because the key to success in learning mathematics is to practice and get used to the existing problems. There is no point in memorizing one formula a day but forgetting it the next day.

As a closing session, Sinaumed’s will learn what things you must pay attention to if you want to study mathematics effectively. Hopefully, these suggestions can make it easier for you to learn math and not be afraid of this subject anymore.

Understand Formulas Instead of Memorizing

Memorizing the formula for your sign is just remembering the existing formulas. Although this is not wrong, there is a potential that Sinaumed’s can forget the formula more quickly. It’s different if you try to understand the formula, so you can know for sure the written formula.

Make as many notes as possible

Messy notes, especially in mathematics, will only make it difficult for you to study. Therefore, make notes that are neat and easy to read so that you can study them better. Another alternative that you can try is to borrow a friend’s notes that are tidier.

Ask the Experts

Sinaumed’s can take the time to ask those who understand mathematical concepts. This includes teachers, lecturers, or friends who have high scores in mathematics. This is one way for you to more quickly understand one of the math concepts you don’t understand.

Don’t get tired of practicing questions

The formulas you learn will be of no use if you don’t apply them to the problem. Practice practice questions are the best way for you to understand mathematics even deeper. With this, you can find out whether you have been able to work on the questions based on your current knowledge or not.

Learn Past Mistakes

Mistakes in learning mathematics are very natural. In fact, by making mistakes, you can find out where your weaknesses are so you don’t repeat this in the future. You will understand that what you are doing is not right and know what steps you should take.

As a closing conclusion, the essence of the explanation above is to always be diligent in learning, keep practicing and not be afraid of making mistakes. Don’t let Sinaumed’s stop being consumed by negative emotions. Keep studying and practicing until you master math perfectly.

Don’t just wait for class. Sinaumed’s can also learn mathematics outside of the classroom, whether it’s tutoring from your friends, learning from the internet, reading books, and of course practicing self-taught. The book ” Math Runner: Collection of High School / MA Math Practice Questions ” is a practice book for high school students that can help you practice math problems.

Apart from the recommended books above, Sinaumed’s can find other books according to your interests or even articles you need on the sinaumedia.com website. sinaumedia, #FriendsWithoutLimits , will never get tired of reminding Sinaumed’s to keep reading diligently because you can get knowledge, information, and insights #MoreWithReading .

Author: M. Adrianto S.

Also read:

We often hear about the Founding Figures of the United Nations – the United Nations (UN) in various information about international issues. As the largest international organization in the world, the United Nations has a central role in maintaining relations between countries in the world, including relations between countries and individuals who are citizens of the countries concerned.

The United Nations also has a major role in maintaining world peace which in this case includes preventing any potential conflicts that might arise between its member countries.

In addition, the United Nations has a major role in protecting the Human Rights (HAM) of every individual in the world, not only because it considers the individual as a citizen, but also because it recognizes that every individual is a person with human rights inherent in himself as a human being.

Through the founding of the United Nations, the countries in the world that are members have seriously committed to creating a cooperative atmosphere between countries, not only in the political and military fields, but also in the economic, social and cultural fields. The cooperation built by UN member states now is not only meaningful as maintaining national security stability, but also includes increasing the prosperity and welfare of each member country, which in this case has an impact on the progress of all civilizations in the world.

In this article, we will briefly explain how the UN was formed as a reaction to the second world war so that it has survived to this day as the largest international organization in the world, as well as who are the founding figures of the UN. Furthermore, this article will also discuss the characteristics of the United Nations as an international organization in terms of various classification aspects.

In addition, this article will also discuss the role of the United Nations as an international organization that maintains the stability of world peace, including protecting the human rights of every individual and community group in the world.

Apart from that, to make it easier to understand how the UN works, we will also discuss the organizational structure of the UN and the functions of each of the bodies in it. Here’s the full discussion.

History of the Founding of the United Nations as an International Organization

Long before the United Nations was formed, the League of Nations (LBB) had been born as a reaction to World War I. LBB was the result of the Versailles Peace Conference on April 28, 1919 which then prompted the formation of an international organization that had higher power than the state. Here, LBB has the goal of maintaining international solidarity and preventing a repeat of world wars.

In its development, the LBB failed in carrying out its role, partly because it did not have the authority to punish the aggressor , authoritarian countries such as Japan and Germany left the LBB, the LBB’s covenants contained many weaknesses and the country’s lack of political will for peace. -member countries, member countries still adhere to the doctrine of absolute sovereignty, and are unable to prevent the Japanese aggression against Manchuria, the German aggression against Austria, and the conquest of Ethiopia by Italy, triggering World War II.

LBB’s failure to maintain world peace eventually led to the formation of a new international organization, namely the UN or United Nations (UN) on June 26, 1945, where the UN Charter itself came into force on October 24, 1945. The UN was born with improvements in several aspects, including: structure cooperation; work procedures and authorities; technical cooperation/special institution which is revived; detailing purposes more or less the same but improved.

The formation of the United Nations itself had been planned since World War II, by the President of the United States, Franklin D. Roosevelt, who opened the discourse regarding the international organization to succeed the LBB with British Prime Minister Winston Churchill aboard the warship Augusta in Newfoundland Bay.

The General Assembly was first held on January 10, 1946 in London and was attended by representatives from 51 countries after previously the United Nations Charter was ratified by five permanent security members, namely France, the United States, the Soviet Union, China and the United Kingdom, as well as 46 other countries.

As an institution that plays a major role in the international world, the United Nations recognizes several official languages ​​that can be used in its institutional activities, including English, French, Spanish, Russian, Chinese and Arabic. The main headquarters of the United Nations itself is located in New York, United States. The number of countries that are members of the United Nations itself has so far reached 193 countries.

United Nations Founding Figures and Main Countries in the Formation of the United Nations

The formation of the United Nations cannot be separated from the role of the founding figures of the United Nations who initiated the birth of this international organization. In the history of the formation of the United Nations, there were founding figures of the United Nations who played an important role in planning to form the United Nations.

The first founding figure of the United Nations to play a role in the formation of the United Nations was the 32nd President of the United States, Franklin D. Roosevelt, who was the first figure to propose the formation of the United Nations. Prior to the birth of the United Nations, Roosevelt promised a world organization after the LBB failed to prevent world wars. From this promise, he finally initiated the formation of the United Nations with the aim of creating international peace after World War II and preventing another world war from happening again.

Roosevelt’s dreams and ideas were later supported by Winston Churchill, British Prime Minister who served from 1940-1945. His meeting with President Roosevelt at the Arcadia Conference led him to participate in supporting the formation of the United Nations to maintain world peace and prevent another world war from happening again. Churchill and Roosevelt finally agreed to resolve post-war international disputes through peace negotiations without involving violence that could trigger war.

To strengthen his intention to form the United Nations, Roosevelt finally met Joseph Stalin, the supreme leader of the Soviet Union at that time, in Tehran, Iran in November 1943. During that meeting, Roosevelt put forward his desire to form the United Nations and was welcomed by Stalin. The support from the three great founding figures of the United Nations from the three giant countries eventually became the forerunners of the founding of the United Nations.

The three major founding figures of the United Nations finally represented the support of the three major countries, namely the United States, Britain and the Soviet Union. the founding of the United Nations so that the three countries are referred to as “The Big Three”. The deal establishing the United Nations continued at the Dumbarton Oaks Conference in Washington DC, where US, British and Soviet diplomats negotiated with Chinese diplomats.

The four major countries which became known as “The Big Four” also agreed to formulate the goals, structure and functions of the United Nations, despite the fact that each party still disagreed on several matters, including those related to voting.

In understanding the founders of the United Nations, of course we need to get to know the key founding figures of the United Nations in more detail. Here we have summarized a brief profile of the founding figures of the United Nations.

1.Franklin Delano Roosevelt

Franklin Delano Roosevelt, the 32nd President of the United States, was born in Hyde Park, New York on January 30, 1882. At the age of 63 he died in Warm Springs. He is better known as FDR by the people of the United States and even the international community. Roosevelt succeeded in becoming the only president of the United States who was elected four times in elections during his term of office from 1933 to 1945. This figure who had worked as a lawyer at the age of 25 became a key figure in the international world, including as one of the founder of the United Nations.

Roosevelt is a figure who was born from a family with an affluent economic background. However, he has also faced difficult times that made him sick until he experienced a disability phase. When he was 39 years old, he was poisoned by Rony Dappit, resulting in leg paralysis caused by Guillain-Barre syndrome .

The incident that happened to him in 1921 made Roosevelt have a patient character and the ability to control himself. In 1924, he finally recovered from his illness.

Roosevelt is a Harvard University graduate who then made himself move in the forefront of reform supporters. Before successfully initiating the founding of the United Nations, Roosevelt was famous for his leadership in bringing the United States to recover from the “Great Depression “ , namely a period in which the level of the economy decreased dramatically throughout the world. This event first started in 1929 which was marked by the event “Black Tuesday” or can be interpreted as the event of the fall of the New York stock market.

2. Winston Churchill

Sir Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill was born to Lord Randolph Churchill, a well-known political figure, and Lady Randolph, a daughter of the United States millionaire, Leonard Jerome. He was born in Oxfordshire, England on 20 November 1874 prematurely when his parents were traveling on horseback.

Winston Churchill is a political figure best known as the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom during World War II. He is highly skilled in war strategy, speech, diplomacy and politics, making him a popular figure in Great Britain as well as a key figure in world history.

With all this reputation, Churchill was very involved and experienced in the military field to international politics, especially those related to World War II and the founding of the United Nations.

Judging from his academic history during his education, Churchill was not a child with a myriad of achievements. He is better known as a revolutionary rebel figure. He served as Prime Minister of the United Kingdom from 1940-1945 and 1951-1955.

3. Joseph Stalin

Joseph Stalin was a leader of the Soviet Union after the leadership of Vladimir Lenin. He is known for his dictatorship during the lead of the Soviet Union. The international world gave him the title of man of steel or steel man . During his tenure, he is estimated to have killed an estimated 30 million people in Russia and surrounding countries. In addition, as a follower of Charles Darwin’s The Origins of Man , he is also known for not believing in the existence of God or religion.

Prior to occupying the highest peak of power in the Soviet Union, Stalin served as General Secretary of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. In fighting for the position of party leader, Stalis had to face his main opponent, namely Leon Trotsky. In the struggle for power, he finally succeeded in embracing all the forces within the communist party to support him, then expelled Trotsky from the territory of the Soviet Union and in the end Stalin made an order to hunt down his political opponent.

From there, Trotsky was killed while on the run in Mexico in 1940. Stalin did not hesitate to kill people who were dangerous to the continuation of his political career, including colleagues in his party. Those who do not agree with Stalin will be regarded as enemies of the state and must be eliminated and killed.

In World War II (1939-1945), the Soviet Union under the leadership of Stallin sided with the Allies against Nazi Germany. In its peak event, he mobilized all available troops to carry out the invasion of Stalingrad in order to fight Nazi Germany. From this incident, many victims fell, especially Soviet Union civilians.

United Nations Specialized Agencies

In an effort to achieve its goal of maintaining world peace as well as the welfare of member countries, the United Nations has various special agencies that have roles and tasks in their respective fields. Some of these specialized agencies include the following:

1. International Labor Organization (ILO)

The International Labor Organization (ILO) has the task of formulating international standards in the field of labor. This body also plays a role in helping workers around the world to organize and negotiate with the companies where they work and local governments. The agency, which is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, also provides support for the movement to abolish forced labor and strives for equal rights and opportunities for every worker from various backgrounds.

2. International Telecommunication Union (ITU)

This special agency headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland handles a variety of communications, technology and information affairs in an international scope. ITU also has a big role to play in connecting various communities spread across the world.

3. World Health Organization (WHO)

WHO is a UN special agency that deals with international health issues which aims to achieve equal and quality health standards for all member countries. This special agency headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland also has an important role in helping various health problems faced by member countries.

4. International Monetary Fund (IMF)

Headquartered in Washington DC, United States of America, the IMF has a role in providing loan funds for UN member countries that have financial difficulties. This special agency contributes to investing in various projects planned and to be implemented by member countries.

5. United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

UNESCO has a role to play in supporting the advancement of education and science throughout the world. In addition, this special agency headquartered in Paris, France also has a role in protecting various cultural and historic sites around the world.

6. United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)

UNWTO plays a role in promoting tourism destinations around the world. This special agency is based in Madrid, Spain.

7. United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO)

UNIDO plays a role in industrial development to alleviate poverty while promoting sustainable globalization in member countries. This special agency is headquartered in Vienna, Austria.

8. World Meteorological Organization (WMO)

WMO plays a role in facilitating the exchange of information and meteorological data for aviation, goods delivery, security, and agriculture between member countries. This UN special agency is based in Geneva, Switzerland.

9.Universal Postal Union (UPU)

Headquartered in Bern, Switzerland, UPU accommodates all the activities and operations of postal companies in each member country. This special agency is tasked with ensuring that postal products and services are up-to-date.

10. World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO)

WIPO plays a role in protecting intellectual property rights for individuals and organizations originating from UN member countries.

11. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)

FAO has a role in fighting hunger worldwide, connecting developed and developing countries in terms of food supply and agriculture, and supporting the development of agricultural technology in member countries. This special agency is based in Rome, Italy.

12. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)

ICAO plays a role in the development of international standards for the aviation industry in member countries. This special agency is headquartered in Montreal, Canada.

13. International Maritime Organization (IMO)

IMO plays a role in drafting regulations related to the framework for shipping and shipping goods by international sea routes. This special agency also has a focus on security, legality, technical, security, and efficiency issues. In carrying out its duties, IMO is headquartered in London, England.

14. International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD)

IFAD is tasked with overcoming poverty in underdeveloped and underdeveloped areas, hunger in poor countries, and malnutrition in the international community by increasing productivity, quality and standard of living. This special agency is based in Rome, Italy.

15.World Bank

The World Bank has a role in providing loans with low or no interest to developing countries so that these loans can be used as capital to improve the welfare of the country concerned. It is hoped that the role of the loan can also encourage the borrowing country to improve the economy. This special agency is headquartered in Washington DC, United States of America.

Characteristics of the United Nations as an International Organization

As an international organization, the United Nations has several characteristics in terms of several aspects of classification, starting from the aspect of time, membership, the mechanism for recruiting members, the nature of the organization, and the scope of functions which are detailed as follows:

1. Classification Based on Time

The United Nations is a permanent international organization, which is established for an indefinite period. In general, the articles of association do not mention a clause when the organization will be disbanded. This is the opposite of non-permanent international organizations, which are established within a predetermined period of time, for example in 3 years, 5 years or if the goals of the organization have been successfully achieved then the organization will disband. In this kind of international organization, generally the articles of association include the rules regarding the dissolution of the organization.

2. Classification based on who is a member

PPB is included in a public international organization, which was founded by countries in the world or its members are the legitimate governments of countries in the world. This type of organization has three characteristics, namely being established based on international agreements, having equipment/organs, and the law that applies is international law. This is different from private international organizations whose membership is not a state, but are international corporations and international non-governmental organizations.

3. Classification Based on Member Recruitment Mechanism

The United Nations is an example of an organization of universal character , whose membership consists of various countries without distinguishing their government system or economic system. This type of organization is the opposite of closed organizations, where membership is based on certain criteria, for example based on region, the same background, and limited functions and goals.

4. Classification Based on the Nature of the Organization

The United Nations is part of supranational organizations, which have the authority to make decisions or issue regulations that are directly binding on member countries, and some are even directly binding on individuals from member countries or member state companies.

This type of international organization has requirements, including: having the authority to make decisions so that it is not entirely dependent on the cooperation of all members; the organization has the power to make rules binding on member states; the organization can enforce its decisions; and has an autonomous financial organization. This type of international organization is the opposite of intergovernmental organizations, in which the organization obtains legal status from its member countries and is coordinative in nature.

5. Classification Based on Scope of Function

The United Nations is included in an international organization that has a versatile ( comprehensive ) function, which is an organization whose goals cover all the problems faced by its member countries.

United Nations Organizational Structure

The United Nations has six main organs in carrying out its functions, including:

1. General Assembly (General Assembly)

The General Assembly is the main deliberative assembly of the UN which consists of all UN member states. This assembly meets annually under a leader elected from member countries with the provision of one vote per member (one vote for one member).

2. Security Council (Security Council)

The Security Council consists of 15 member countries, each of which comes from 5 permanent members who have veto rights (absolute rights), namely China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom and the United States and 10 non-permanent members, which are replaced every two years , which is currently Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Colombia, Gabon, Japan, Germany, India, Lebanon, Nigeria, Portugal, and South Africa. The Security Council plays a role in maintaining international peace and security among UN member states.

3. Secretariat (Secretariat)

The UN Secretariat is led by a UN Secretary General who in carrying out his duties is assisted by a staff of international civil servants who come from all over the world. The Secretary-General has several duties, including providing research, information and facilities required by UN agencies for their meetings.

In addition, the Secretary-General is responsible for assisting in resolving international disputes, administering peacekeeping operations, organizing international conferences, gathering information on implementing Security Council decisions, and consulting member governments on various initiatives. In carrying out his duties, the Secretary General serves for five years.

4. Economic and Social Council (Social and Economic Council)

The Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) assists the General Assembly in promoting international economic and social cooperation and development. ECOSOC consists of 54 members, all of whom are elected by the General Assembly for a term of three years. The President of ECOSOC is elected for a term of one year. ECOSOC’s institutional functions include gathering information, advising member countries, and making recommendations.

5. Trusteeship Council

The United Nations Trusteeship Council is a further international trusteeship system that has been established by members of the United Nations to administer local governments placed under United Nations supervision through individual trusteeship agreements. The council which consists of five members regulates that areas without self-government are managed by paying attention to the local population so as to achieve international security and peace.

6. International Court of Justice (International Court)

The International Court of Justice or ICJ has a role in adjudicating and resolving disputes between UN member states and providing advisory opinions to the official organs and specialized agencies of the UN to resolve problems. The ICJ judges consist of 15 judges, who are elected for nine-year terms by the General Assembly and the Security Council. These judges are assisted by the Registry, their administrative organ. Apart from that, ad hoc judges can also be formed to handle several cases where it is deemed necessary to present them.

We have seen how the United Nations was formed, the founders of the United Nations, including knowing the characteristics of the United Nations as an international organization. Apart from that, Sinaumed’s also knows more about the United Nations with various organs that are part of the United Nations, including a number of special agencies that support the role of the United Nations. Hopefully this article is useful.

Thus a review of the history of the founding and founding of the United Nations. Find various kinds of books on international relations at sinaumedia.com . Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Food Substances as a Source of Energy – Does Sinaumed’s realize that any food we consume contains a variety of substances which can function as an energy source? Yep, that’s why eating activities, especially eating nutritious food, is important because it makes the body have sufficient energy sources for daily activities. Try Sinaumed’s, imagine if you don’t eat all day, you will feel weak, right?

So, when consuming a food, it is highly recommended to eat foods that contain a variety of important substances, starting from carbohydrates, proteins, minerals, vitamins, and so on, so that the body can always be healthy. However, the intake of these nutrients must have good control, if it is excessive then of course it will actually make the body unhealthy. Remember, everything in excess is not good, right?

Then, what are the nutrients that can function as a source of energy so that our bodies are always strong for daily activities? What are the proper limits for the intake of these food substances? So, so that Sinaumed’s has knowledge about nutritious food that functions as an energy source, let’s look at the following review!

Food Substances That Serve As Energy Sources

If there is a question about “what food substances have a function as a source of energy so that the body can be strong in carrying out daily activities” , then the answer is carbohydrates, proteins, and fats. Yep, these three types of nutrients play an important role so that the body doesn’t always feel tired when on the move. Well, here is a description of the three nutrients as a source of energy for the body!

1. Carbohydrates

Carbohydrates are one of the substances contained in food and function as a source of energy for the body. Carbohydrates are a group of compounds that can go through the process of hydrolysis (breaking down of chemical compounds by adding water) into polysaccharides, aldehydes and ketones. If in plants, carbohydrates will be starch or starch. Starch is a polymer formed from monomer types of glucose, which when connected by chains are similar to maltose, for example amylose and amylopectin. When dissolved in iodine, amylose will usually be blue in color, while amylopectin will be red-purple. In short, carbohydrates are a type of substance contained in food, whether it is still in raw or cooked form.

The existence of carbohydrates certainly plays an important role in everyday life, because it is a source of energy for both humans and animals that consume them. Carbohydrates have several elements, including carbon, hydrogen (H), and oxygen (O). In humans with high carbohydrate conditions alias in a state of not starving, the concentration of glucose increases its function.

Types of Carbohydrates

a) Monosaccharides (Simple Sugars)

Monosaccharides are compounds that contain six or five carbon atoms. This type of carbohydrates cannot be hydrolyzed into simpler ones, but instead results in the hydrolysis of the other three groups. Compounds in this monosaccharide are colorless, have a sweet taste, are crystalline, and can dissolve in water.

One type of monosaccharide that is important for the body is glucose, aka sugar, which has six carbon atoms. Glucose has the chemical formula C. Glucose is the most common type of carbohydrate as well as the most common organic compound found in nature.

b) Oligosaccharides

Namely a compound that contains two or more of the simple sugars which are then linked by the formation of acetals. The formation of acetal occurs between aldehyde groups (ketones) and hydroxyl groups. If two simple sugars are combined, it will become a disaccharide, while if three sugars are combined, it will become a trisaccharide. Well, the bond connecting the sugar compound is called a glycoside.

Glycoside bonds can be hydrolyzed by dilute acids to produce monosaccharide components. Disaccharides found in nature such as sucrose, lactose, and maltose.

c) Polysaccharides

Namely compounds consisting of many simple sugar bonds and then connected in glycosidic bonds. These polysaccharides include the presence of cellulose, starch, and dextrin, namely the main substance that cannot dissolve in water and has no taste.

Carbohydrate Characteristics

• It consists of the elements C, H, and O with a ratio of 1 atom of C, 2 atoms of H, and 1 atom of O.
• Usually found in plants and animals that act as a structural and metabolic.
• Carbohydrates in plants are usually used for photosynthesis, namely CO2 + H2O and produce starch or cellulose.
• Carbohydrates cannot be produced by animals.
• Through the process of metabolism, carbohydrates can be the main substance as a source of energy and energy reserves.

Examples of Carbohydrates

a) Sucrose

Plants that contain sucrose carbohydrates are sugar cane, pineapple, and apricots. Unfortunately, the existence of this type of carbohydrate when consumed in excess will actually damage dental health. Not only that, consuming sucrose without any control will also be associated with metabolic syndrome causing diabetes mellitus.

b) Maltose

Also known as malt sugar, which is made up of two glucose molecules joined together. Usually, maltose will go through a process of hydrolysis by maltase in the intestine.

c) Lactose

Usually called milk sugar because it is found in milk. Lactose is a large sugar molecule made up of two smaller sugar molecules, namely glucose and galactose. As with maltose, this carbohydrate also goes through hydrolysis in the intestine.

Sources of Carbohydrates in the Form of Food

• Corn

Apart from rice, corn is also often used as a source of carbohydrates for the body, especially in the areas of Madura and East Nusa Tenggara. This corn food is usually processed by boiling and contains folic acid and fiber which is good for the body.

• Sweet potato

Similar to cassava, sweet potato is also a plant root which turns out to contain large amounts of carbohydrates. Orange-colored sweet potatoes contain beta carotene which can act as vitamin A while preventing cancer. Meanwhile, the purple sweet potato which is usually used as a food coloring is also good in preventing blood clots and contains antioxidants. Sweet potatoes will usually be processed in various ways, for example steamed, fried, or even made into cakes.

• Oats

This oat actually comes from wheat and plays an important role in lowering the body’s cholesterol. Usually, oats will be brewed or boiled until they resemble mush. However, Sinaumed’s can also add it to cakes or bread.

• Potato

Potatoes contain carbohydrates with low calories so they are suitable for diet programs. How to process it also varies, for example fried, baked, boiled, and pounded. When implementing a diet program, usually potatoes will be served with vegetables and side dishes.

Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

• As a balance of acids and bases in the body.
• As the main element in the process of metabolism.
• Can prevent the imperfection of fat oxidation process.
• As a supplier of body energy.
• Helps expedite the digestive process.
• As the main element in optimizing protein work.
• Gives a full effect because it contains cellulose.
• Prevents the formation of ketosis.
• Helps absorption of calcium.
• Forming other compounds, such as fatty acids and amino acids.
• As a constituent of the gel in the cell nucleus.

2. Proteins

Protein is a polypeptide macromolecular compound composed of a number of amino acids which are then linked by peptide bonds. Protein compounds can be found in humans, animals and plants. Protein is more similar to other organic substances such as fats and carbohydrates, but protein is more nitrogen, phosphorus, and iron.

Classification of Proteins

Based on their molecular structure, proteins can be classified into two types, namely:

a) Globular Proteins

Namely proteins that are round or elliptical in the presence of folded polypeptide chains.

b) Protein Fiber

Namely proteins in the form of fibers or fibers with the presence of polypeptide chains extending on one axis.

Source of Protein

Basically, protein sources that are useful as a source of human energy can be classified into 2 types, namely conventional and non-conventional protein sources.

a) Conventional Proteins

Conventional protein is a source of protein in the form of agricultural and animal husbandry products, as well as processed products. Based on its nature, this protein source can be further divided into groups, namely vegetable protein and animal protein.

• Vegetable protein

Namely protein that comes from vegetable ingredients, aka plant products, especially grains and nuts. Meanwhile, vegetables and fruits do not contribute sufficient amounts of protein.

• Animal protein

Namely protein derived from animal products, such as meat (be it beef, chicken, goat, and buffalo), chicken eggs, duck eggs, cow’s milk, and fishery products (be it fish, shellfish, shrimp, crab, and others).

This animal protein is touted as a type of protein that has high quality, because it contains complete essential amino acids. Not only that, animal protein also has high digestibility so that the amount absorbed by the body will also be high.

b) Unconventional Protein

Is a new source of protein which is currently being developed through high standard technology, in order to meet the needs of the world’s population for protein. The source of this protein usually comes from microbes (be it bacteria, yeast, or mold) and is known as a single cell protein. Unfortunately, until now the product has not been developed as food for consumption.

Function of Proteins

• Helps the process of growth of body cells, especially in children and adolescents.
• Helps the body work in neutralizing foreign substances that enter the body.
• Regulate body metabolism.
• As the main intake, especially for those who are on a low sugar diet.
• Maintaining the balance between acid base and fluids in the body.
• Plays an important role in maintaining the stability of the pH of body fluids.
• The main ingredient in the synthesis of substances, such as hormones, antibody substances, and others.

Features of Proteins

• Has a unique chemical composition, because it is a pure compound.
• Has a typical molecular weight.
• Has a distinctive amino acid sequence, detailed in genetics.

Protein Needs for the Body

The human body’s need for protein can be calculated by knowing the amount of nitrogen lost. If someone consumes food without protein, then the nitrogen in the body will come out. Therefore, the amount of wasted protein will represent the amount of nitrogen. This nitrogen will usually come out with urine, with an average of 16 mg/kg body weight and feces 12 mg/kg body weight.

3. Fat

Fat is a molecule consisting of oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, and sometimes also nitrogen and phosphorus. Fat can also be referred to as a condensed energy source. Humans certainly have a balanced fat content as a permanent energy reserve. However, if the fat in the body has an amount that exceeds normal limits, it will actually cause the body to become obese and will eventually cause various types of chronic diseases. Therefore, excess fat levels in the blood must be removed by exercise and diet.

There are 4 molecules in fat, namely 1 molecule of glycerol and 3 molecules of fatty acids. In fatty acids there are hydrocarbon chains and carboxyl groups.

Fat Classification

Based on chemical composition, fat in the body can be classified into 3 types, namely:

a) Saturated Fat

In the form of bond moieties of fatty acids in a single bond. For example, palmitic acid and stearic acid which can usually be found in lard or animal fat.

b) Monounsaturated Fats 

This type of fat contains one double bond. For example oleic acid which is usually found in olive oil.

c) Polyunsaturated Fats

Which type of fat contains more than one double bond. For example linoleic acid which is usually found in seed oil, soybean oil, and corn oil.

Fat Function

• As an energy source. Especially in oxidized fat, which can also be useful for maintaining body temperature.
• Build body tissue, namely with some fat that enters the body’s cells.
• Body protector. About 45% of fat is in the abdominal cavity and protects these organs from impact or harm from outside the body.
• Prevents heat loss from the body.
• Prevent hunger, especially after eating.
• Helps absorption from the intestine, because it usually contains fat-soluble vitamins.
• Save protein, especially when the body is sick.
• As a lubricant in the digestive process.

Fat Source

a) Animal Fat

Includes lard from various animals, such as cows, goats, and chickens. This salary is also usually found in poultry, for example eggs, milk, and other processed products. Dark fleshy fish tissues, for example sardines, salmon also contain animal fat.

b) Vegetable Fats

Includes olive oil, coconut oil, corn oil, palm oil, and others. All of these vegetable fats contain plant sterols which are not easily absorbed by the intestines, but not cholesterol.

Well, that’s a review of any food substance that functions as a source of energy for the body. Sinaumed’s must regularly consume foods that contain these three nutrients so that they can be strong in their daily activities, ok?

Also Read!

• Definition and Benefits of Chlorophyll
• Definition and Examples of the Food Pyramid
• Parts of Plant Cells
• Morning Day Night Diet Menu
• 15 Alternative Food Recommendations for White Rice
• Get to know the nature of enzymes and how they work
• 12 Staple Foods in Indonesia Besides Rice
• Know the Properties of Organic and Inorganic Chemical Compounds
• What is Food Self-sufficiency?

Listening to the Story of Prophet Isa AS – Of the many prophets known to Muslims, there are 25 names of prophets that Muslims must know and one of the 25 prophets is Prophet Isa AS, the 24th prophet before the birth of Prophet Muhammad SAW.

His position as a prophet has a long and complicated story, even in the teachings of other religions he is considered God, which is wrong in the teachings of Islam itself. The journey of a prophet’s life is indeed not easy and finding a winding path in reaching the essential truth is no exception for the prophet Isa AS who encountered various obstacles in preaching conveying God’s commands.

His role also in the Islamic religion is very important considering that based on his story, God raised him to His heaven and later will be sent back to earth to fight the tyranny of destroying the last enemy of the earth, the Dajjal. Later he will be sent back by Allah SWT before the Day of Resurrection arrives as a hero who will lead mankind against the Dajjal in the Last Days.

And, like the other prophets, of course he also has commendable qualities and is a good role model so that it is very good for mankind to emulate afterwards. Prophet Isa AS was no exception, who even with his kindness and patience in facing various tests of life earned the title ulul azmi, a title given to prophets who have high determination.

Even though they were hit by various obstacles while carrying out the task of conveying God’s commands, they remained patient and determined to be able to get through it. Therefore, it is very good for us Muslims to emulate the qualities of the Prophet Isa AS as our guide to live life in this world so that we always do good and believe in God’s power.

For this reason, as a guide in living this life, we also have to know what role models the Prophet Isa AS used and in this discussion we have summarized the example of Prophet Isa AS for Sinaumed’s friends to learn and practice in everyday life.

Furthermore, we have reviewed the summary regarding the Example of Prophet Isa below!

History of Prophet Isa AS

Isa (Arabic: عيسى‎) is a character in the Qur’an and the Bible. The three Abrahamic religions (Islam, Christianity and Judaism) have conflicting views regarding Jesus.

Islamic tradition believes that Prophet Isa AS was the last prophet and messenger of God from the Children of Israel, who is also considered one of the apostles of Ulul Azmi. He is also often referred to as Al-Masihi (Arabic Al-Masih, Messiah) and ibn Maryam (Arabic, son of Mary), Isa is also described as an ordinary person. Isa is called a pious figure, prophet and messenger of God.

As stated in the Koran, Jesus was born from the womb of the holy virgin Maryam. His mother, Maryam, was the daughter of Allah Imran’s chosen son from the descendants of the Children of Israel (the sons of the Prophet Jacob).

Prophet Isa AS was born during the time of the Roman king Herod in Palestine in 1 BC. Maryam herself became pregnant with Prophet Isa when she was doing her uzlah or to focus on worshiping Allah SWT. At that time, Allah SWT sent the angel Gabriel in human form to blow the spirit of Prophet Isa into Maryam’s womb.

At that time Gabriel said: “Indeed, I am only a messenger of your Lord, to give you a holy son.”

Regarding this, Allah SWT provides an explanation through His word in Surah Ali-Imran verse 47. After this incident and with the permission of Allah SWT, Maryam finally became pregnant without having anything to do with a man. After conceiving Prophet Isa, Maryam then gave birth to Prophet Isa, who saw the world for the first time. However, because Maryam did not have a husband, she became a topic of conversation among many people who accused her of adultery.

After Prophet Isa grew up, the Qur’an explains that Allah SWT made Prophet Isa the best servant of his choice. The Prophet Isa was also a high and noble messenger of God by His side. During his prophethood, Prophet Isa was able to call the Israelites back to God. Prophet Isa hoped to get guidance so that he could save his people from going astray. At that time, God taught the prophet Isa the Torah and the Bible.

The missionary journey of Prophet Isa AS was actually not much different from the other prophets and apostles. Its main task is to call on people to believe in and worship only God. Unlike the Prophet Muhammad SAW who was sent to all creatures from among the jinn and humans, the Prophet Isa was sent only to the Children of Israel.

Follow the morals of the Prophet Isa AS

Prophet Isa had certain qualities that all Muslims should emulate. The first relates to faith in Allah SWT and patience in facing trials from Allah SWT. In addition, Jesus is a prophet who has strong faith and the most important thing is to be diligent in worship and always follow Allah SWT’s commands so that you are safe in the coming afterlife.

1. Fighting persistently to defend the religion of Allah SWT.

Prophet Isa as was a prophet who was very persistent in fighting for faith in Allah SWT, even though he was made fun of as an orphan. He was also slandered by his own people because of his missionary duties and he was only called to worship Allah. He was also persecuted by the Israelites and threatened with death and betrayed by his student Yahuza or Judas Iscariot. However, Allah swt. save the Prophet Isa from being killed by raising him to the sky as the word of Allah swt. QS an-Nisa’ (4): 159: “and (We also punish) because of their words, “We have actually killed Al-Masih, Isa son of Maryam, the Messenger of Allah,”’ even though they did not kill him and did not kill him; (or) crucified him, but (whom they killed) a man who resembled the prophet Isa. Indeed, those who disagree about (the killing of) Jesus, are always in doubt about who was killed. They really don’t know (who exactly was killed), but follow mere conjecture, so they don’t believe they killed him. But God had raised Jesus to His presence. Allah is Mighty, Most Wise.” QS an-Nisa’ (4): 157-158)..

2. Like Friendship

When Prophet Isa was appointed as an apostle for preaching, he often visited his neighbors and relatives to accept his call to preach. He really likes friendship, because he understands that friendship strengthens brotherhood. By staying in touch, others feel happy that their relatives have come to visit them.

So come often to visit relatives, neighbors and relatives to make friends and get to know the brotherhood. Because friendship can also improve life, as the words of the Prophet Muhammad SAW. Silaturahmi eliminates hostility and instead strengthens brotherhood.

3. Do not like revenge

Even though Prophet Isa (as) made fun of him since he was a child because he was born without a father, he did not have the slightest grudge against those who made fun of him. Instead, he befriended those who kindly mocked him. It’s the same with you, you don’t want to be angry with people who have hurt, insulted or hurt you. Because revenge doesn’t solve problems. But with a forgiving attitude, other people respect and respect us.

Remember that the nature of revenge is the nature of the devil. If someone is possessed by a vengeful nature, his life is not peaceful, because he is always thinking about how to take revenge for the crimes of others who wronged him. Therefore, Islam commands to spread forgiveness and selflessness, so that life is always happy.

The miracles of Prophet Isa AS

Prophet Isa AS was the last prophet sent by Allah to preach to the children of Israel. This aims to create human beings who are pious and obedient in worshiping only Allah SWT. Prophet Isa was given all the advantages to lead the jahiliyah era to a path full of enlightenment, namely faith and Islam.

Allah SWT gave various miracles to Prophet Isa in preparation for his missionary journey. The aim is to show and convince people that they should worship only Allah SWT. Below are the miracles of Prophet Isa AS that we can know:

1. Prophet Isa was born without a father

Being born without a father is a great miracle. However, you should know that Jesus was not the only prophet who was born without a father. There are other prophets that Allah SWT created without a father, even without a mother who is it? That’s right, Prophet Adam AS.

2. Prophet Isa could speak when he was a baby

Being able to talk as a baby is a real miracle. Even though the prophet Isa was still a baby, Allah gave him the opportunity to speak to His people and preach about him. This is how people can believe and stop making fun of Maryam’s mother.

When Maryam walked through the crowds, many jeered at her. Because they didn’t see Maryam’s baby until after it was born. They looked at Maryam with suspicion. Many negative accusations were leveled at him. However, Maryam did not want to answer these painful accusations. He then implied that the people who accused him of adultery immediately asked Prophet Isa who was in his arms at that time.

“How can we talk to a newborn?” they asked in disbelief.

Jesus responded to people’s accusations by the power of God. This is stated in the Word of God QS Maryam: 27-33.

“Verily, I am a servant of Allah. He gave me the Bible (the Bible) and He made me a prophet. He made me a blessed person wherever I am, and He ordered me to (establish) prayer and (pay) zakat as long as I live; and devoted to my mother, and He did not make me proud and wretched. And may peace be upon me on the day I am born, on the day I die, and on the day I am raised to life again.”

3. Prophet Isa can bring food from heaven

After Prophet Isa received a big request from hawariyyun It started with Prophet Isa giving all his servants the word of Allah to fast for 30 days. However, the followers of the prophet Isa ask for a “gift” at the end of the month.

“O Isa, son of Maryam, can your Lord send us food from heaven?” this is the prayer of the followers of Jesus.

Prophet Isa was surprised to hear this. Apart from testing his prophethood, the request of his followers is also a kind of test of Allah’s greatness. “Fear Allah SWT if you really believe,” said Isa.

Actually, his followers had seen many miracles of Jesus, but they were never satisfied. The followers of Isa concluded that they asked for food for peace of mind. Thus their faith was strengthened. Finally, Isa agreed to the request of his followers. He asked God to grant his people’s request.

“O our Lord. Bring down to us a dish from the sky, the day of its descent will be a feast for us, that is, for those who are with us and who come after us, and be a sign for Your power. Give us sustenance. You are the Most Giver of sustenance,” begged Prophet Isa.”

God then accepted the prayer of the prophet Isa. There is a holy table full of many foods (Al Maidah) that come down from heaven. Next to it are two clouds that bring food to the prophet Isa. At the same time, Prophet Isa kept praying that the dish would be a blessing and not a punishment. His diet consists of bread, fish, pomegranates and fruit and many other foods.

The dish never ends, even if thousands of people eat it. However, later his followers misunderstood the miracle contained in this Al Maidah letter. They considered Jesus to be the son of God and worshiped Him. This story is recorded in Surah Al Maidah: 110-120.

4. Prophet Isa ascended to Heaven during the Crucifixion Event

Once upon a time the Jews planned to kill the prophet Isa. Tafsir Ibn Kathir mentions that the Jews encouraged King Dimasyq (Damascus), a star-worshipping polytheist. They said that there was a man in Baitul Maqdis who incited the people to rebel against the king. Enraged, the king ordered his governor to arrest the prophet Isa, crucify him and tie his head with thorns.

Meanwhile, Allah protected the Prophet Isa by imitating the companions of the Prophet Isa like himself. When the arrest took place, the prophet Isa was raised to heaven. Mentioned in QS. An-Nisa: 157-159 And because of their words:

“Verily, we have killed the Messiah, Jesus the Son of Maryam, the Messenger of Allah’. Even though they did not kill him and did not (also) crucify him, but (what they killed was) a person who was likened to Jesus for them. Indeed, those who disagree about (the killing of) Jesus, are really in doubt about who was killed. They have no confidence about who was killed, except to follow mere conjecture, they are not (also) sure that what they killed was Isa. But (actually), Allah has raised Jesus to Him. And Allah is Mighty, Most Wise. No one from the People of the Book except will believe in him (Isa) before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection Jesus will be a witness against them.”

5. Prophet Isa can revive birds from clay statues

At that time, religious leaders still held the Torah and opposed the teachings of Prophet Isa. King Herod knows the sermon of the prophet isa. King Herod did not believe the preaching of the prophet Isa, but asked for a miracle to be shown. In fact, King Herod immediately gathered his people to see the miracle.

Prophet Isa then made a bird-shaped statue out of clay. When the prophet Isa blew it, the statue suddenly came to life and flew away.

6. Prophet Isa can heal a leper until he is blind

Another miracle of the prophet Isa is healing lepers. In addition, the prophet Isa can also restore sight to those who have been blind since birth.

This is stated in QS Al Maidah: 110.

“And remember when Allah said, “O Isa son of Maryam! Remember My favors to you and to your mother when I strengthen you with the Holy Spirit. You can talk to people when they are still in the cradle and when they are grown up. And remember when I taught you to write, (also) Wisdom, the Torah and the Gospel. And remember when you formed a bird from the ground with My permission, then you blew it, then it became a (real) bird with My permission. And remember when you healed people who were blind from birth and people with leprosy with My permission. And remember when you bring out the dead (from the grave to life) with My permission.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the exemplary Prophet Isa AS. Not only discussing the history of Prophet Isa AS, but also discussing what examples we can take from the story and characteristics of Prophet Isa AS. teaches us to always do good and be patient with every test given by Allah SWT.

Thus a review of the exemplary Prophet Isa AS. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn everything about the story of the example of the Prophet Isa AS. and science related to other religions, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you.

Author: Pandu Akram

Articles related to Prophet Isa’s Example:

This Prayer of the Prophet Khidir When You Have a Desire or Hajat

This Prayer of the Prophet Khidir When You Have a Desire or Hajat

Sekaten is the Commemoration Ceremony of the Birth of the Prophet Muhammad SAW

Differences between the Book and the Shuf and the Recipients of the Prophets

The Prayers of Prophet Sulayman AS and His Wisdom

 

Example of Synopsis – Sinaumed’s must have understood the definition of a synopsis which has become mandatory material for Indonesian language subjects taught in schools from junior high to high school.

Yep, this material is about definitions, how to make, and examples of this synopsis. It’s even included in several questions from the School Examination to the State Examination. Apart from teaching and learning activities, the general public still uses the synopsis to find out how the content of a written work, be it scientific writing, literary works, to film works.

Unfortunately, some people still find it difficult to distinguish between a synopsis and a review. The main point of difference between the two is the overall content. In the synopsis, it tends to contain how to describe the contents of a work, be it a book or film.

While the review contains more reviews of the work, starting from its advantages to disadvantages. So, how about an example of a synopsis of a novel work? So that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused, let’s look at the following review!

3 Examples of Synopsis of Novel Literary Works

Synopsis Novel “FBI vs CIA” by Shandi Tan

This teenlit novel tells the story of friendship as well as competition between the FBI gang consisting of Feni, Bertha and Isabel and the CIA gang consisting of Carol, Ivana and Angel at Bina Negeri High School. These two gangs have a striking difference, namely the FBI, whose members have physically affluent bodies synonymous with food, while the CIA gang is the opposite, namely the physical bodies of its members are identical to their appearance.

This difference makes the two gangs feel competitive with each other. One day, a member of the FBI gang, Isabel, complained that her school skirt felt too tight to fit around her waist.

Mama Isabel suggested Isabel to do aerobics and diet to lose weight, but Isabel hesitated to do this because there were still many temptations of delicious food around her, especially the foods that Bertha often brought with her.

Isabel actually wants to lose weight because sometimes she is jealous of girls her age who are free and beautiful when they wear anything. This made Isabel doubt her decision to go on a diet.

Isabel’s determination became stronger after hearing the material presented by Mrs. Emily in Biology. In this material, Mrs. Emily explained that teenagers their age may go on a diet with a note that it must be balanced with their respective activities because if you lack calories, it will be fatal.

Isabel felt interested in the explanation given by Mrs. Emily until she finally met Her at the office to ask for proper diet tips. Isabel was even more determined to go on a diet.

One day, their physics teacher, Mr. Ramses gave the group an assignment to compile a report on an experiment regarding the position of objects in a liquid. Unfortunately, the division of the group was determined by Mr. Ramses so that the FBI gang was separated. Unfortunately, Isabel is on the group list with the CIA gang.

Isabel was clearly grumbling inside because she knew that it would be her who would work. Even though at first Isabel often sneered at the habits of the CIA gang, namely doing yoga, filing her nails, eating low-fat biscuits, slowly Isabel found it helpful to stick with her diet.

This made Isabel slowly avoid Feni and Bertha because she felt they had never supported her on a diet. Isabel often gives several reasons to Feni and Bertha, even to invite them to eat during recess. For now, Isabel is using the reasons for the needs of the physics group, but for the future, Isabel is confused about what reasons to use.

When eating with Carol, Ivana and Angel, Isabel gained a lot of knowledge to streamline her diet activities such as having to fill her stomach by drinking water before eating so that her hunger will decrease and her stomach will feel full quickly. Isabel thinks that the friends they sit with while eating can affect their portion sizes.

Every day, Isabel is disciplined in following the diet tips given by Mrs. Emily so that she can lose weight slowly. Isabel admits that since she lost weight and joined the CIA, she is often greeted by friendly guys. This was a rare thing because previously the boys only mocked Isabel and her friends because of their size. Ivana also often compliments Isabel that she has beautiful cheekbones, it’s a shame if you don’t show them. Carol and Angel also often show concern for Isabel.

Isabel did not know that she had actually been used by the CIA gang for the benefit of their tasks so that in the end she had to sacrifice her feelings for her friends, Feni and Bertha. While with the CIA gang, Isabel feels nostalgic for her habits when in the FBI gang, such as sharing unique information from around the world which she thinks can add to her knowledge. Together with the CIA gang, he was only asked to think about how to look beautiful.

One day, Jonathan, one of the richest boys at the school, had a birthday and invited the whole school to come to his birthday party. However, there are only invitation cards intended for the CIA alias they are important guests. Carol invites Isabel to join them at the birthday party on the condition that Isabel must wear the clothes Carol has chosen. Isabel agreed and she was determined to lose weight so that she could wear the clothes someday.

Unfortunately, Isabel had too many expectations about the change in the CIA’s attitude towards her. When Jonathan’s birthday party took place, there were only three seats near Jonathan which he invited for CIA members. Isabel was surprised because she thought that the CIA had added one new member, namely herself, but it turned out that Carol actually kicked her out by telling Isabel to find a seat with her FBI friends in front of the important invited guests present. Isabel looked around the table until she found that Feni and Bertha were enjoying their meal with their new friend, Indri.

Isabel naturally felt embarrassed, sad, and angry about how Carol, Ivana, and Angel had treated her, causing Isabel to go into a frenzy to eat a lot of the food at the party. When going to the toilet, Isabel met Angel who was crouching in front of the toilet with a panicked face. Isabel was shocked when Angel tried to vomit all of her stomach contents.

It turns out that it was Angel’s trick to keep her looking thin even though her appetite is very big. Angel admitted that he did this because he did not want to be kicked out of the CIA gang, which is synonymous with a thin appearance. Isabel also did not expect that Carol and Ivana did not care about Angel’s condition at all, which she thought was wrong, so she had to consult a psychiatrist.

After the party ended, Carol, Ivana, and Angel started pretending to be looking for Isabel by coming up with some fake excuses but Isabel was determined to leave them as it was clear they weren’t friends who could influence her well. Isabel intends to return to her friends, namely Feni and Bertha at any cost, including by increasing her weight back ten kilograms in a month.

The CIA gang also doesn’t want to lose in pulling Isabel back so they want to be friends with them because their grades always depend on the answers given by Isabel. Carol has done several ways including by pretending that Max, her older brother has a crush on Isabel. However, Isabel knew that it was just a trick Carol used to get Isabel to come back to them. Isabel sticks to her determination, which is to return to her friends, Feni and Bertha.

Until one day, the school cafeteria was crowded because there was an announcement that there would be an eating competition, the winner would become part of the FBI gang. Isabel is clearly interested in the announcement of the race because it could be the only way she can get back to her friends.

Finally, Isabel took part in the competition by making Indri, as her opponent in the eating contest, even though in the final result, Indri won. Isabel was not used to eating in large quantities. However, Feni and Bertha unexpectedly accepted Isabel back into their gang and invited Indri to join as well so that the FBI gang became four members.

Synopsis of the novel “Wrong Choose” by Nur Sutan Iskandar

This novel tells about a family in the Minangkabau area, West Sumatra, consisting of a mother named Mariati and her children Asri and Asnah. This family loves each other, even though Asnah is the daughter of an adopted child. Asnah also loves Mariati very much because her parents died when Asnah was still small. Asnah was very patient in caring for Mrs. Mariati who was sick.

Asri and Asnah are growing up like normal siblings. However, Asnah secretly harbors more than a sibling affection for Asri. Asnah was devastated when she found out that Asri would be matched and married to another girl.

Asnah knew that she couldn’t marry Asri because according to local custom, it was forbidden to marry within the same tribe. Asri made his choice on a beautiful girl from a different tribe, named Saniah. Finally, Asri and Saniah got married after undergoing several wedding rituals according to Minangkabau custom, West Sumatra.

Unexpectedly, Asri and Saniah’s marriage was far from being ‘harmonious’. There was just a fight between the two. Asnah and Saniah always have different opinions and Asnah also just found out the true character of a Saniah. Saniah turns out to be a girl who is arrogant, stubborn, and likes to differentiate others based on social class. Saniah really hates Asnah because she feels Asnah is so close to Asri, her husband. Saniah really wants to get rid of Asnah from Asri’s family so she won’t ‘disturb’ her household anymore.

Even though her marriage to Saniah is far from ‘harmonious’, Asri still maintains her household. Until one day, his mother, Mariati, fell ill. Asnah and other relatives took turns looking after Mariati and continued to pray so that Mariati would recover from her illness. But fate said differently, Mrs. Mariati met death.

Before Mrs. Mariati died, she cried and said that she felt sorry for asking Asri to marry Saniah. Apart from that, he also said that it was better for Asri to marry Asnah who was kind to everyone.

After Mariati’s mother died, Asri’s friend Hasan Basri asked Asri’s permission to marry Asnah. But Asnah refused. Saniah increasingly caught the oddity in her husband, until finally Saniah and Asri had a big fight. The quarrel made Saniah furious and chose to go to her parents’ house. Arriving at her parents’ house, Saniah’s mother was furious because Saniah’s older brother had chosen a poor wife from another ethnic group. Finally, Saniah’s mother and Saniah went to her older brother’s place to thwart her marriage. Unlucky, in the middle of the trip the car they were traveling in had an accident and fell into a ravine. The child and mother died.

Asri automatically becomes a widower after Saniah’s death. Many women try to win Asri’s heart, but Asri still loves Asnah, her sister. Asnah finally dared to express her thoughts on marrying Asnah to her aunt. Her aunt approves of Asri’s choice to marry Asnah, but they have to leave their hometown because of customs that forbid them from marrying. Finally, they got married after leaving all possessions and positions to migrate to the island of Java. In Java, Asri and Asnah live in harmony.

One day, Asri received a letter from his hometown stating that Asri was asked to become the head of the local government. Without thinking twice, Asri and Asnah agreed to return to their hometown and live there. Upon arriving at their hometown, Asri and Asnah were greeted by residents who really respected Asri and Asnah. Finally, Asri and Asnah can live happily after going through many obstacles in their lives.

Synopsis of the novel “HUJAN” by Tere Liye

This novel tells about a girl named Lail who wants to erase her memories of the past. Lail is one of the hundreds of people who were victims of a natural disaster caused by a volcanic eruption in his city. The city is a very technologically advanced city with thousands of residents. Lail lost his parents because of the volcano eruption. Luckily, Lail survived the natural disaster with the help of a boy who was two years older than him, named Esok.

Lail and Tomorrow are getting closer day by day. Even when in evacuation, Lail is always with Esok. Lail helps with work in the evacuation as well as taking care of Ibu Esok who also survived the volcanic eruption. Tomorrow is known as a smart, responsive and brave child. That is what made Tomorrow known to many people in the evacuation. One day, Tomorrow tells Lail that he and his mother will move into the house of the adoptive parents who have adopted him. After that, conditions in the city are getting better. Lail and other refugees were moved to an orphanage or hostel guarded by a strict Queen Mother. At his new home, Lail meets a friend who will become his best friend, Maryam.

When they were 16 years old, Lail and Maryam became volunteers who managed to save villagers from being hit by a flood. For that, Lail and Maryam had to go to the capital to receive an award.

Lail is very happy to be able to go to the capital city because he can meet tomorrow there. Tomorrow himself is adopted by the mayor and is studying at a well-known university. Tomorrow is known as Soke Ark, a scientist who is very intelligent in creating very advanced technology.

Tomorrow has an adopted sister named Claudia, who is none other than the Mayor’s daughter. Claudia is very beautiful and so kind to everyone especially to Lail. Just to meet Tomorrow, Lail has to wait one or two months first. In contrast to Claudia who can meet Tomorrow every day.

Gradually, Lail’s feelings of jealousy for Claudia and Tomorrow arise. Lail always feels that he is not suitable to match with Tomorrow, therefore Lail is always reluctant to contact Tomorrow first.

As it turned out, the natural disaster of the volcanic eruption that had occurred had caused the climatic conditions on earth to become unconducive. This prompted state officials to hold an international conference on launching a shuttle that would later release millions of tons of anti-sulphur dioxide. However, the launch of the shuttle actually made the climate conditions worse and could lead to the extinction of humans in the future. Secretly, Esok and his colleagues who disagreed with the launch of the shuttle had made several large planes that could later accommodate selected residents to fly to outer space. Tomorrow itself has got two tickets to be able to go using the big plane. However, he has yet to determine who he will go with.

A few days later, the Mayor persuaded Lail to give the only Tomorrow ticket to his daughter, Claudia. Of course this made Lail feel an inner conflict, especially at that time, Tomorrow could not be contacted. Lail was so desperate when the mayor contacted him and thanked him because Claudia managed to get the ticket. Which likely means that Tomorrow will go with Claudia on the big ship to fly beyond Earth.

Lail finally goes to a memory erasing clinic. He wanted to erase all his memories, about Tomorrow especially. After telling all his problems, Elijah, the paramedic from the clinic, repeatedly made sure to Lail whether his memories really wanted to be erased. If the memory is erased, then he will not remember anything that has been experienced so far.

Unexpectedly, Tomorrow informed Maryam that she was not taking part in flying out of the earth using this big plane. It turned out that he handed over his ticket to Mother and Claudia, he hoped that Claudia would be able to look after her mother in their new life. Maryam of course panicked. He tells Tomorrow that Lail has gone to a memory erase clinic. Tomorrow and Maryam immediately rushed to the clinic, hoping that Lail would not act rashly.

At the memory erasing clinic, Elijah is still trying to make sure whether Lail really wants to erase his memory. Luckily, Lail canceled it and he was determined to still embrace his memory because after all it was a life story that he had experienced so far. After that incident, Lail and Esok got married and they lived happily.

Also Read!

• Definition, Types, and Structure of Review Text
• Definition and Characteristics of Backward Flow in Literary Works
• Rules of Language Review and Steps to Compose It
• How to properly and correctly review books along with examples
• Popular Literature: Definition, History, Characteristics, and Differences with Adiluhung Literature
• Understanding Literary Theory and History
• Get to know 7 Indonesian writers of their time
• Definition of Literature: Types, Functions, and Periodization of Its Development in Indonesia
• 50+ Examples of Nouns: Definition, Point of View, and Types

An example of a research hypothesis is one of the things that is needed by students or students in compiling an essay. The hypothesis itself is a very important element in a research, especially for quantitative research.

Various kinds of research can be used to find examples of research hypothesis testing. For example, social humanities research or research in mathematics and natural sciences that uses hypotheses in their research.

As we understand that in writing a scientific paper, there is one part that cannot be missed, namely the research hypothesis. This one part is indeed quite crucial, including in the thesis. So, you have to write it down when you are working on your thesis.

This section is not as long as the other sections, such as the discussion or background. But even so, the hypothesis has an important role in a study.

Then what exactly is the definition of a hypothesis and an example of a research hypothesis? For more details, we will discuss examples of research hypotheses below.

What is a Research Hypothesis?

The hypothesis itself comes from the Greek words hupo and thesis. Hupo has a provisional meaning, while thesis means a statement or theory. We can conclude that the meaning of the hypothesis is a temporary statement. This is a presumption from researchers to research problems.

However, the hypothesis is not the truth, because the presumption, the hypothesis may be true or may also be wrong. The use of this hypothesis, for example, is like the research process regarding the relationship between people’s habit of disposing of garbage and the high amount of waste in Indonesia.

Based on the provisional data we have obtained, the hypothesis that emerges is that these people’s habits are related to the amount of waste. That means, people’s bad habits will affect the high amount of waste from time to time.

The hypothesis is generally interpreted as a temporary answer or guess from the problems that exist in a study. Where this hypothesis is only arranged in the type of inferential research, namely the type of research with a quantitative approach that aims to test.

Testing of a hypothesis is always through inferential statistical analysis techniques. Meanwhile, descriptive research does not require an explicit hypothesis formulation. This hypothesis can be prepared by researchers based on a strong theoretical basis and has been supported by relevant research results.

Researchers must understand the content and the steps in formulating a research hypothesis.

Definition of Research Hypothesis According to Experts

The following are some definitions of the research hypothesis according to experts, including:

1. Definition of Research Hypothesis According to Zikmund

According to Zikmund, the definition of a research hypothesis is a proportion or conjecture that has not been proven. That means, the allegation is still tentative. The conjecture explains the facts or phenomena, and possible answers to the questions in the research.

2. Definition of Nasution’s Research Hypothesis

According to Nasution, the notion of a research hypothesis is an assumption about what we observe in an attempt to understand it.

3. Definition of Research Hypothesis According to Erwan Agus Purwanto and Dyah Ratih Sulistyastuti

According to him, the notion of a research hypothesis is a provisional or tentative statement or accusation. Where the allegation contains research problems whose truth is still weak or has not been proven correct. So it must be tested again empirically.

4. Definition of Research Hypothesis According to Mundilarso

According to Mundilarso, the research hypothesis is a statement whose truth level is still weak. Therefore, it still needs to be tested using certain techniques.

Hypotheses are formulated based on theories, conjectures, personal experiences, or other people’s, general impressions, conclusions that are weak. In addition, the hypothesis can also be interpreted as a statement about the condition of the population which will be verified using data or information collected through the sample.

5. Understanding the Research Hypothesis According to Kerlinger

According to Kerlinger, the definition of a research hypothesis is a statement that explains the alleged relationship between two or more variables. According to him, a hypothesis is always in the form of a statement sentence. This guess will relate in general or specifically one variable to another.

Types of Research Hypotheses

Hypotheses can be divided into two types, namely working or alternative hypotheses and also the null hypothesis. The following is a full explanation:

1. Working Hypothesis or Alternatives

The working hypothesis or what is commonly called the alternative hypothesis is usually symbolized by H1. So, this working hypothesis has a function, namely to state the relationship between variables X and Y. This hypothesis can also show that there is a difference between the two groups.

In addition, this hypothesis also explains the existence of a relationship between variables and other variables. For example, there is a relationship between the level of poverty and the availability of job vacancies.

2. Null Hypothesis

While the null hypothesis will generally be symbolized by Ho. The other name for this hypothesis is the statistical hypothesis. Why is it named that way? Because this type of hypothesis is often used in quantitative research that requires statistical calculations.

Likewise the opposite with Ho’s hypothesis explaining that there is no relationship or influence between variables and other variables. For example, there is no relationship between a student’s level of education and job opportunities.

Types of Hypotheses Based on Their Forms

Next are the various research hypotheses according to their forms. Differentiated into three types, this hypothesis has its own meaning based on the type.

The various hypotheses are closely related to the type of research you will be doing. So understand well each kind. The following is a full explanation.

1. Relational or Associative Hypothesis

This one hypothesis is interpreted as a temporary answer to the relationship between two or more variables. So that this hypothesis is formulated based on the formulation of an associative problem or describes a relationship. As in another sense, the associative hypothesis explicitly or clearly shows the relationship between two or more variables.

Quoted from the sociological.com page, an example of a research hypothesis is that people who are married will have a higher level of self-confidence than people who are not married.

This example shows that if the relationship between marital status and a person’s level of self-confidence. Not only that, the hypothesis is also classified as a rational hypothesis because the relationship between the two variables is described explicitly.

By reading the relational research hypothesis, you will easily find out that there is a relationship between the two variables. In addition, you will also find out what variables are used in a study.

2. Descriptive Hypothesis

In contrast to the associative hypothesis, this descriptive hypothesis actually shows the relationship between variables explicitly. Thus, the relationship will tend to be hidden, not clear like the research hypothesis.

So, this descriptive hypothesis will only give an overview of the research sample. For example, half of the population of Java Island work as farmers. Another example is that students who are active in organizations have a high GPA.

Quoted from the sociological.com page, in the first example the research variables found were the number of residents and their work. While the variable from the second example is the level of activeness in the organization with GPA.

3. Comparative Hypothesis

The last hypothesis is the comparative hypothesis. According to Sugiyono, this comparative hypothesis is a statement that shows an estimate of the value in one or more variables in different samples.

Meanwhile, according to Ridwan, the comparative hypothesis is formulated to provide answers to differentiating problems. In simple terms, the comparative hypothesis is a tentative conjecture of the comparative formulation of the problem. That means the variables are the same, it’s just that the sample, population, and conditions are different.

How to Develop a Hypothesis

It should be understood that the formulation of the research hypothesis does not appear suddenly without the basis of a theory or scientific study.

The research hypothesis is not formulated simply to follow the assumptions or assumptions of the researcher, although the researcher’s assumptions can be a starting point in theoretical studies and also predictions of future research results.

So, the research hypothesis is formulated not only following the conjectures or assumptions of the researchers, but also derived from the elaboration of the theoretical basis that was prepared previously.

This theory connects the existence of the independent variable with the dependent variable. Therefore, theoretical studies as well as relevant research findings serve to explain problems and enforce predictions on answers to research questions.

As said by Azwar (1999), that in formulating a hypothesis, there are two ways. The first way is to read and review the theories or concepts that discuss the research variables and their relationships.

This method is often called the deductive thinking process. Then the second way is to read and review the results or findings of previous studies that are relevant to the research problem. This is called an inductive thinking process. After reviewing the theories or findings from the research results. Researchers can formulate research hypotheses.

The results of the theoretical studies or the findings of their research are the provision or basis for researchers in developing their hypotheses. Therefore, usually the hypothesis will be placed after the researcher examines the theory, concept, or research findings, namely at the end of chapter II of a research report.

This hypothesis must be verified through statistical tests using appropriate analytical techniques. Where the hypothesis that has been prepared needs to be proven true by using advanced statistical analysis techniques. The choice of this statistical analysis technique depends on several things, namely the type of research, research objectives, and also the type of data scale on each variable.

Example of a Research Hypothesis Based on Its Form

According to Sugiyono quoted from the asikbelajar.com page, examples of research hypotheses based on their form include:

1. The Associative Research Hypothesis

Associative problem formulation: Is there a significant relationship between height and goods sold? Then, the hypothesis is that there is a positive and also significant relationship between the height of the shop assistant and the goods that have been sold. Meanwhile, the statistical hypothesis is as follows:

Ho : p = 0, 0 means there is no relationship.
Ha : p ≠ 0 , “not equal to zero” means greater or less (-) than zero means there is a relationship,
p = correlation value in the hypothesized formulation.

2. Comparative Research Hypothesis

Formulation of the problem: How is the work productivity of employees at PT X when compared to employees at PT Y?

Null Hypothesis:

1) Ho: There is no difference in work productivity between employees at PT X and employees at PT Y; or there are some similarities in work productivity between employees of PT X and employees of Y, or
2) Ho: Employee productivity at PT X is greater than or equal to (≥) employees at PT Y (“greater or equal to)” = at least) .
3) Ho: The productivity of employees at PT X is smaller or equal to (≤) employees at PT Y (“smaller or equal to” = the largest).

Alternative Hypothesis:

Ha: Employee productivity at PT X is greater (or smaller) than employees at PT Y.
Ha: Employee productivity at PT X is smaller than (<) employees at PT Y.
Ha: Employee productivity at PT X greater than (≥) employees at PT Y.

The statistical hypothesis:

Ho : u1 = u2
Ha : u1 ≠ u2
Ho : u1 ≥ u2
Ha : u1 < u2

3. Descriptive Research Hypothesis

Descriptive problem formulation: how long does brand X incandescent lamp last?

Descriptive hypothesis:

The lamp life for brand X is 600 hours (Ho), because the lamp life in the sample is expected not to differ much from the lamp power in the population.

Alternative hypothesis:

The durability of X brand incandescent lamps is not the same as 600 hours. That means, brand X’s incandescent durability is greater or less than 600 hours.

Statistical Hypothesis (only exists if based on sample data)

Ho : u = 600
Ha : u ≠ 600
u : Is the average value of the population that is hypothesized or estimated through the sample

This is an explanation of examples of research hypotheses that can be applied to the research being carried out. Hope it is useful.

The difference between Paper and Paper – Sinaumed’s who is still in high school (SMA) might think that college is indeed more free. In reality, the freedom you imagine may be different from the reality. The fact is that at university a person gets more responsibility than when they were still at school.

If Sinaumed’s doesn’t believe it, just try asking friends, seniors, or cousins ​​who are currently pursuing an undergraduate or diploma level of education. They must be currently busy with various activities and activities, starting from joining committees, being teaching assistants, and of course, doing assignments.

Talking about assignments, no matter what faculty or department you choose, you students are definitely familiar with what is called lecture assignments from lecturers of a particular subject. Students will definitely enter a phase where they will always have assignments without getting a chance to rest.

Among these assignments, one of the assignments that students will definitely get is a paper or term paper. Sinaumed’s, who is already a student, must already know about this. However, for high school students, what are papers and papers, and what are the differences between papers and papers?

You need to know when someone enters college education, they will generally be introduced to what is called scientific writing. Papers and essays can also be categorized as one of two scientific writings.

Paper is a type of scientific writing which usually contains simpler, brief, and concise topics of discussion. While papers are scientific writings that have a more coherent structure, deeper topics of discussion, and a wider scope.

Sinaumed’s can imagine a paper is a more concise form of paper. As for papers, you can conclude that this scientific paper is a simple form of a thesis, another scientific paper which will also be discussed later in this article.

Compared to other types of scientific writing which we will discuss later, papers have a medium level of difficulty.

Therefore, many lecturers at universities ask their students to make papers as the value of assignments in a course.

Writing papers and term papers is not only intended for the purpose of getting grades. If students are serious in carrying out the tasks of this scientific work, they will slowly get used to it and are expected to be able to make other scientific works that will be used as graduation requirements, namely theses, theses, or dissertations.

Therefore, a few tips for Sinaumed’s who are going to enter university or are even already at this level of education, it would be nice if you don’t take your paper assignments lightly, because who knows you will be helped to do scientific work when you enter the final level. .

Generally, you will get a scientific paper writing method course entering the intermediate or final level. This course certainly aims to help students so they can write scientific papers, be it for assignments or graduation requirements.

However, maybe some of the Sinaumed’s feel they are not enough with this course, and need to find additional information related to this scientific paper. If that’s the case, you can try to get information through books, one of which is the book ” Theory & Practice of Writing Scientific Papers “.

The difference between Paper and Papers

Returning to the topic of papers and papers, Sinaumed’s has already given the definition of papers and papers. And with the explanation that has been explained above, in theory you should be able to get an idea of ​​the forms of these two types of scientific writing.

However, in practice, sometimes students still cannot distinguish how to write papers and term papers. There are times when students get confused and confused to distinguish which is a paper and which is a paper.

For this reason, in this session, we will discuss what are the differences between a paper and a term paper. So, later on, you won’t be confused if you have to write one of these 2 scientific papers. Come on, see the discussion below.

1. Structure

In general, papers have a writing structure in which the author begins the contents of the paper with an introduction, followed by a discussion, and finally a conclusion. The difference is, in a paper, one is not required to write the contents of the paper chapter by chapter.

This is different from papers, where one is required to separate the parts of the paper, so one can clearly distinguish each of the contents of the paper. So, structurally these two scientific papers are indeed the same, and what distinguishes them is whether they have chapters or not.

2. Topic

Similar to structure, the topics that can be discussed in papers and papers are actually the same. Students can discuss any topic according to their needs. What differs here is the depth of topic discussion in each paper.

In papers, you don’t need to go too deep into topics, and there’s almost no need to touch on theory, although of course that is permitted. Meanwhile for papers, one must study the topic of discussion in detail and detail, not forgetting to also include theory regarding the topic of discussion.

3. Writing Style

As scientific writing, both papers and papers must use formal language and of course scientific. Even so, because papers have a more in-depth structure and discussion than papers, the writing of scientific papers is more systematic and focuses on theory.

Meanwhile with paper, the writing style is not as rigid as paper. It can be said that the style of writing a paper is similar to the style of writing an essay. Nevertheless, you must still follow the rules of writing scientific papers in general.

So, after reviewing it, Sinaumed’s can see what are the similarities and differences, more specifically regarding papers and papers. The most important thing when discussing the differences between papers and papers is, you must always remember that both are scientific writings.

Even though the two have a number of differences, the contents of papers and papers are something that is non-fictional, real, and as it is. So, Sinaumed’s needs to include accurate data in this scientific paper, without adding or subtracting the existing facts.

It takes time before students can finally write good and correct scientific writing. However, as the saying goes, style can be ordinary. If Sinaumed’s often tries to write various scientific papers, you will gradually become trained and proficient in making this type of writing.

Don’t forget that you also have to study the structure of scientific work in general. For Sinaumed’s who are prospective students, you will often be faced with writing term papers. The book ” Writing Scientific Papers: A Theoretical and Practical Review ” can guide you so you can write scientific papers properly and correctly.

Other Types of Scientific Writing

Apart from papers and essays, it was already mentioned that there are several other types of scientific writing that Sinaumed’s will find at the tertiary level. The structure and purpose of writing may be different, but the scientific nature of each type of writing will certainly not be lost.

And Sinaumed’s needs to know that the majority of scientific papers that will be discussed now are generally the graduation standards for students at the tertiary level. So, the difficulty level definitely exceeds papers or college assignment papers.

Not everyone will indeed write the types of scientific papers that will be discussed. However, there is nothing wrong with knowing and studying some of these scientific papers, because there could be some Sinaumed’s who have the potential to continue your education to a higher level.

1. Articles

Articles in scientific writing are different from articles that Sinaumed’s finds in newspapers, blogs, or other websites. The article referred to here contains scientific topics regarding a matter, and is certainly supported by theoretical evidence and other data.

The structure, style of writing, and topics of discussion in scientific articles themselves are not much different from papers, so it is understandable if sometimes someone is wrong in distinguishing which is a scientific article and which is a paper.

2. Thesis

This scientific writing is probably the most commonly known by many people, because it is one of the graduation requirements for undergraduate students. And earlier it was discussed that students are expected to be able to write a thesis well because they have been trained in writing papers.

This is because the thesis itself has a structure, topic, and writing style that is similar to papers. It’s just that the content of the discussion of the thesis is much more in-depth than the paper. Not only that, it also takes time to make observations and collect data and theory in order to produce a quality thesis.

3. Thesis

Thesis is a scientific paper intended for students at the master’s or master’s level. Basically, a thesis is a form of thesis with a much deeper discussion. However, in a thesis, one has to research something that has never been researched before.

Sinaumed’s could imagine the level of difficulty the thesis would have. There are a number of criteria that must be met by someone when working on a thesis, starting from the number of problem formulations, the number of references or bibliography, as well as thesis research methods.

4. Dissertation

The last scientific paper to be discussed is a dissertation. This scientific writing is specifically intended for doctoral or doctoral education levels. And as Sinaumed’s thought, the dissertation difficulty level was the highest compared to the thesis or thesis.

When someone makes a dissertation, they must produce a new discovery or theory that has never been obtained before. Someone must research, test, and ensure that the theory or findings are valid and true before being published internationally.

Tips for Writing Papers and Papers

With the many types of scientific papers that have been mentioned earlier, all of this might make Sinaumed’s worried about the process of making this type of writing. Moreover, for Sinaumed’s who do not like or are not used to writing activities.

Even so, the fact is that scientific writing is something that cannot be avoided, especially at universities. You will find a lot of assignments in the form of papers and papers given by lecturers, starting from the first semester to the final semester, this will always decorate your life as a student.

For that, it would be better if you start learning how to write scientific papers properly. Below are a number of tips for Sinaumed’s that can be applied if you get a scientific paper assignment or want to practice writing this paper.

1. Understand the Topic of Discussion

This is the basic first step for anyone who wants to get the assignment of writing scientific papers. A person’s lack of understanding of the topic of writing can result in scientific writing that is off the mark and not in accordance with the request, so that person may have to repeat his writing.

To avoid this, Sinaumed’s should try to discuss with the supervisor or whoever gives the assignment. You can also ask your friends who understand the topic of scientific work and make sure that your understanding is the same.

2. Diligent Search for Data and Theory

The key to good scientific writing is complete data and theory. Therefore, one should try as much as possible to complete the data for the topic of the paper and also the theory that supports the content of this paper. This is to avoid any holes or incompleteness in this scientific writing.

And regarding how to find the data and theory needed for this scientific paper, you can find it from various sources. Sinaumed’s can search for it via the internet such as from e-journals or trusted sites, through books, or other scientific writings.

3. Make the structure as neat as possible

Making the structure referred to here is not just compiling the opening, content, or closing sections. The structure here also includes what you will write in each section or chapter, how long the writing will be, and what data and theory will be included.

By doing this, Sinaumed’s can avoid the content of long-winded and off-topic scientific papers . You can also review the contents of your writing, find out if the content is appropriate to the topic and needs, and correct if necessary.

4. Consult with the Advisor

These tips are the last tips as well as tips that are mandatory for writers of scientific papers. Scientific writing assignments are almost always carried out with a supervisor who understands the topic of writing and knows the process of making scientific papers properly and correctly.

Sinaumed’s can ask about anything related to your writing, starting from the topic of writing, data and theory, framework and structure, and other things. It’s better to ask a lot of supervisors than to produce scientific writing that is less than optimal.

The article about the differences between papers and term papers has ended. Hopefully this article can help Sinaumed’s in distinguishing the two types of scientific papers, as well as increase your knowledge about the types of scientific papers and tips for writing them.

Apart from that, another hope, of course, is that you will also be motivated to train yourself in writing scientific papers, which will definitely become part of campus life. You can find out more about scientific writing by reading the book ” Guidelines for Writing Scientific Papers (Papers, Book Reviews, Thesis and Scientific Journals) “.

That’s a review of the differences between papers and term papers . You can also get recommended books regarding scientific papers from Sinaumed’s on the www.sinaumedia.com site . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products so that Sinaumed’s can get #MoreWithReading knowledge and information.

Cell theory Is Sinaumed’s looking for references on cell theory? Exactly, if Sinaumed’s is studying the study of biology, he must be familiar with cell theory, be it in plants, animals, including humans. Even though we know that cells are small things, their presence is important for us to recognize and know. 

The following is an explanation of cell theory, starting from a basic introduction, history, theory and benefits: 

Know What is a Cell?

The cell is the smallest structural and functional unit in living things. Then, why is the cell said to be the smallest structural unit? This is because it forms a collection of cells that will become a network and then form more complex organs and organ systems, namely forming larger organisms. 

Besides that, why is the cell called the smallest functional unit? This is because in the cell there are parts which each of these parts still has a specific function. That is why humans have a body structure that can be used to carry out various activities, such as thinking, eating, drinking, breathing, and so on. 

This can happen because of cooperation between organ systems, tissues, organs, which starts with cells properly. If there is any damage to the cells or they do not work together properly, it will have an impact on the larger organisms and structures in our body. 

That is why humans must realize that everything that is normal to them is not simple, but is composed of even the smallest things. To get to know more about cell theory, the following are things that Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to when starting to learn about cell theory:    

1. Cell shape

The cells are very small and cannot be seen with the naked eye. Sinaumed’s certainly needs a magnifying device that supports it so he can see cells, such as a microscope. The tool is able to see things that are small in shape, like looking at bacteria, viruses or fungi to observe their shape and development. 

The first cell discoverer was Anthony Van Leeuwenhoek in 1623 to 1723 who he discovered using this microscope. For this discovery, many experts finally participated in observing the world of biology on matters related to cells, which cannot be held and seen directly. 

2. Cell Layout

Cells are located in every living thing, including animals, plants, and of course humans, who must have a more complex cell shape. Cells in plants, maybe we can’t see plants move significantly by themselves, but plants also have cell structures too. 

Cell structure and cell location must also differ between plants, animals and humans. However, with this collection of cells there will be cooperation between organs, organ systems, tissues so that they can help living things survive and carry out life activity processes, such as digestion, breathing, growth, and so on.

So it can be said that even though they are small, cells have an important role in the structure of living organisms. Although it is the smallest structural unit, the cell has a large functional role in living things.  

3. Constructed

Sinaumed’s needs to know that all cells are bounded by a membrane or also known as the plasma membrane. While the area inside the cell is called the cytoplasm. Each cell then at a certain stage will contain DNA as material that can be inherited for the cell’s work activities.

In addition, each cell also has ribosomes which function to make proteins that will be used as catalysts for various chemical reactions in the cell. Each of these organisms is composed of one or two different types of cells, namely prokaryotic cells or eukaryotic cells. 

The two types of cells are distinguished by the location of the DNA in the cell itself. Thus each piece of DNA in the eukaryotic enveloped organelle or nucleus is given a name within the cell contents. Meanwhile, prokaryotes do not have a nucleus. Only bacterial and archaean forms have prokaryotic cells, whereas fungi, plants, protists, and animals have eukaryotic cells.

a. Prokaryote Cell

Prokaryotic cells are unicellular organisms with a cell size that has a small size between 0.7 to 0.2. Usually these cells are composed of a cell envelope, cell membrane, cytoplasm, nucleoid, and several other arrangements. Most of these cells have a cell envelope outside the cell membrane. In addition, they usually have one coiled building block DNA molecule that concentrates nucleotides. 

b. Eukaryote Cell

Unlike Prokaryotic cells, Eukaryotic cells have a nucleus. Thus, the cytoplasm of eukaryotes is the shape of the region between the nucleus and the cell membrane. This cytoplasm then consists again of several semiliquid medium which is also called the cytosol. 

Within the cytosol are organelles with specialized forms and functions. In some prokaryotes also do not have the cytosol. In general, these organelles are bounded by a single layer of membrane. However, it is still limited by two membranes, for example, there is an arrangement of the nucleus.

 

History

Previously, a little was explained about the discovery of cells for the first time using a microscope by Antony Van Leeuwenhoek around 1635-723. From there, scientists emerged who continued to develop and examine things that were small or microscopic, including cells in living things. 

The following is the history of cell theory from its initial discovery to its development to date: 

1. Early Discovery

The history of cell theory is also inseparable from the history of the existence of the latest magnifying device, namely the microscope. This microscope tool was first invented with two (compound) lenses at the end of the 16th century. After that, it was developed in the Netherlands, Italy and England. Until the mid-17th century, microscopes began to have the ability to magnify up to 30 times. 

British scientist Robert Hooke then designed a compound microscope that had its own light source making it easier to use. Robert Hooke began observing thin, cork-like slices through the microscope and trying to teach them. The explanation obtained from microscopic capture of cork is that it is porous like a honeycomb, but the pores are irregular.

Hooke called the pores cells because they were almost like cells or small chambers in monasteries or prisons. What Hooke actually saw were the empty cell walls surrounding the dead cells in the cork. The cell is sourced from the bark of an  oak tree as a raw material for making cork. Hooke then also observed green plants that also have cells in the form of fluids. 

Meanwhile, at the same time in the Netherlands, a scientist named Antoni van Leeuwenhoek who was also a cloth trader, created his own single-lens microscope and used it to observe various things. Leeuwenhoek then succeeded in seeing red blood cells, spermatozoids, single-celled yeasts, protozoa, and even bacteria.

Then in 1673 Leeuwenhoek began sending letters about his activities to the Royal Society, which is a scientific association in England and published them. In one of his letters, Leeuwenhoek describes things that move in saliva which he examines under a microscope. Leeuwenhoek also called it the term director general or director general in Dutch which means small animal. 

Then translated into animalcule in English by the Royal Society which is then believed to be a bacterium by modern scientists today. In 1675–1679, an Italian scientist named Marcello Malpighi then described the constituent units of a plant which he named utricle or means small bag. According to him, each of these cavities has fluid and is surrounded by walls that look solid. 

Nehemiah Grew, a scientist from England then also taught about plant cells in his writings which were published in 1682. Grew succeeded in observing many things that the little green plants built inside the cells of plant leaves which were later named chloroplasts. 

2. Development of Cell Biology

Between 1875 and 1895, there were various discoveries about the basic cellular phenomena, namely mitosis, meiosis, and fertilization, and various studies of other important organelles, such as mitochondria, chloroplasts, and the Golgi apparatus. From there was born the aspect which then focuses on studying cells which is called cytology.

The development of this new tarsus technique occurred, especially in the areas of cell fractionation and electron microscopy. This then allows the study of cytology and biochemistry to give birth to a new aspect which is also known as cell biology. Then in 1960, the scientific association of the American Society for Cell Biology was founded in New York, United States. 

Not long after, a scientific journal called the Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Cytology appeared, changing its name to the Journal of Cell Biology. After the 1960s, cell biology has now become an established scientific discipline or study, with its own scientific associations and publications. In addition, this scientific study also has a mission to reveal the mechanism of function in cell organelles.

 

Cell Theory According to Experts

In its development, as Sinaumed’s has seen from its history above, cell theory continues to develop from many scientists who are trying to find out about the study of cell theory. Here is a summary to understand cell theory more easily: 

1. Schleiden Cell Theory

Schleiden argued that the cell theory is that every form of living things, including plants, is composed of cells. Schleiden’s assumption was supported by Theodor Schwann who also revealed that every living thing is composed of cells. 

With this basis and support, Schleiden and Schwann finally formulated the cell theory. In the opinion of Schleiden and Schwann cell is a unit or the smallest unit of life or living things themselves.

2. Max Schulze’s Cell Theory

Max Schultze then revealed that the cell is the smallest functional unit form of living things. As previously explained, in cells there will be a good form of cooperation between tissues and cell organelles, so that this process can help living things to have better activities.

3. Rudolf Virchove’s Cell Theory

Rudolf Virchow also revealed the cell theory that the cell is the smallest growth unit of living things. This means that every living thing in it has cells which will then grow and develop from small to become larger organisms to function. This theory is also known as “Omne cellula e cellula” which means that each cell comes from the previous cell and will continue to grow.

Cell Function

After learning about the many cell theories above, an explanation that is no less important for Sinaumed’s to know is the function of the cell itself in living things, as follows:

1. Metabolism

Everything that occurs in chemical reactions creates living things in carrying out activities is a form of metabolism. Each of these chemical reactions then takes place inside the cell. Metabolism that occurs in cells can be in the form of catabolic reactions which are the overhaul of chemical compounds to produce energy and then made into materials for the formation of other compounds.

Besides that, it can also take the form of an anabolic reaction which is a reaction to the preparation of cell components. One of the catabolic processes that change food molecules to produce into energy in cells is cellular respiration. The process then continues in the eukaryotic mitochondria or is called the prokaryote cytosol and produces ATP. While an example of an anabolic process is a form of protein synthesis which then continues to become ribosomes and requires ATP.

2. Cell Communication

The cell’s ability to communicate is the process of receiving and sending ‘signals’ to and from other cell types. This indicates the existence of interactions between unicellular organisms to regulate the function and development of the bodies of these multicellular organisms. 

For example, bacteria communicate with each other in the process of quorum sensing or quorum sensing. This aims to determine whether their number is sufficient before finally forming a biofilm. While the cells in animal embryos will communicate to coordinate the process of differentiation into various other types of cells.

3. Cell Cycle

Sinaumed’s needs to know that each cell originates from the division of previous cells. While the process of cell life to undergo cell division to the next cell division is called the cell cycle. Usually this cell cycle consists of four coordinated processes or phases, namely cell growth, DNA replication, separation of DNA that has split into two which will then become daughter cells, and the next cell division occurs. 

4. Cell Differentiation

This cell differentiation forms the various cell types that later arise during the development of a multicellular organism occurring from a fertilized egg. For example, in mammals, which originates from a cell that develops into an organism with hundreds of different types of cells, namely muscles, nerves, and skin. The cells in the surviving embryo then carry out cell signaling to influence the gene expression of other cells and cause the differentiation process.

5. Programmed Cell Death

Cells in multicellular organisms can experience death because controlling cell populations by balancing cell multiplication does not occur properly. For example, to prevent the appearance of tumors, namely to kill cells to eliminate areas of the body that are not needed. 

Another example is during the formation of an embryo, namely the fingers on a human hand or toe will stick together, now this happens because there is hardness in the death of the cells between the fingers. So, when and where cell death occurs, it’s the same as cell growth and division, which is a very controlled process. 

Well, that’s an explanation of cell theory in the study of biology. Has sinaumedia been able to understand it? Even though it looks easy, the study of cell science is also quite complicated and a lot. So if Sinaumed’s still needs references to learn about cell theory, you can visit the sinaumedia collection at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: Enjoy learning #Friends Without Limits.

Examples of Nouns  – Humans as social beings need tools to interact with others. Therefore, language is a tool used as a means of interaction in the establishment of a communication. When we communicate with other people using spoken or written language, the goal is to convey ideas, thoughts, desires or desires to other people.

In spoken language, an idea, thought or desire is conveyed directly by means of speech and with the help of breathing air. According to Cahyono (1995: 6) in the theory of “tata” it is written that spoken language begins with verbal imitation of body movements and gestures, which are related to the mouth and tongue, thus encouraging people to speak.

The written language is written using a writing system. Language is an important part of social and social life, whenever and wherever a person is. Language becomes something very important because without language humans cannot interact and understand each other’s culture.

In addition, a relationship will also not be created between humans if there is no language. Language can also be interpreted as a system of arbitrary sound symbols used by members of a society to work together, interact, and identify themselves.

Keraf explains that a noun is any word that can be explained or expanded by yang + adjective; Example: Good mother. In addition, nouns also mean all words that contain bound morphemes ke-an, pe-an, pe-, -en, ke-; Example: culture, actors, food, regulations.

Nouns in Indonesian

Nouns are also called nouns such as the words star, astrology, charity, practice, king, kingdom, chess, and chess, namely words that generally occupy the function of subject, object, or complement in clauses, main functions, limiters, or axis in phrases. marked with the forms of ke-an, pe-, -en, and ke-, which reveal the meaning of animate unity, lifeless unity, concrete, or abstract.

1. Nouns and their Functions

Nouns occupy functions in clauses, sentences or phrases. In sentences or clauses, common functions that are usually occupied by nouns are the subject function (S) and function (O).

a. Nouns as Subjects

Here is an example of a noun as a subject. The subject function word is italicized.

• The soccer player is exhausted.
• His guess was right.
• Her mother has been working all day.

In general, the subject comes first, although it is sometimes preceded by a caption.

• Suddenly sister fell into the river.
• One day a tiger preyed on the Kancil.
• Maybe he guessed right.

b. Nouns As Objects

Here is an example of a noun as an object. The subject function word is italicized.

• Mary wrote poetry .
• The Kancil tricked the Crocodile .
• Students fly the Sang Saka.

Nouns as objects are found behind certain verbs called transitive verbs such as make, throw, do, sing.

c. Nouns as Complementary

Nouns that come after intransitive words such as met, named, constituted, made, and affected do not occupy the object function but have a complementary function. In the following examples the words that function as complements are italicized.

• The company changed names .
• Many areas affected by the disaster .
• Indonesia is based on law .

d. Nouns as Predicates

In Indonesian, predicate functions are not only expressed by verbs. Nouns and adjectives can also occupy the function of the predicate. Here are some examples of nouns that occupy the function of the predicate. In the following examples the word that functions as a predicate is italicized.

• My name is Udin .
• What Indonesia is after .
• My birthplace is Padang .

e. Noun as Main Phrase

A noun can function as the parent of a phrase. That is, the noun is the core part that marks the phrase in question. In the following examples the word that functions as the parent phrase is italicized.

• Drink list .
• circular letter .
• Delicious dish .

2. Nouns and their Forms

Based on the form, nouns are divided into two groups, namely nouns that are not marked with a form, for example clouds, earth, leaves, mountains, are nouns that are not affixed. Nouns that are form markers, such as rules, regulations, and safety are known as nouns from the affixes in the words.

a. Unsignified Nouns

We know a word like a cloud as a noun partly because of its position in the sentence, for example the clouds are moving across the sky, the sun is covered by clouds , the cloud looks like a giant. In the first sentence the cloud functions as the subject (S), in the second sentence the cloud functions as a complement, and in the third sentence the cloud functions as a cloud followed by the demonstrative word.

b. Unsignified Nouns

There are a number of affixes which, if affixed or added to the base word, will cause the formation to take the form of a noun. The affixes are per-, pe-, ke-, -an, ter-, ke-…-an, role-…-an, and pe-…-an.

1) Prefix pe(r)- as a noun marker

Adding the prefix pe(r)- to a root word forms a noun. Most nouns of this form (in their meaning) are related to verbs beginning with – (merchant – trades, boxer – boxing, player – plays, runner – runs, and so on). Example as follows.

a) Basic words in the form of verbs

• This is our office boy .
• Ramang is a football player .
• Serengat is a former 100 meter runner .

b) Basic Words in the Form of Adjectives

• The higher-ups in the department really care about their employees.
• Pests destroying rice plants are difficult to eradicate.
• My brother is a jolly.

c) Basic nouns

• The tribes lived as shifting cultivators .
• My father is a small farmer .
• Several Indonesian boxers have become world champions.

2) The prefix pe- as a noun marker

These prefixes join the bases of several types of words to form nouns. Generally, nouns that are produced in this formation are related (meaning) to words starting with me-, me-…-kan, me-…-i, conditioning-cooling.

a) Basic words in the form of verbs

• Main Stadium uses a sophisticated lawn mower .
• The daily management of the association has an office next to the sub-district office.
• Sugarcane growers are hoping for a good harvest this year.

b) Basic Words in the Form of Adjectives

• Air conditioners may not use freon gas.
• This water heater uses solar energy.
• The cement strengthening mixture is sold in plastic packaging.

c) Basic words in the form of nouns

• Professor Watuseke is the seminar director .
• Users of prohibited items need to get more serious attention.
• The copyright owner of this book is Language Center.

 

3) The ending –an as a noun marker

The addition of –an endings to the basic words arrange, descend, make, hit, choose forms rule, derivative, made, punch, and choice nouns. The addition of the ending -an to the basic words round, field, santu, tense, and superior forms the nouns circle, field, compensation, tension, and superior. The addition of the ending -an to the basic words nets, rocks, square, sea, land forms new nouns network, rocks, strains, oceans and land.

4) The prefix ter- as a noun marker

In Indonesian there are nouns marked with the number of nouns that are limited. Like the following example.

• The defendant in the fraud case pleaded guilty.
• An official has been charged in a bribery case.
• The suspects were accompanied by five lawyers.

5) The…-ann clamp as a noun marker

An affix is ​​an affix that is placed simultaneously before and after the root word. The marker of the th…s noun can be added to the base word which has different types of words, as in the following example.

a) Basic words in the form of verbs

• Recent weather conditions require caution.
• We are waiting for the Camat’s arrival .
• Ansar’s position in the organization was quite high.

b) Basic Words in the Form of Adjectives

• The beauty of the princess made Mark Antonius intoxicated.
• After laziness comes poverty.
• Drugs only provide momentary pleasure .

c) Basic words in the form of nouns

• The term kinship differs according to the language of the speaker.
• Members of the royal family belong to the nobility class.

d) Basic words in the form of adverbs

• The children demonstrated their respective skills .
• It is possible that government subsidies will be reduced.

Some Noun Marker Words

Nouns are also known by several words in front or behind them. For example, the word para in a series of friends, students, fishermen, teachers. The word para indicates a number that is more than one. The word para is only followed by a noun that has the meaning of human or spirits. Cannot be followed by words that represent animals or objects that do not represent humans or animals.

1. Not as a noun denial

The word is not usually followed by a noun, so the presence of the word negation can be used as a noun identifier as well. Example as follows.

• His name is Wilson, but he is no stranger.
• This Martina is not a tennis player.
• We need solutions, not collusion.

2. Number words as noun markers

Numbers can also be a sign of the presence of a noun. Example as follows.

• The price of red chili once reached twenty thousand rupiah a kilo.
• The meeting failed to make a single decision.
• There’s only a few minutes left.

Nouns and Their Meanings

Classification of nouns based on their meaning is a complicated matter. The noun class is an open class. That is, the number of nouns can continue to grow. Every time there are new inventions, objects, products, ideas, and places there is usually a new word that symbolizes it.

According to the realm that describes unity, nouns can be divided into two units based on the description of having a soul: animate nouns and inanimate nouns. Nouns can also be divided on the basis of sensation into concrete nouns such as house, river, moon, rose, which represent entities that can be perceived by the senses, and abstract nouns, such as opinions, desires, satisfactions, tasks, which represent entities that cannot be perceived by the senses. five senses.

 

List of Examples of Nouns and Their Use in Sentences

Here is a list of examples of nouns and their usage in sentences.

No.	Noun	Sentence
1	Program	What a great event . The event was held well.
2	Administration	Administration must be met. Complicated administrative requirements .
3	Agent	Good agent . Agents must be highly disciplined.
4	Expert	Reliable mathematician . High achieving chemist .
5	Access	Easy login access . Access roads have been closed by the central government.
6	Active	Active in motion. Actively running many activities that are of great benefit.
7	Actor	Famous actor from Thailand. Success in becoming an actor who brings the best character in each of his films.
8	Account	Interesting account . The concept of creating an interesting account needs to be done by every company that goes online .
9	Natural	Beautiful nature . Keeping nature beautiful is to pay attention to personal hygiene and the surrounding environment.
10	Part	The important part . The part that was missing was found by the authorities.
11	Language	Easy to understand language . Indonesian is the language used by people throughout Indonesia.
12	Danger	Great danger . The earthquake hazard needs to be watched out for at the present time, when the volcano looks more active than usual.
13	bands	successful band . A productive band , always producing songs and spoiling their fans.
14	Airport	Cool airport . A comfortable airport is everyone’s dream so that the experience of traveling is always pleasant.
15	Nation	Great nation . A nation that can appreciate the culture of its country.
16	Book	Expensive book . A good book is one whose content is interesting and easy to understand while presenting a unique story theme.
17	Month	The moon is bright. The moon is one of the satellites owned by planet earth.
18	Earth	beautiful earth . Maintaining the beauty of the earth can be done by preserving nature and the surrounding environment.
19	Star	Bright star . Stars can be seen when all the lights are out.
20	Bird	Healthy bird . The bird appears to have beautiful and well-maintained feathers.
21	Building	Sturdy build . Creating beautiful buildings requires extra calculations from architects, it is only natural that the cost of their services is expensive.
22	Bank	The closest bank . Banks with low interest rates can be prioritized when seeking loan funds.
23	Cup	Beautiful cup . The cup design is very beautiful.
24	Notes	Neat and systematic records . Compiling notes should be as good and complete as possible so that it is easy to study again.
25	Mirror	Big mirror . The mirror is the best medium to see the condition and appearance of the skin by naked eye without the aid of tools.
26	Chest	Fat chicken breast . Chicken breast and thighs are the meat parts that Ani likes a lot.
27	Area	Fertile area . Local people are always able to respect each other, because the culture of mutual cooperation is maintained.

Conclusion

Nouns in Indonesian are divided into two parts, namely:

1. Nouns and their functions, namely in the form of nouns that mention the function of each word such as S (subject), P (predicate), O (object), and Pel (complement);
2. Nouns and their forms, namely unsignified nouns and marked nouns.

In Indonesian there is no grammatical system that follows the noun. Elements of nouns in Indonesian are determined by the word order in the sentence.

Bibliography

• Alwi, Hasan, et al. (2003). Indonesian Standard Grammar . Jakarta: Balai Pustaka.
• Arifin, Zaenal and Junaiyah. (2007). Morphology of Form, Meaning, and Function. Jakarta: PT Grasindo.
• Badudu, Jusuf Sjarif. (1992). Indonesian Horizon II . Jakarta: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama.
• Ministry of Education. (2008). Big Indonesian Dictionary . Jakarta: PT sinaumedia Pustaka Utama.
• Effendi, et al. (2015). Indonesian Basic Grammar. Bandung: Rosdakarya Youth.
• Keraf, Gorys. (1997). Composition: An Introduction to Language Proficiency. Ende, Flores: Nusa Indah Publisher.
• Tarigan, Henri Guntur. (1990). Pragmatic Teaching. Bandung: Space.
• Tarigan, Henry Guntur and Djago Tarigan. (2009). Study Indonesian Textbooks. Bandung: Space.